OF THE U N I VERS ITY Of ILLINOIS 42.3 W39JI 1881a GET YOUR DRUCS AND WALL PAPER-OF Z\Mr Vt*< ' r :'h / guatUmlr Edition. A DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, EXPLANATORY, PRONOUNCING, ETYMOLOGICAL, AND SYNONYMOUS. WITH AY APPENDIX CONTAINING VARIOUS USEFUL TABLES. MAINLY ABRIDGED FROM THE LATEST EDITION OF TIIE QUARTO DICTIONARY OF NOAII WEBSTER, LL. D., By WILLIAM G. WEBSTER AND WILLIAM A. WHEELER. 3RIus'tvatctf fcuttl) marc tljnn Ojm ^tmtfretr antr JFtftj? (Pnflra&uifltf an SSHaalr. NEW YORK AND CHICAGO: IYISOX, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR & CO. G. & C. MEKRIAM, SPRINGFIELD, MASS. 1881 . I Entered according to Act of Congress, in the tear 1867, by G. & C. Merriam, in the Clerk’s Office of the District Court for the District of Massachusetts. w -3-^d ) a PREFACE. This work, originally prepared by Mr. William G. Webster, with the co-operation 6f the late Professor Ciiauncey A. Goodrich of Yale College, was first published in 1856. While in a general way it was designed for use in the family, the office, and the counting- room, and among all who might desire to obtain a comprehensive dictionary of small size and cost, it was, at the same time, framed with a particular reference to the wants of students in our colleges, academies, and other advanced schools, and also of those engaged in private study. The present revision has been made by Mr. William A. Wheeler, one of the editors of the revised edition of Webster’s Quarto Dictionary issued in 1864. Keeping in view the plan of the abildgmcnt as just stated, lie has not only brought the work into full conformity with the revised Quarto, but has considerably enlarged its scope, and proportionallv increased its usefulness. In its present foim, this volume comprises a copious and careful selection of English words in actual use at the present day, shows their correct orthography and pronunciation, gives their etymology in a concise manner, and exhibits their various shades of signification by means of formal definition conveyed for the most part in brief descriptive sentences or clauses. In some thousands ot cases, a list of Synonyms, printed in a'separate paragraph and in smaller type, is subjoined to the definitions; and, in addition, synonymous words, to the number of about seventeen bundled, are carefully discriminated in nearly six hundred distinct articles. W °°d cuts, selectt 1 and engraved expressly for this work, have been freely introduced, not as mere embellishments, but for the purpose of leading to a better understanding of the terms under which they occur. The Introduction contains a concise and authentic exposition of the subject of English orthoepy, a very full collection of Rules for Spelling, and an ex¬ planatory list of Prefixes and Suffixes, with appropriate examples of their use. The charac¬ ter and range of the Appendix will be best understood by referring to the various Tables in¬ cluded in it, or by an inspection of the Contents on page v. Its leading object, however, is .to add to the value of the work as a popular manual of reference by presenting in a form adapted for ready consultation pronouncing vocabularies of proper names, and brief explana¬ tions of certain other matters concerning which information is often desired by readers and writers of every class. Such are the chief features of the work, which, as it now stands, revised in all its depart¬ ments, and enriched by many important additions, considerably exceeds its original limits, the size of the page having been somewhat increased, and ninety pages added to the number contained in the former edition. It is believed that this Dictionary can be advantageously used as a text book for systematic instruction in the English language , and that it will serve as a faithful guide to the self-teach¬ ing scholar engaged in the study of words. The preliminary “ Principles of Pronunciation” will furnish materials for a course of exercises in English orthoepy, including the analysis of (in) iv PREFACE. the elementary sounds, the various ways of representing them, the effect of accent on the vowel sounds, and the like; while, under each head, the pupil can prepare, with the aid of the Vocabulary, extended lists of illustrative examples. This mode of study may be occa¬ sionally varied by taking up at pleasure certain portions of the Vocabulary, and referring the words embraced therein to the several principles which they exemplify. A like use can be made of the “ Rules for Spelling ” ; and the student who has familiarized himself with these rules, and has also had the benefit of sufficient practice in writing out lists of examples, will be surprised to find how soon he has become an adept in the difficult art of orthography. The list of Prefixes and Suffixes, taken in connection with the etymologies given in the body of the work, will enable a learner to investigate the structure of English words, to become ac¬ quainted with the significance of their constituent parts, and to trace the connection of their primary, derivative, and metaphorical senses, a distinct knowledge of which is often the condition of their appropriate use. The interest and instructiveness of exercises in etymo¬ logical analysis, and their importance as a means of disciplining the mind to thoughtful habits can not be gainsaid. “ There are cases,” says Coleridge, “ in which more knowledge of more value may be conveyed by the history of a word than by the history of a campaign.” And again, as being of “ especial aid ... in forming a habit of reflection,” he says, “ Accustom yourself to reflect on the words you use, hear, or read, their birth, derivation, and history ; for, if words are not things, they are living powers, by which the things of most importance to mankind are actuated, combined, and humanized.” It is suggested to teachers that a cer¬ tain number of prefixes or suffixes be assigned as a lesson for study, and that the pupil be required to ascertain and explain the literal meaning of the examples appended to them, including the root as well as the formative syllables. Additional examples may be taken directly from the Dictionary, or from the spelling-book or the reading-book, as may seem most advisable. Other useful modes of instruction will occur to the skillful teacher. The lists of Synonyms, and the articles in which synonyms are distinguished, may be made available as models to be imitated in the collection and discrimination of words of the same general signification — a practice highly valuable as leading to a ready command of language, and to clearness and precision in its use. In the arrangement of words in the Dictionary, while a strictly alphabetical order is followed, words of the same form— whether etymologically related or not — are not treated in distinct articles, but the definition of one immediately follows that of another in the same paragraph, being separated from it only by a dash; as, “ Ab'o-rig'i-nal, a. First or primitive. — n. A first or original inhabitant.” This has been done to save space, but the inspector will find that facility of reference has not been sacrificed to the necessity for compression. In submitting this work to the judgment of the public, the Editor indulges the hope that the protracted labor and unremitting care he has bestowed upon it have resulted in the produc¬ tion of a Dictionary which will be found to answer all the purposes for which it is intended. Dorchester, Massachusetts, January, 1868. W. A. W. CONTENTS. KEY TO THE PRONUNCIATION,. PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION,. Vowels,. . • • VOWELS IN MONOSYLLABLES ANI) ACCENTED SYLLABLES, REGULAR OR PROPER DIPHTHONGS,. VOWELS IN UNACCENTED SYLLABLES,. SILENT VOWELS,. CONSONANTS,. ASSIMILATION OF CONSONANTS,. PADS . vi yii to xxii . yii . yii . xi . xi . xii . xiii . xix DUPLICATION OF CONSONANTS,. . . . , . xix Accent, .... xix DIVIDED USAGE, DISSYLLABLES,. TRISYLLABLES AND POLYSYLLABLES, . Syllabication, .. . RULES FOR SPELLING CERTAIN CLASSES OF WORDS,. PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES,.xxvii to xxxi ABBREVIATIONS AND EXPLANATIONS,. xxxii . xix . XX XX . xxii xxii to xxyi A DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, 1 to 486 APPENDIX. i PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF GREEK AND LATIN PROPER NAMES,. 487 to 495 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF SCRIPTURE PROPER NAMES,. 496 to 501 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARIES OF MODERN GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL NAMES,. 602 to 519 ELEMENTS OF PRONUNCIATION OF THE PRINCIPAL MODERN LANGUAGES OF CONTINENTAL EUROPE,. 502 EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS AND SIGNS, .504 Vocabulary of Modern Geographical Names, .505 Vocabulary of Modern Biographical Names, .514 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF ENGLISH CHRISTIAN NAMES, WITH THEIR DERIVA¬ TION, SIGNIFICATION, Etc., . 520 to 525 Names of Men, .520 Names of Women, .523 CLASSIFICATION OF LANGUAGES,. 526,527 QUOTATIONS, AVORDS, PHRASES, PROVERBS, ETC., FROM THE GREEK, THE LATIN, AND MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES,. 528 to 533 METRIC SYSTEM OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 534 ABBREVIATIONS USED IN WRITING AND PRINTING,. 535 to 538 ARBITRARY SIGNS USED IN WRITING AND PRINTING,. 639 to 541 A CONCTSE ACCOUNT OF THE CHIEF DEITIES, HEROES, Etc., IN THE GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY,. 542 to 548 A CLASSIFIED SELECTION OF PICTORIAL ILLUSTRATIONS,. 649 to 560 (V) TO THE PRONUNCIATION VOWELS. REGULAR LONG AND SHORT SOUNDS. A, A, long , as in A, A, short, as in E, E, long, as in £, E, short, as in I, I, long, as in . I, I, short, as in . . ale, Fate, Chamber, Gray. . Add, Fat, Have, Random. . Eve, Mete, Peace, Seizure. . End, Met, Check, Leopard. . Ice, Fine, MIre, Thrive. . Ill, FYn, Admit, Tribute. 0 , 6 , long, as in . 0,5, short, as in U, U, long, as in £, iJ, short, as in Y, Y, long, as in IT, A, short, as in OCCASIONAL SOUNDS. . Old, N5te, Loaf, Deposb. . odd, N5t, Torrid, ResSlve . Use, Tube, LOte, Feudal. . tls, T'Ob, BT;t, StDdy. . Fly, Style, Sky, Edify. . C?st, NAmpii, LAric, AbAs3. A, A,as in. Air, ShAre, PAir, BeAr. A. A, Italian, as in . . Arm, Father, Bar, PXlM. A,A,asin . . . . Ask, Grass, DAnce,Branch. A, a, broad , as in . . All, TALK, HAUL, SWARM. A,A, like short o,as in WlI.^T, WANDER, WALLOW. £, E, like cl , as in . . Ere, TiiBre, IlfilR, Wh£re. E.e, like long a, as in Eight, Prey , Obey. £, £, as in .... Ermine, verge, Prefer. T, i', like long e, as in . Pique, Machine, Pol'ice. 1. T, like e, as in . . . Irksome, Virgin, Thirsty 6 , 6 , like short w,as in Other, Done, S 6 n, Won. 0,o, like long oo ,as in Prove, Do, Move, Tomb. 0, o, like short oo, as in Bosom, Wolf, Woman. 6 , 6 , like broad a, as in Order, F 6 rm, Stork. 00 ,oo, as in . . . Moon, Food, Booty. 00, o~o, as in . . . Wool, Foot, GoTid. U, U, preceded by r, asin Rude, RUMOR, RURAL. U, U, like short oo, as in BULL, PUT, PUSH, PyLL. 0,0, as in .... Orge, BOrn, FOrl, Concur. e, i, o’ silent . . . Token, CousrN, Mason. REGULAR DIPHTHONGAL SOUNDS. Oi, Ol, or Oy, oy (unmarked), as in. Oil, Join, Moist, Oyster. Ou, ou, or Ow, ow (unmarked), as in. Out, Hound, Owl, Vowel. CONSONANTS. G, y, soft, like s sharp, as in . CEDE, QlTE, Mercy. C, €, hard, like k, as in . . Call, Concur, Success. Ch, ch (unmarked), as in . Child, Much, Touch. Qh, yn, soft, like sh, as in . Chaise, Marchioness. €h, cii, hard, like k, as in . Chorus, Echo, Distich. G, G, hard, as in .... Get, Tiger, Begin. G, g, soft, likey, as in . . Oem, Engine, Elegy. S, s, sharp (unmarked), as in SAME, Yes, Rest. S, g, soft or vocal, like z, as in Has, AMUgE, RogEATE. Th, Til, sharp (unmarked), as in T-H, ,TH fiat or vocal, as in . . Ng, NG (unmarked), as in . . N, n, (See § 82), as in . . X, j, like gz, as in. Pll, PH, like/(unmarked), as in Qu, QU, like kw (unmarked),as in Wh, wh, like hw (unmk’d), as in Zh, ZH, as in Thing, Breath. Twine, Smooth. Sing, Single. Linger, LijfK. Exist, Auxiliary. Phantom, Sylph. Queen, Conquest. What, Awhile. Vision (vizlhun). y* When one letter of an improper diphthong, or of a triphthong, is marked, it is to be taken as representing the sound of the combination, and the letter or letters which are not marked are to be regarded as silent: as in dim, clean, ceil, people, route, soul, journal, tow, &c. The combined letters ce, ci, sci, se, si, or ti, occurring before a vowel in a syllable immediately preceded by an accented syllable, are generally equivalent to sh ; as in o/cean, ceta/ceous, so/cial, logi/cian, suspi/ci'on, auspi/cious, con/science, nau/seous, controversial, dissen/sion, ini/ftal, ora/tion, fleti/fious, &c. Such syllables are not always respelled, as, in general, they will naturally be pronounced correctly by an English speaker. But in all exceptional, doubtful, or difficult cases, the appropriate respelling is used. *** For an explanation of foreign sounds occurring in the Dictionary see pp. 602-504. RESPELLING FOR PRONUNCIATION. — (1.) In respelling the French an, en, on, &c., the letters n <7 are not to be pro¬ nounced themselves, being designed simply to mark the vowel as nasal, that is, as pronounced through botli the nose and the mouth at the same time. — (2.) The respelling of a word when a number of related words follow, applies to all of them down to some other word which is respelled. ACCENT. — The principal accent is denoted by a heavy mark; the secondary, by a lighter mark; as in Su'peeintend'ent. In the division of words into syllables, these marks, besides performing their proper office, supply the place of the hyphen, except in some compound and derivative words. (vi) PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION, WITH EXPLANATIONS OF THE KEY. VOWELS. § 1. The vowel sounds in monosyllables and accented syllables are marked in the Dictionary by pointing the let¬ ters according to the Key. Each of the vowels will now be considered under three heads; namely, its regular long , and short , and its occasional sounds, as heard in monosyllables and in accented and unaccented syllables. I. VOWELS IN MONOSYLLABLES AND ACCENTED SYLLABLES. A. § 2. Regular long sound, marked A, a, as in ale ; heard also in pain , day , gaol , gauge , dye , break, veil , whey , &c. Note. —This sound of a is in most cases dipthongal, having a slight “ vanish ” in c annexed to its “ radical” or initial sound, as in pay, where the y may be regarded as representing the vanish. Writers are not agreed as to the nature of the radical part, some considering it to be the sound of short e , while others assert that it is a distinct, though very similar, element, being like the other long vowels as compared with their true corresponding short sounds, of a slightly less open quality. — See § 11, and § 8 , Note. § 3. Regular short sound, marked A, 2, as in add; heard also in plaid , bade , &c. Note. — This is a distinct element from the long a. Like the other shut or stopped vowels (6, T, 6 , u, do), its sound is exceedingly short, and has a certain abrupt, ex¬ plosive character, which is hardly found in any language but our own. With respect to its position in the scale of sounds, it is a palatal vowel, intermediate between a and 8, the tongue being raised higher than for a, and not so high as for 8. Occasional Sounds of A. § 4 . Sound of a before r, in such words as air, care, fare, bear, prayer, parent, marked A, a. The letter e has the same sound in a few words, such as there, where, their, heir, &c. Two errors in opposite extremes are here to be avoided: 1. That of the vulgar, who pronounce where, whar ; bear, bar; careful, car'ful, &c.; 2. That of some among the educated classes, who pronounce pair, parent, &c., as if spelt pay'er, payment, &c. Some have considered the a in care as a distinct element; this, however, is not admitted by Smart, who maintains that it is our long a in fate, and owes all its peculiarity to the subsequent r. Such, also, is the statement of Dr Web¬ ster and most English orthoepists. The sound of r in these words is what Smart calls a "guttural vibration,” — a sound which he represents by vr , and Dr. Webster by er. In care we touch lightly on the a sound (the radical alone } without the vanish ; see § 2 ), and then pass fully and strongly into the guttural vibration (ca/ur or ca/er), draw¬ ing the two as closely as possible into the same syllable — so closely that Smart (not aiming at philosophical exact¬ ness) speaks of the r as actually blending with the previous vowel. In like manner, parent is sounded pa'ur-ent, or pd'. er-ent; and fairy has the sound of fd'er-y, as the word was actually spelt by Spenser in his " Faery Queen.” Smart refers, also, with approbation, to another mode of identify¬ ing the sound in question ; namely, that of prolonging our short e before r. Thus, ther (with the e as in th8n), drawn out into long quantity, gives us there (thar) ; and er (the first syllable in £rror) gives us ere or e'er (ar). Thus, in the view here presented, the initial sound should always be that of a in fate (the radical without the vanish ; see § 2 ), though the final impression upon the ear is that of an open or broad sound, in consequence of the " opening power ” of the r. In primitive words like flare, lair, pair , and the others mentioned above, it is very important not to dwell so long on the a as to make it diphthongal ; for, if the close vanishing element of the vowel is retained, it is impossible for the open r to blend with it in the same syllable. But in derivative words like flayer, layer, payer , it is essential to preserve the terminational sound of the a, in order to keep up a distinction between the two classes. Some, however, especially in New England, give these words a slightly different sound ; namely, that of our short a before the r, in air , pronounced der, with a somewhat lengthened sound of the a. This sound is rather more open than the one mentioned above, and is apt, in the mouths of our common people, to become too broad and coarse. If well executed, however, it is scarcely at all inferior to the other in smoothness and grace. It is frequently heard among the well-educated in England ; there is a tendency in many to intermingle the two, and it often requires a nice ear to determine which is used. Dr. Webster, who adopted the former in his own practice, once remarked to the writer that he regarded the difference as unimportant, provided the New England sound be given without coarse¬ ness or undue breadth. § 5. Sound of the Italian a, marked A, a, as in arm, father, far ; heard also in ah, hearth, aunt , guard, are, &c. Note. — This sound occurs in monosyllables and in the accented syllable of many words, before r final or r fol¬ lowed by another consonant (as in scar , tar , tart, yard, de-barde-part'), and in the derivatives of such words (as in scarred, tarry, of, or resembling, tar, debarring). But when a occurs in an accented syllable, before r followed by a vowel or by another r, in a word not a derivative, it has its regular short sound, as in arable, barrow, tarry, to delay. The Italian a is the most open of all the vowel sounds, tviil PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. vi u and is one of the extremes of the vowel scale, the other extremes being c and do. In its formation, the mouth and throat are opened widely, and the tongue is left in its nat¬ ural position of rest. It was formerly much more common in English than it is at the present day. The loss of it to so great an extent has been an injury to our language, and any further exclusion of it is therefore undesirable. § Q. Sound of a in certain words (chiefly monosyllables) ending in ff ft, ss, st, sk, sp, with a few in nee, and nt, marked A, a, as in staff, graft, pass, last, ask, gasp, chance, chant, &c. Note. — Down to the close of the last century, words of this class were universally pronounced with the full Italian a. Some, especially among the vulgar, gave this too broad¬ ly, or with a kind of drawl (as pass like pahss, fast like fahst), so that Walker, disgusted with this abuse, and having a prejudice against intermediate sounds, marked all such words in his Dictionary by the sound of short a, giving the vowel in past, staff, &c., the sound of that in pat, Stdffa (the island), &c. It will not be surprising — if w'e bear in mind the remark in § 3 on the extreme short¬ ness and abruptness of this sound — that this change was strongly condemned by the orthoepists. Jones declared it to be “ a mincing affectation;” and Mitford said, “No English tongue fails to express, no English ear to perceive, the difference between the sound of a in passing and in passive. No colloquial familiarity will substitute the one for the other.” Still, the high character of Walker, and the increasing disgust for every thing like a drawl in speaking, gave currency to the change. It prevailed in London, and in some of the larger cities of America, until there sprung up, on both sides of the Atlantic, what Smart has called a “ new school ” and an “ old school ” on this subject. The extreme shortness of the a as marked by Walker, was still objected to ; and Smart, in his Dictionary, first published in 1836, censured Walker on this account, saying, “He allows no compromise between the broad Italian a, with which a vulgar mouth pronounces ass, and the sound nar¬ rower (if possible) than the a in at, with which an affected speaker minces the same word.” He therefore spoke of a “ medium sound ” of the a in words of this class, saying, “ We are apt, even in London, to give a slight prolongation to the vowel (a) which would, in other cases, be quite rus¬ tic.” This prolongation has passed into America, and is now heard extensively among the followers of Walker in this country. It is a kind of drawl on the a in such words as last, past, fast, &c. Smart states, however, in a recent letter, that in England this prolongation is now wholly laid aside. “ Custom with us,” he remarks, “is much changed. It is no longer affectation to say ass; and grant, graft, & c., at present indicate the pronunciation of well-educated Lon¬ don people under sixty-five or sixty years of age.” In other words, Walker’s extreme short sound of staff, like Stitffa, and pass like passive, is now adopted by many Londoners as the true and only proper sound. The change introduced by Walker never had any great currency in this country, except in a few large cities and in places immediately affected by their influence. Our leading lexicographers, Webster and Worcester, declared against it. Many who were taught it in childhood have since laid it aside; and there is an increasing disposition among our teachers and literary men to unite on some in¬ termediate sound between the extreme broadness, or length, of the a in father, and the extreme narrowness, or shortness of the a in fat. That of Smart (mentioned above as now dis¬ used was intermediate in quantity; and so also is another, which Fulton and Knight have introduced into their Dic¬ tionary, namely, a shortened sound of the Italian a. They give the word “ lard ” as an example of the long Italian sound (as in father, &c.), and “ last ” of their short Italian sound ; and mark with the latter the entire class of words “now under consideration, such as staff, graft, pass, last, ask, gasp, and a few words in nee and nt, as dance, and chant. In this wav they guard against that undue prolon¬ gation of the a which offended Walker, and still retain in use one of the finest sounds of our language. This is the sound recommended in this volume, and marked A, a. Some might possibly prefer one a little less open, verging slightly more towards that of a in an ; and there is cer¬ tainly room here for a diversity of taste and practice among those who agree in the main point of rejecting the extreme shortness of Walker’s sound. If it be proposed, however, to give these words a sound intermediate in quality between the Italian a and our short a, one thing is important to be considered. Mr. Smart states, in answer to an inquiry on the subject, that, although he can exemplify such a sound, he is not aware that any thing of the kind is used among the educated classes in England. The only alternative there seems to be between the Italian a and the extreme short sound of Walker ; and it is natural and desirable that those among us who reject the latter should adopt the same sound with those who led the way in that rejection upon the other side of the Atlantic. Any one who heard the lectures of Mr. Thackeray during his visit to this coun¬ try in 1855-56, and noticed his pronunciation with reference to this subject, must have been struck with the definite sound of the Italian a which he gave to all words of this * class. He even gave that sound in the word answer, which, though common in England, is comparatively rare in Amer¬ ica. A gentleman who held for many years a high diplo¬ matic station at the court of St. James, told the writer that, except among Londoners, he almost uniformly heard the Italian a in such cases, especially among the officers of government, and the nobility and gentry with whom he was led to associate. Such, also, is said by members of Oxford and Cambridge to be the case now at those univer¬ sities ; and seme of the most eminent preachers of the king¬ dom, such as the Eishop of Oxford (Wilberforce), have been mentioned in confirmation of this remark. It is for such reasons that the words in question are here marked with a shortened or brief sound of the Italian a, in accordance with the views ar.d practice of Dr. Webster. § 7 . Sound of broad a, marked A, a, as in all, talk, haul, swarm; heard also in sauce, awe, geCrgic, fork, groat, bought, &c. Note. — This has sometimes been called the German a, but is a broader and more guttural sound,being formed by a depression of the larynx, and a consequent retraction of the tongue, which enlarges the cavity of the mouth poste¬ riorly. § 8. Short sound of broad a, marked A, $, as in ivhat , wander, weflow, &c.; heard also in knowledge. Note. — This is the extreme short sound of broad a, and coincides with the sound of o in not. It differs, however, in quality as well as quantity from broad a, being a more open sound ; that is to say, the aperture of the lips and the internal cavity of the mouth, though of the same shape in both cases, are somewhat larger for the former (a) than for the latter (a), while the position of the tongue remains unaltered throughout. Nor is this difference peculiar to p and a; it also exists between the other pairs of vowel sounds that have essentially the same organic formation, but differ in length or duration : in each case, that which is the briefer in quantity is the more open in quality of the. two. There is a sound of a, as heard in salt, although, &c., which is intermediate between that in awe and that in what. No distinctive mark is used to indicate this intermediate sound, but the inquirer is referred to this section from all words in the vocabulary in which the sound occurs. — See § 21, Note. § 9 , An exceptional sound of a occurs in the words any, many. It is as if they were spelled en'y, m&n'y, being the regular short sound of e. E. § 10. Regular long sound, marked E, e, as in eve, mite, PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. IX &c.; heard also in Ccrsar, bSard, feet, ISisure, people , machine, field, oesophagus, quay, See. Note. — In the formation of this element, the tongue is raised convexly within the dome of the palate, pressing against its sides, and leaving only the smallest possible pas¬ sage through which a vowel sound can be uttered. E is therefore the closest lingual or palatal vowel, and is one of the extremes of the natural vowel scale, a and oo being the other extremes. § 11 . Regular short sound, marked E, 6 . as in 2nd, m&t; heard also in many, apkcp.resis, said, says, feather, heifer, leopard, friind, asafeetida, bury, guess. NOTE. — This is not a short sound of the long e. It has usually been considered as the shut or extreme short sound of the a in fate ; but most orthoepists at the present day, while allowing it to be a nearly related sound, regard it as distinct, being slightly more open than the radical part of a, and lacking the vanish : both are intermediate between 6 and S, the tongue not being so much depressed as for the former, nor raised so high toward the palate as for the latter. — See § 2, and § 3, Note. Occasional Sounds of E. § 12. Sound of e like a (as in care, fair, bear, &crj, marked E, 0, as in ere, t/i're, heir, Per, &c. This, as is stated in § 4, is the same sound with that of a in care. — See § 4. § 13. Sound of e like a, marked E, g, as in eh, eight, prey, vein, &c. — See § 2. Note. — This is essentially the sound which this letter generally has in the leading modern languages of Continen¬ tal Europe. § 14. Sound of e before r, verging toward the sound of u in urge, marked E, g, as in ermine, verge, prefer; heard also in earnest, mirth, myrtle, &c. NOTE. — The ea,se here contemplated is that of e before r, in a monosyllable or in an accented syllable in which the r is not followed by a vowel or by another r, or in derivatives of such words, when the syllable retains its accent, as in herd , defer , deferring , err, erring, term, mercy , maternal. When e occurs before r, followed by a vowel or by another r, in a word not derived as above, it either has the short sound, as in ferry, peril, perilous, heritage, ferule, or the long sound, as in period, hero, material. The vulgar universally, and many cultivated speakers both in England and America, give the e in such words the full sound of u in urge, as, murcy for mercy, turm for term, &c. But, in the most approved style of pronunciation, the organs are placed in a position intermediate between that requisite for sounding ft and that for sounding 8, thus making (as Smart observes) “a compromise between the two.” In other words, this element is radically distinct from both ft and 8, being less guttural than the former and less palatal than the latter, from which it was doubtless originally evolved. I. § 15. Regular long sound, marked I, T, as in Ice ; heard also in aisle, height, eying, eye, vie, guile, buy, thy, rye, &c.; in pint, in child, mild, wild; and in monosyllables ending with nd, as bind, find, kind, &c., except wind, meaning air in motion, and wind, to scent, to cause to lose or to recover wind or breath. Note.—T his sound, though represented by a single character, is not a simple element, but a diphthong. It is composed of a and 8 as extremes, with the a accented, but made so very brief that the ear with difficulty recognizes the precise character of the sound. § 10. Regular short sound, marked I, T, as in 111; heard also in English, beavfin, been, sieve, women, busy, guinea, nymph, See. Note. — This is not a short sound of long i. Many have considered it as the shut or extreme short sound of long e; but it is really a distinct, though closely allied, element, and is so regarded by the best orthoepists at the present time. In its formation, the tongue is slightly relaxed from the position assumed for producing c; this is the only dif¬ ference between the two sounds. — See § 3, Note, and § 8 , Note. Occasional Sounds of T. § 17. Sound of i like that of long e, marked I, T, as in pique, machine, caprice, &c. — See § 10. Note. — This is appropriately the sound of i in all for¬ eign lauguages. Most of the English words in which this sound is represented by this letter arc from the French. § 18. Bound of i before r, verging toward u in urge, marked I, I, as in irksome, vTrgin, thirsty, See., identical \fith that of e in ermine. Note. — 7 in this case is sounded by many speakers like ft , as vurgin for virgin. The observations made under § 14 as to short e in words like ermine, verdure, Sec., apply fully to this sound of the i. O. § 19. Regular long sound, marked 0, o, as in old; heard also in hautboy, beau, yebman, sew, roam, hue, door, shZulder, grCw, owe, &c. Note. — This sound of o is in most cases diphthongal, having a slight “ vanish ” in oo annexed to the “ radical ” or initial sound, as in below, where the w may be regarded as representing the vanish. The radical part of the sound is a simple element, intermediate with respect to the mode of its formation, between a and oo, the tongue being less depressed than for a, and the labial aperture greater than for oo. It is essentially the same element as that described in the next section, but of a slightly less open quality. The vanish of the o is omitted in unaccented syllables, as in o-pin'ion, to-bae'eo, &c., but ought not to be omitted else- where. This remark is important as bearing on a very prevalent error, which will be mentioned in the next sec¬ tion. § 20. It is exceedingly common, in some parts of the United States, to shorten the long o of certain words, as bolt, most, only, Sic., by dropping the vanishing element which belongs to the vowel, and giving to the radical por¬ tion a somewhat more open quality ; but this practice is wholly opposed to English usage. The provincialism here pointed out obtains, more or less widety, in respect to the following words, namely : boat, bolster, bolt , bone, both, broke, broken, choke, cloak, close, a., coach, coat, coax, colt, colter, comb, dolt, folks, goad, hold, holm , holster, home, homely, hope, jolt, load, molten, most, molt, none, only , open , pole, polka, poultice, poultry, revolt, road, rode, rogue, soap, sloth, smoke, sofa, sol (the name of the note G of the musi¬ cal scale), spoke, v., spoken, stone, story, swollen (or swoln), throat , toad, upholsterer, upholstery, whole, wholly, whole¬ some, wrote, yoke, yolk, and possibly a few others. Most 1 persons in New England sound the o in a part or all of these words without the vanish, while some among the vulgar go further, and give to a number of them almost the sound of short u, as hum. for home, See. They should all, however, have the full sound of the o as heard in ac¬ cented syllables, though not in all cases with quite the same prolongation of the sound. Thus the full o of dome should be given to home; of hole to whole; of slope to hope ; of poach to coach ; of moat to coat; of joke to spoke, cloak, smoke, and broke; of hone to bone and stone; and similarly in the other cases. Still, the theoretic phonolo- gist can not but regard the true short o described in this section as an important and legitimate member of the fain- PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. ily of vowel sounds, and must look upon its absence in the established orthoepy of our language as a defect and an anomaly. To him, therefore, its rise and growth in the popular speech are interesting facts, and its final preva¬ lence and admittance to equal rights with the other vowels is a thing he would rather desire than deprecate. § 21. Regular short sound, marked o, 6 , as in odd, not ; heard also in ivander, knowledge , &c. — See § 3, Note, and § 9. Note. — This is the shut or extreme short sound of broad a, and coincides with the sound of a in what. There is a medium sound of this letter which is neither so short as in not , nor so long as in naught. This medium sound is usually given to the short o when directly followed by ss, st, and th, as in cross, cost, broth; also, in gone, cough, trough , off. , and some other words. To give the extreme short sound to such words is affectation ; to give them the full sound of broad a is vulgar. Occasional Sounds of 0. § 22. Sound of o like short u, marked 6, 6, as in other , dove, &c.; heard also in does, gun, flood, double , &c. — See § 31. § 23. Sound of o like oo long, marked 0 , q, as in prove, dp, move, tomb, &c. — See § 26. § 24. Sound of o like do short, marked 0, o, as in bosom, wolf, woman, &c. — See § 8 , Note, and § 27. Note. — This sound coincides with that of u in bull, which is also used for oo short. — See § 33. § 25. Sound of o like a (broad a), marked 0, 6 , as in order, fZrm, stOrk, &c. — See § 7. Note. — The letter o generally has this sound when it occurs before r in a monosyllabic (as in fZr, form, IZrd, nZrlh ) or in an accented syllable when not followed by a vowel or by another r, as in fbr'mer, or'chard, abhor', and also in the derivatives of such words, as in formed, nOrth'- ern, abhCr'ring. But when o occurs, in an accented syllable, before r followed by a vowel or by another r in a word not a derivative, it has its regular short sound, as in fbr'eign, or'ange, tdr'rid. These two sounds of o, namely, the broad, like that of a in rail, and the short, like that of a in what, have been confounded by some orthoepists ; but there is an obvious difference between them, not only in quantity, but also in quality, the short vowel being more open than the broad. — See § 8 , Note. OO. § 20. Regular long or open sound, marked 00, (To, as in moon, food ; heard also in rheum, drew, to, canoe, man¬ oeuvre, group, rude, rue, recruit, & c. Note. — This sound is the same element with the it of the Germans, Spaniards, and Italians, and coincides with the French ou in route. It is the closest labial vowel; that is to say, in forming it the lips are more nearly closed than for any other vowel, the sides being brought into contact with each other so as to leave only a small central aperture for the escape of the voice. § 27. Regular short sound of oo, marked 00, ob, as In wool, foot ; heard also in wolf should, bull , &o. — See § 8, Note. § 28. The following words, room, root, roof, rood, broom, and soon, have properly the long sound of oo, as in food (see § 28); but many pronounce them with the short sound, as in foot (see § 27). New Englanders especially are often recognized abroad by their habit of pronouncing room, room ; root, ro'ot; roof, roof; rood, rood; broom, broom, and soon , soon. IT. § 29. Regular long sound, marked C, u, as in mute, unit , See. ; heard also in beauty, feodal, feud, pew, erne, lieu, view, cite, suit, yew, you, yule, &c. Note. — This is a compound sound, formed of the vowel oo, with a slight sound of the consonant y or of the vowej 8 or 2 before it. When the u begins a syllable, or is pre. ceded by any one of the palatal or labial sounds tc, g, p . b, f, v, m, the sound of y is clearly perceived, as in the words usage, cube, gules, puny, burin, futile, mule. § 30. When the long u is preceded, in the same syllable by'any one of the consonants d, t, l, n, s, and th, it is peculiarly difficult to introduce the sound of y ; and hence negligent speakers omit it entirely, pronouncing duty, dooty ; tune, toon; lute, loot; nuisance, noosance ; suit, soot; thurible, thoorible, &c. The reason is, that, in form, ing these consonants, the organs are in a position to pass with perfect ease to the sound of oo, while it is very difficult in doing so to touch the intermediate y; hence the y in such cases is very apt to be dropped. On this point Smart remarks, "To say tube (tyoob), lucid (lyoocid), with the u as perfect [/. e. with a distinct sound of y prefixed to oo] as in cube, cubic, mute, Slc., is either northern or laboriously pedantic,” — a description which applies to the vulgar iD our Eastern States, and to those who are over-nice at thb South. The practice of good society is to let the y sink, into a very brief sound of long e or of short i, both of which have a very close organic relationship to consonant y. Special care must be taken not only to make this sound as brief as possible, but to pronounce it in the same syllable with the oo. We thus avoid the two extremes, of over¬ doing, on the one hand, by making too much of the y, and on the other hand, of sounding only the oo after the man. ner of careless speakers. It ought to be added that wherever the sound of sh, zh, or y consonant, precedes the u, the y is omitted, as in sure, sounded shoor ; sugar, shoogar ; azure , azli/oor ; yule, yool, &e. § 31. Regular short sound, marked tr, fl, as in but; heard also in sun, does, blood , touch, &c. NOTE. — This is not the short sound of long u. It is a distinct and simple element, and derives its peculiar gut¬ tural c haracter from the influence of the pharynx and back part of the mouth. In its organic formation, it is essential¬ ly the same sound as u in urge, but is shorter in quantity, and of a rather more open quality. — See § 3, Note, and § 8 , Note. Occasional Sounds of U. § 32. Sound of u when preceded by r in the same syl¬ lable, marked U, rj, as in rude, rumor, rural, &c. Note. — All the English orthoepists agree that the u in this case drops the y or I which is generally an element of its compound sound when preceded, in the same syllable, by any other consonant than r, and becomes simply oo, so that rue is pronounced rdo ; rule, rbbl; ruby, rob by, & c. § 33. Sound of u like that of short oo (do), marked U, u, as in bull, put, push, pull, &c. — See § 8 , Note, and §27. § 34. Sound of u before r in such words as tirge, btirn, furl, concur, &c., marked 0 , fi ; heard also in worm, jour¬ ney, & c. Note. — This is often called the natural vowel, because it requires almost no effort to utter it, the mouth being slightly opened in the easiest or most natural and uncon¬ strained manner for the passage of voice in a nearly un¬ modified form. But the name is scarcely appropriate ; for the sound is altogether wanting in many languages, and — wflth the single exception of the English — it occupies a comparatively subordinate place in the vowel systems of the principal tongues in which it occurs. It has been more aptly termed the neutral vowel, with reference to its want PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION XJ of any strongly-marked distinctive character; nnd this name is here adopted as, on the whole, preferable to any other. The sound differs from that of short u (with which it has often been identified) in length, and in a somewhat greater degree of closeness. (See § 8, Note.) It occurs, in monosyllables, before r not followed by a vowel (as iu cur, fur, furl, hurt, burst, purr) ; in accented syllables, be¬ fore r final or r followed by one or more consonants different from itself (as in recur 1 , curfew, fur'long, disbursed 1 ) ; and in derivatives from any such words (as currish, furry , pur¬ ring, recurring). Except in the cases here specified, the letter u before r has its short sound, as in cur'ry , hur'ry . Y. § 35. Regular long sound, marked Y, y, as in fjj, style, sky, edify , &c. Note. — This is the same sound as long i. — See § 15. § 36. Regular short sound, marked Y, $, as in cfjst, nymph, lyric , abyss, coinciding with the sound of short i. — See § 16. Occasional Sound of Y. § 37. Y has only one occasional sound ; namely, in such words as myrrh, myrtle, in which it has, like the e and i in similar circumstances (see § 14 and § 18), very nearly the sound of u in urge. This is indicated in the Dictionary by respelling, the words iu which y has this sound being very few in number. II. REGULAR OR PROPER DIPHTHONGS. OI or OY. § 38. The sound of oi or oy (unmarked), as heard in oil, join, oyster, &c. Note. —The elements of this diphthong are 0 a3 in cord (the same as broad a), and I as in fin (short i), with the accent on the former. Oy is always regular in Euglish words, and oi is regular also, except in the following cases ; namely, avoirdupois (av-ur-du-poiz/), connoisseur (kon-is- soor'), shamois (shamOny), choir ( kwire ), tortoise (to r'tis), tur-quois (sometimes pronounced tur -keez'). Until near the beginning of the present century, oi was extensively pronounced like long i, as jlne for join, rile for roil, See. ; but this pronunciation is now confined ex¬ clusively to the lowest classes. OW. § 39. The sound of ow (unmarked), as heard in owl, vowel, flower, Sec. Note . — This diphthong is compounded of the elements d and oo, the former of which is accented, but made ex¬ tremely brief. In a considerable number of words, ow represents the sound of long o; in the single word knowl¬ edge. and in its derivatives, it has the sound of short o. These are accordingly distinguished by the proper mark, as blow, slow, know, knowledge, See. ou. § 40. This diphthong has two leading sounds. (1.) That of ow in words derived from the Anglo-Saxon, as in out, hound, Sec. * (2.) That of oo in words derived from the French, as in soup, group, Sec. § 41. The diphthong ou has also, in a number of words, the sound of long o. as in soul; in a few cases, the sound of the broad a, as in bought (bawt); sometimes that of short u, as in couple; sometimes that of u in urge, as in adjohrn (adjurn); and, iu the three words could, would, should, that of do as in foot. These peculiarities are indi¬ cated in this Dictionary by the appropriate mark over the significant or sounded vowel, or by respelling. III. VOWELS IN UNACCENTED SYLLABLES. § 42. When an unaccented syllable ends in a consonant, its vowel, if single, has, in strict theory, its regular short or shut sound, though uttered somewhat more faintly, or with a less proportionate force, than in an accented syllable, as in as-sigip, con 'duct, conflict, Sec. In many words of this class, however,-the vowel is apt to suffer a change or corruption of its distinctive quality, passing over into some sound of easier utterance. Thus the vowel souuds in tho unaccented syllables ar, er, ir, or, yr (as in altar, offer, tapir, mirror, zephyr), are coincident with that of the second u in sulphur. As a general rule, a and o, in unac¬ cented syllables ending in a consonant, verge toward, or fall into, the sound of short u, particularly in colloquial discourse, as in baV lad, bar 'rack, ver 'bal, bed 'lam, capstan, jalap, bias, bal 'last, ha v'oc, meth 'od, pis 'tol, ven 'om, compel/, flag/on, bishop, p blot, pro v'ost. In such words, it would ordinarily be the merest pedantry or affectation to give the vowel its regular short sound. The vowel e, in unaccented syllables ending in a con¬ sonant, is, in some words, liable to be sounded like short i (as in barrel ), and, in others, like short u (as in silent) ; but these changes are usually avoided by good speakers. It may here be remarked, that some of the diphthongs are similarly affected by the absence of accent. Thus ai, which, in an accented syllable, is usually sounded like long a (as in corn-pinin'), siuks into <5 or i. in an unaccented syllable, as in mountain, pronounced moun/ten or moun'- tln. So ei, ey, and ie become changed in pronunciation into t (as in surfeit, hon'ej), carried), and ou is sounded as u (as in griev'ous). It is also to be observed, that, in the unaccented sj-lla- bles of some words from the Latin, the vowel is long, though followed by a consonant in the same syllabic, as in cantharides ; but, in such cases, the long mark is, in the Dictionary, placed over tho vowel. § 43. When the unaccented syllable does not end in a consonant, two cases arise ; namely, — (1.) The syllable may consist of, or may end in, a vowel, as in the words a-bound / , di-rccV, e-vent', mo- lest', &c. (2.) The syllable may end in a consonant, with final e mute at the close of words, as in ubti-ma^c, fi nite, rep/- tile, Sec. The ,former of these will, for the sake of brevity, bo called No. 1, the latter No. 2. These will now be con¬ sidered under each of the vowels. A. § 44. (No. 1. See § 43.) Here the a has properly a brief sound of the Italian a, as in Cu'ba, a-muse 7 , d-mer'i- ca ; but, in familiar speech, it is almost always so slighted and obscured as to be indistinguishable from the neutral vowel, or u in urge, murmur, Sec. In some words, like a-e'ri-al, cha-ot'ic, Sec., the a has its regular long or name sound, somewhat shortened by the omission of the van¬ ish.” This is due to the influence of the subsequent vowel, which, in fluent utterance, refuses to hike the Italian a before it without the intervention of one or more con¬ sonants. Some speakers in this country give the same brief sound of long a to this letter when it occurs in an initial unaccented syllable followed by a consonant in an accented syllable, as in a-bound/, fa-tal'i-ty ; but this prac¬ tice is not sanctioned by the best orthoepists. In the ter¬ minations -a-ny and -a-ry, the a has usually the same sound as short e unaccented, as in mis cel-la-ny, mo/ment- a-ry, &c. I PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. xii § 45. (No. 2. See § 43.) Here the a has sometimes its i long sound, particularly in verbs ending in ate , as, dedi¬ cate, ed'u-cate, &c. In other parts of speech, the sound of the a is more obscure, verging toward short e, as in ul'- ti-inate, night'in-gale, preface, &c. In some instances it is apt to verge toward short t, as in viblage. E. § 46. (No. 1 See § 43.) Here the e has its long sound, slightly obscure or abridged, as in e-vent', e-mo'tion, so- ci'e-ty, &c. Care should be taken not to sink the e into an indefinite sound of short u, as, soci'uty for society, &c. § 47. (No. 2. See § 43.) Here, also, the e has usually its loug sotmd a little shortened and slighted, as in obso¬ lete. In a few instances, it verges toward short e, as in college. I. There is great diversity in the case of this letter. Hence it is difficult to lay down general rules ; and, as Smart re¬ marks, " The inquirer must be sent to the Dictionary to learn, in each particular case, the true pronunciation.” § 48. (No. 1. See § 43.) /, when final in a syllable, has more commonly its short sound, as in phl-los o-phy, dl-rect', &c. But the i is usually long in the initial sylla¬ bles i, bi , chi , cli, cri , pri, tri , as in ?-de'a, bl-ol'o-gy, crl- te'ri-on, prl-me'val, &c. § 49. (No. 2. See § 43.) In these terminations, usage is greatly divided. On the whole, the i is more generally short, as in ac-com'plice, in'fi-mte, fer'ttle, mari-tlme, ad-a-man'tme, an'fse, pos'i-tfve, &c. ; but there are some important exceptions, as, cock'a-trlce, ex'Ile, gen'tfie, con'- cu-bine, ar'chlve, &c.; also all names of minerals ending- in lite or ite ; as chrys'o-lzte, ste'a-tlte, &c. Here the Dic¬ tionary must be consulted for the several words. Accord¬ ing to Smart and Cull, chemical terms ending in ide (as bromide , chloride , &c.) should be pronounced with the i long ; but all other orthocipists are unanimous in making the vowel short; and the propriety of the latter mode of pronunciation is established by the fact that this whole class of words is not unfrequently spelled without the final e, thus, bromid , chlorid. O. § 50. (No. 1. See § 43.) Here the o has usually its long sound slightly abbreviated, and without its “ vanish ” (see § 19), as in o-pin'ion, croc'o-dile, to-bac'co, &c. Care should here be taken not to sink the o into short u, as care¬ less speakers often do, pronouncing o-pin'ion, j/p-pin'ion, &c. An exception, however, is perhaps to be made in the case of the terminations -o-ny and -o-ry, in which, accord¬ ing to universal usage in England, the o is sounded like short u unaccented, as in mat ri-mo-ny, prom'is-so-ry, &c. Yet most speakers in this country give the o in such words its long sound, slightly abbreviated, as in other unaccented syllables. The practice — too common among us — of lay¬ ing a secondary accent on the o is a fault which should be sedulously avoided. — See § 110. § 5L. (No. 2. See § 43.) The o in these terminations has usually its regular long sound, as in tel'e-scSpe, ep'ude, &c. Sometimes it has the sound of short o, as in dia¬ logue : in other cases, it verges toward short u , as in pur'pose. TJ. § 52. (No. 1. See § 43.) Here the u generally has its long sound slightly abridged, as in ac'cti-rate, e-mol'a- ment, man-M-mit', an'nw-al, dep'a-tize, w-til'i-ty. But when the u is preceded by d, t, or $, these combinations, du, tu, and su, are by the great majority of speakers changed into joo, choo, and shoo or zhoo , respectively, as in ed'- u- cate (ej'oo-kate), ha-bit'u-al (ha-b.ch'oo-al), sen'sa-ous (sen'shoo-us), vis'u-al (vizh'oo-al). (See §§ 66 , 77, 92, 93, 95, and 107.) In the notation of words of this class in the Dictionary, the regular pronunciation is generally given instead of the irregular, in conformity with the views of Dr. Webster; but, in many instances, reference is made to the remarks contained in the present section. When the u is preceded by r, it simply drops the y sound, and is pronounced oo, as in er-u-di'tion (er-oo-dish'un). (See § 32.) § 53. (No. 2. See § 43.) The u in these terminations should generally retain its regular long sound (see §§ 29, 30) slightly abridged, as in grat i-tbde, in'sti-tf te, rid i- cffle, tribute, im-post'hume, sub'ter-fvge, &c. There are a few exceptions, as min'wte (min'it), n ., and let'toce (let'- tis). If the letter r precedes the u, the initial element of the vowel is dropped, as in ce'rwse (se'roos), perO/ke (per'- ook), &c. (See § 32.) On the other hand, when the u is immediately preceded by the letter t , it should never be changed into mere oo, as grat'i-tood for grat'i-tude, in'sti- toot for in/sti-tute — a practice which prevails among the vulgar. The terminations dure, ture , and sure , though sometimes pronounced with the regular sounds of the letters, are more commonly pronounced joor , choor , and shoor or zhoor , re¬ spectively, as in the words tem'per-a-tf re (tenbper-a-ckoor), ver'dttre (verjoor), cy'no-swre (si no-shoor), ex-po'swre (eks- po'zhoor). (See §§ 66 , 77, 92, 93, 95, and 107.) When these terminations are immediately preceded by an accented syl¬ lable, many speakers change them still further into chur , jur , and shur, or zhur , as in na'ti/re (na'chur), ver'dwre (ver'jur), cen'swre (sen'shur), ex-po'sare (eks-po'zliur). The Dictionary follows the practice of Dr. Webster in giving to dure and ture the regular sounds of d, t, and u (pronounc¬ ing verdure , verd'yoor, creature, kreet'yoor, &c.), while sure is respelt shoor or zhoor, as in the examples given above. This, it is true, is an inconsistency ; but it is one of little moment, inasmuch ns general usage is so fluctuating, and as reference is in most cases made to the present section. Y. § 54. (No. 1. See § 43.) Here y has usually its short sound, as in hy-poc'ri-sy, my-thol'o-gy, van'i-ty, mer'ri-ly, proph'e-cy, &c.; but verbs ending in fy have the y long, as in jus'ti-fy, mag'ni-fy, &c.; also the three verbs, oc'- cu-py, mul ti-ply, proph e-sy. § 55. (No. 2. See § 43.) The y in these terminations (which are few in number) is generally long, as in an'o- dyne, pcr'i-styls^ ne'o-phyte, pros'e-lyte, &c. IV. SILENT VOWELS. § 50. Vowels which are printed in Italics are not to be sounded, as the e in used, burden, the i in cousin, &c. Some of these cases require a more particular consideration, and will now be mentioned. E final. § 57- The letter e is always mute when final, except in monosyllables containing no other vowel, in classical words, and in some words from modern foreign languages ; but, in a monosyllable or in an accented syllable of a word, though silent, it generally serves the purpose of indicating that a preceding single vowel followed by a single consonant, a PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. XIII consonant digraph, or the combined letters st or ng, has its regular long sound, as in plane, hope , cube, inscribe, paste, change. When a silent e follows c or g at the end of a word, it serves also to show that the consonant is to have its soft, and not its hard, sound, as in ace, nice, age, huge, oblige. In a number of monosyllables (as bade, come, give, were, done, &c.) and iu the accented syllables of a few words de¬ rived from them (as forbade', become', forgive'), the e does not have its usual effect of lengthening the sound of the preceding vowel. In unaccented syllables, it sometimes keeps the vowel in its long sound, as in gen'tile, su'plne, finite, or'chive ; but in a great many instances it exercises no such influence, as in jus'tice, hos'tile, mar'i-tlme, dod- trlne, an'lse, gran'lte, plain'live. EK with E silent. §58 Most words ending in en drop the e in pronuncia¬ tion, as, often (of’n), heaven (heav’n), even (ev’n), &c. One of the most prevalent errors of the present day, especially among our clergy (for the laity have fallen into it much less), is that of pronouncing the words even (ev’n) evan, heaven (heav’n) lieavwn or heaven, often (of’n) often, &c. Walker remarks with great keenness on this error, declar¬ ing it to be a a puerile and false pronunciation.” If the writer is correctly informed, it is never heard among good speakers in England. The following are nearly all the words in which the e should be sounded : aspen, chicken, hyphen, kitchen, jerken, latte?i, lichen, marten, mynchen, paten, patten, platen, row en, wicken, and yewen. The e is also sounded when preceded by the liquids /, m, n, r, as in woolen, omen, linen, siren, &c., though fallen, stolen, and swolle/j omit the e in pronunciation. With regard to Eden, boun den, heathen, mitten, sudden, and sloven, there is a diversity of usage among good speakers iu this country, some suppressing, and some sounding, the e. ON with O silent. § 59. Many words ending in oi\, preceded by r, elc, s, and t, omit the o in pronunciation, as in reckon (reck’n), bacon (bak’n), treason (treas’n), mutton (mutt'n), &c. to pronounce the participial termination -ed, in most cases in which it is not preceded by a vowel (as in believed, re¬ vealed), as a distinct syllable. Thus, “ Whom he did predes¬ tinate, them he also call -ed; and whom hecall-crf, them he also justified; and whom he justified, them he also glo¬ rified.” This usage was formerly a very prevalent one, but at the present time it is much more limited, and is com¬ monly regarded as savoring of affectation or of an oid- school education. EL with E silent. § 61. As a general rule, the e is sounded in these ter¬ minations, as in grave/, Ieve/, vess el, chape/, &c. To omit the e in such cases, pronouncing level, lev’l, chapel, chap’l, &c., is generally regarded as a vulgarism. The following are nearly or quite all the words of this kind in which the e is properly omitted ; namely, barbel, betel, chattel, drazel, drivel, easel, grovel, hazel, mangel wurzel, mantel, mis- pickel, mussel, navel, ousel, ravel, rivel, scovcl, shekel, shovel, shrivel, snivel, swingel, swivel, teasel, toggel, towsel, weasel, and, according to a few orthoepists, model. CONSONANTS. B. § 62. The sound represented by this letter (which is un¬ marked) is heard in the words barn, rob, labor, table, &c. Note.—T his sound is formed by the compression of vocalized breath or voice, within the mouth, while the lips are shut and the back nostrils are closed by covering them with the soft palate. When preceded by m, or followed by t, in the same syllable, b is generally silent, as in bomb, climb, tomb, debt, doubt, subt'le, &c. Accumb, dithyramb, iamb, succumb, rhomb, rhumb, are said to be exceptions ; yet,iu this country, the first and the fourth of these words are commonly pronounced without sounding the b. B is also silent in bdellium. C. § 63. C marked thus, Q, 9 (soft c), has the sound of s, as in cede, trace, acid, cypress, &c. ED with E silent. § 60 The termination ed is usually shortened in pro¬ nunciation by dropping the sound of the e (as in loved (lov’d), aimed (aim’d), diffused (diffus’d), &c.), unless this letter i3 preceded by d or t (as in amended, contented, &c ), when its omission is organically impossible. But in adverbs formed by adding ly, and in nouns formed by adding ness to words ending in ed, the e of this termination is uniformly sounded, as iu assuredly, confusedly, renewedly, amazed¬ ness, composedness, &c. There are also some participial adjectives, and some adjectives not derived from verbs, in which the e is commonly sounded, as, aged, beloved, blessed, crabbed, cragged, crooked, crutched, cursed, cusped, deuced, dogged, hooked, jagged, learned, legged, naked , peaked, picked (sharp), ragged, rugged, stubbed, wicked, winged, wretched. The e is also pronounced in the derivatives formed from such adjectives, as, learnedly, blessedness ; but is generally omitted in the compounds, as, ft i-aged (ajd), sheath-winged (-wingd). In poetry, the meter often requires us to pronounce erf as a distinct syllable, when it would not be so pronounced in prose. In all cases where it should properly be sounded, its omission is a mark of great vul¬ garity. NOTE. — In reading the Scriptures and Prayer-Book, some persons, chiefly' among the clergy 7 , make it a practice Note. — It takes this sound whenever it occurs before e (even if silent), i, or y. — See S, § 90. When the letters ce or ci are immediately preceded by an accented syllable, and are followed by a vowel in the next syllable, the c combines in pronunciation with the e or i to form the sound sh, as in ocean, social, saponaceous, See. In some words, c alone has this sound, or, rather, the e or i is used twice, first combining with the c to represent the sound of sh, and then, in the same syllable, taking on its customary vowel sound, as in so-ci-al'i-ty. —See SII, § 95. § 64. C marked thus, €!, o (hard c), has the sound of k when it comes before a, o, u, l, or r, before k, s, or t, and when it ends a word or a syllable, as in call, cot, cut, clot, crown, black, act, zinc, traffic, pic'ture, flae'eid, eth'ics. — See K, § 78. § 65. C has the sound of z in the words sacrifice, sice, su ffice, and discern, and in their derivatives. It is silent in the words czar, victuals, indict, and their derivatives, and also in the termination scle, as in muscle, corpuscle, &c. CII. § 66 . Ch unmarked (English ch) has very nearly the sound of tsh, as in child, much, richer, speechless, See. Note. — The compound sound signified by this digraph is not precisely equivalent to that represented bv tsh. The ordinary sound of t is uttered with the tip of the tongue XIV PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION. pressed against the gum of the upper front teeth. The first j element of ch is uttered with the upper fiat surface of the ! tongue, near the tip, applied to the gum at a point higher up, just where a relaxation of the contact produces the configuration requisite for sounding sh, the second constit¬ uent of the compound. The two elements are so closely blended in pronunciation that, like a diphthong or com¬ pound vowel, they have the eifect of only a single sound or beat upon the ear. When the letter t comes before u (= yoo) in an unac¬ cented syllable, and is at the same time preceded by'an ac¬ cented syllable (as in nature ), or when it is preceded by s or x in an acceuted syllable, and is immediately followed by ia {= ya) or to (— yo) in an unaccented syllable (as in Chris¬ tian , question, admixtion ), both this letter and the y vir¬ tually following it are, by some speakers, preserved in their usual and appropriate sounds; thus, nature (naUyoor) Christian (krlsUyan). question (kwesUyun), admixtion (ad- inlkst'yun), &c. But by others they are suffered to sink into the easier and closely allied sound of ch in church; thus, nature (n i-choor), Christian (kris'chan), question (kweshhun), admixtion (ad-mikshhun), &ic. In regard to the pronunciation of words ending in teous , when this ter¬ mination is not under, but is immediately preceded by, the accent (as in bom'teous ), usage is far from being uniform, some calling it t-yus (as bnundyus), others reducing it to chus (as boun'chus), while others corrupt it into che-us (as boun'cheus) ; but that mode which keeps both the Zand the e in their customary sounds (as boun'te-us), is the most common, except in the single word righteous, which is properly pronounced riVyus, or rVchus. § 67. Ch marked thus, Ch, fh (French c/i), has the I sound of sh, as in chaise, marchioness, machine, &c. — See SII, § 95. Most words of this kind are derived from the French. § 63. Ch marked thus, -Gh, eh (Latin ch), has the sound of k, as in chorus, epoch, distich, & c. This is the usual sound in words derived from the ancient languages ; but cherub and charity, with their derivatives, are excep¬ tions. Ch is always hard (like k) before l and r, as in chlo¬ rine , chrism. Note. — The prefix arch , denoting chief , is pronounced ark in archangel and its derivatives, and in words from foreign languages in which the other component part is not separately current in English, as, architecture, archipelago, architrave. See. In all other cases, it is pronounced artch, as in arch-bishop, arch-enemy, arch- fiend, &c. § 69. Ch is silent in the word drachm (though not in drachma, drak/ma), and also ia schism, yacht (yot), and their derivatives. D. § 70. The sound of d (unmarked), as in dale, sad, rider, tradesman, &c. Note. — The sound of this letter is formed by pressing the end of the tongue against the upper gums, and then forcing up vocalized breath, or voice, into the mouth, the soft palate being raised to prevent its escape through the nose. This is the regular and usual sound of d; but when this letter follows a whispered or non-vocal consonant in the same syllable, it uniformly takes the sound of t, as in hissed (hist). (See § 108.) D is silent only in the words Wednes¬ day and handkerchief. F. § 71. The sound of f (unmarked), as in fame, leaf, def¬ inite, softly, See. Note. — This letter, which is never silent, is uttered by applying the lower lip to the upper front teeth, and emit¬ ting the breath. _Fhas only this one sound, except in the single word of, in which it has the power of v. In the compounds hereof, thereof, and whereof, many speakers preserve the customary and regular sound of the f; but good usage allows it to be sounded as in the simple word. G. § 72. G marked thus, G, g (g hard), has the sound of that letter in the word go ; as in get, gave, give, begun, keg, sluggish, smuggle, &c. Note. — This sound is produced by acompression of in¬ tonated breath, or voice, confined within the mouth by a contact of the root of the tongue with the posterior part of the palate, which is at the same time raised sufficiently to cover the back nostrils, or openings from the pharynx into the nose. G is hard before a (except in the single word gaol and its derivatives), o, u, h, l, and r, as in gate, gore, gum, ghastly, glad, grain. It is sometimes, though not usually, hard before e, i, and y, as in git, give, gibbous, muggy. This occurs chiefly in words from the Anglo-Saxon, and in a very few from the Greek. It is also, and always, hard at the end of words, and in the derivatives of such words, even when the g is doubled and followed by e, i, or y, as in crag, drug, fog, cragged, druggist, foggy. When a, l, or 7, is preceded in the same syllable by the sound of g, or of k, very many speakers, particularly in England, interpose a slight sound of c, as in card, kind, garden, guard, girl, guile, guise, sky. Some persons affect the introduction of a full and distinct sound of long e, or of consonant y, in such cases ; saying kee-ard or k-yard, kee-ind or k-ylnd, ske-y or sk-yl, &c. The practice of a very large portion, if not a majority, of the best speakers in the United States, and also of many educated persons in England, is to join the sound of the g or k to that Qf the a or l, without suffering any other sound to slip in between them. § 73. G marked thus, 6, g (g soft), has the compound sound of j, as in gem, rage, engine, caged, & c. — See § 77- Note. —The letter g generally takes this sound when it comes before e, i, or y; but there are some exceptions. (See the preceding section.) G has also its soft sound before a in the single word gaol (now commonly spelled jail), and in its derivatives and compounds. § 74. In a few words from the French, g retains the sound of zh, which it has before e and i in that language, as in rouge (roozh), mirage (ml-razh/), &c. G is silent before m and n final, and also when initial before n, as in phlegm, sign, gnat. For the office which g performs in such words as longer, stronger , See., see § 82. GH. § 75. This digraph (which is unmarked) is sounded, at the beginning of a word, like g hard, as in ghastly, ghost, gherkin, Sc c. It is silent after the vowel i, as in high, sigh, weigh; and it is generally silent before t, as in bought, fraught, taught, &c. The words draught and laughter, where it has the sound of f, are exceptions. In other cases, gh is generally pronounced like/, as in chough, cough, rough, tough, trough, enough, &c. ; but it sometimes has the sound of k, as in hough, lough , shough. In the word hiccough, it is usually pronounced like p. H. § 76. This letter (which is unmarked) is a mere aspira¬ tion or breathing, and represents no fixed configuration of the vocal organs. Note. —It is an emission of unvocalized breath through whatever position of the mouth-organs is required by the succeeding element, the organs being always placed to form the next following letter before the h is pronounced. Thus, in he the tongue is put in a position to sound the e before PRINCIPLES OF PRONUNCIATION xv the h is uttered ; and similarly in hall, hard, home, Sec. It differs, however, from a mere whispered vowel, in being an expiration of breath through the open glottis, whereas in whispering a vowel the glottis is almost closed by the ap¬ proximation of the vocal cords. In the following words, heir, heiress, herb, herbage, honest, honor, honorable, hour, with their derivatives, and also in hostler (more properly spelt ostler ), h is silent. It is also marked as silent by most orthoepistsin hospital, humor, and humble, with their derivatives. There is, however, an in¬ creasing tendency to sound the h in these words. H is silent after g initial, as in ghost, gherkin, &c.; after r,as in rhyme, myrrh, &c. ; and also when preceded by a vowel in the same syllable, as in a'l. eh, oh, buhl, Jehovah, See. In many parts of England, the sound of this letter is almost always omitted where it ought to be uttered, and uttered where it ought to be omitted ; as 'ouse for house, happle for apple, See. This very gross and vulgar error is rarely, if ever, heard among natives of the United States. J. § 77. This letter (which is unmarked) has very nearly. the sound of dzh, being precisely the same as that of g soft, as in jar, jeer, joke, Sec. — See § 73. Note.—T he sound of j. though almost identical with that of dzh. differs from it as the sound of ch in chin dif¬ fers from thatof tsh. (See § 63, Note.) ./is never silent. In the word hallelujah, it has the sound of consonant y. In words in which d precedes a letter having regularly the sound of y, and occurring in an unaccented syllable, as in modulate (mod'u-late), soldier (sold'ver), the sound of j is very often substituted for the combined sounds of the d and y (thus, m ij'oo-late, s5Pjer); —just as the sound of ch is substituted for the combined sounds of t and y in nat¬ ure, question, righteous, &c. (See § 63, Note.) Smart remarks, “ It is possible to preserve the pure sound of the t and d in nature, and verdure ; yet nothing is more certain than that they are not preserved pure by the best and most careful speakers.” K. § 78. This letter (which is unmarked) has one uniform sound, as heard in keep, king, kitchen, Sec., and is precisely equivalent to c hard. — See § 64. NOTE. — Thesound represented by this letter differs from that of g in go (hard g) only in being a whispered and not a vocal utterance ; the organs are placed in the same posi¬ tion for forming both sounds. Before n, in the same sylla¬ ble, h is silent, as in knack, knell, knit , knoiv, Sec. It is also silent afrer r, as in back, barrack, Sec. In regard to the pronunciation sometimes given to such words as kind, sky, Sec., see § 72, Note. L. (s 79 . The sound of l (unmarked), as heard in left, bell, chalice, melting, Sec. Note. —This letter has only one sound, which consists of an efflux of vocalized breath, or voice, over the sides of the tongue, while its tip is pressed against the gums of the upper front teeth. L is silent in many words, especially before a final consonant, as in almond, malmsey , palmer, alms, calm, walk, half, could, would, should, Sec. M. § 80. The sound of m (unmarked), as heard in make , aim, clamor, armed , Sec. Note. — This letter has one uniform sound, produced by closing the, lips, and letting the voice issue through the nose. It is silent when it precedes n in the same syllable, as in mnemonics. N. § 81. The sound of n (unmarked), as heard in nail, ten, panel, entry, Sec. Note. — In the production of this sound, the tip of the tongue is pressed against the upper gums, as for d; but the voice, instead of being confined within the mouth, is suf¬ fered to escape uninterruptedly through the nose, the nasal passages being uncovered for that purpose. When final after l or m, n is uniformly silent, as in kiln, condemn, solemn, hymn, limn, &c.; but it is generally sounded in the derivatives formed from such words by add¬ ing to them a termination beginning with a vowel, as in condemnatory, solemnize, hymnic, limner, &c. In the present participles of verbs ending in mn, as contemn, hymn. Sec., the n, though often unpronounced, is more properly sounded, as, contemning, hymning, Sec. § 82. The sound of n as heard in linger, link, uncle, Sec. (marked N, n). Note. — This is essentially the same sound as that repre¬ sented by ng; but its length varies greatly according as it is followed by a whispered or a vocal consonant. When it is follosved in the same syllable by the sound of k, as in link, it is cut so short by the instantaneous and perfect closure of the organs which forpi # this pure mute as to add almost nothing to the length of the syllable. It seems undesirable, therefore, to respell words ending in nk by the use of ng; and, in this volume, this is not done, a diacritical mark being placed below the n instead, as a sufficient indication of the true quality and quantity of the sound. But when this sound of n is followed by that of g in a separate syllable, as in the primitive words anger, finger, conger, hunger,it is long and sonorous, and increases the duration of the syl¬ labic utterance very perceptibly. As a general rule, the change of n into n takes place only before g and k (or before the equivalents of k, namely, c, q, and x~ ks. It takes place before k or its equivalents when any one of these letters fol¬ lows n in the same syllable, as in li nk, ci/iyue, minx, be- thinA/, adun^ue', phariynx ; and before g or k, or an equiv¬ alent of k, when any one of these letters begins an unac¬ cented syllable and the n ends a preceding accented one, as in concord, congress, u/Pcle, &c. Penguin and a few other words are exceptions ; also words beginning with the prefixes in, non, quinque, and un; as, income, non'eon- form'ity, qu/V- do', and intervene' is pronounced intervened when used antithetically to supervene'. So also with am'puta'tion and im'puta'tion, bi'en'nial and tri'en'nial, op'posed, and sup'posed ; exdr'rise, and ex'or'cise, al-le'ga'tion and al-li'- ga'tion; proph'et' and profit'; do'nor' and do'nee’, guar¬ antor' and guar'antee'. § 128. When separately pronounced, all monosyllabic words have their vowel as distinctly sounded as if under ac¬ cent. But in connected discourse, certain classes of mono¬ syllables, such as articles, prepositions, pronouns, conjunc¬ tions, and auxiliary verbs, are usually unemphasized, and their vowel is liable to the same corruption of quality as that iu an unaccented syllable of a word. Eut when used antithetically to other words, they are emphasized, receiv¬ ing a full and distinct stress of voice. Thus, the possessive pronoun their , when emphatic, should take the full sound of e ; as, " Their (ther) interests, and not yours , are to he consulted.” But when unemphatic, the sound becomes more obscure, verging toward, or falling into, that of the neutral vowel ( u in urge) ; as, (< They will not neglect their (thur) interests.” So, also, there , when used as an adverb of place, is distinctly pronounced with the appropriate found of the vowel; as, ” I shall be there (ther).” When, however, it serves merely to introduce a verb or a sentence, it takes the obscurer sound ; as, " There (thur) is no diffi¬ culty in the case.” In like manner we say a, your , that, the, from, for, Sec., when we pronounce the words by them¬ selves ; but in actual use they become nearly or quite u, yur, thut, thu, frum, fur, &c. The following passage from the " Spectator,” No. 80, well illustrates this tendency to a corruption of the vowel sound in unemphasized monosylla¬ bles : —" My lords, with humble submission that that I say is this, that that that that gentleman has advanced is not that that he should have proved to your lordships.” SYLLABICATION. § 129. Words are sometimes divided into syllables for the sole purpose of showing their proper pronunciation (as, a-dorn , o-void) ; and sometimes in order to exhibit their etymological composition merely, without the least regard to their pronunciation (as, ad-orn, ov-oid). In ordinary cases — as where a word requires to be divided at the end of a line — these modes of syllabication are to a certain extent combined. In the United States, the etymological principle is allowed to operate only in separating prefixes, suffixes, and grammatical terminations from the radian] part of the word, where this can be done without misrepre¬ senting the pronunciation. In English practice, however, words are usually divided in such a manner as to show their constituent parts independently of the pronunciation (as, hypo-thesis , philosophy, belli-gerent, &c.), and a single consonant or a consonant digraph between two vowels goes to the latter (as, a-na-to-my, de-li-cate, ma-the-ma-tics , &c.). In this Dictionary, words are uniformly divided so as to represent their pronunciation in the most accurate manner ; but very frequently the root of a word may be exhibited to the eye without violating the orthoepical prin¬ ciple of syllabication, and where this is possible it has generally been done, more particularly in the case of ac¬ cented syllables. RULES FOR SPELLING CERTAIN CLASSES OF WORDS. FOUNDED ON THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF DR. WEBSTER, AS EXHIBITED IN THIS VOLUME. § 130 (1). The letters /and l, at the end of monosyl¬ lables, and standing immediately after single vowels, are generally doubled ; as in staff, cliff, doff, puff; all, bell, hill, toll, null. The words clef, if, of, and sol, are excep¬ tions. § 131 (2). The letter s, at the end of a monosyllable, and standing immediately after a single vowel, is generally doubled, except when it is used to form the possessive case cr plural of a noun, or the third person singular of a verb ; as in grass, press, hiss, moss, truss. The only impor¬ tant exceptions are as, gas, has, ivas, yes, his, is, thus, and vs. § 132 (3). Besides f l, and s, the only consonants that are ever doubled at the end of a word are b, d, g, m, n, p, r , t, and z. The following list contains all, or nearly all, the words in which these letters are doubled ; namely, abb, ebb; add, odd, rudd; bigg, egg, snigg; lamm, scomm, mumm (to mask); inn, bunn ; wapp ; gnarr, parr , err, birr , shirr, shirr, burr, hurr, murr, purr ; mitt, plitt, smitt, butt; fizz, fuzz, buzz, huzz, muzz. Note. — The words (et,ziet,and set are sometimes incor¬ rectly spelled lett, nett, and sett; and some other words w hich should have the final letter single are spelled, by some writers, with it doubled. § 133 (4). A consonant standing at the end of a word immediately after a diphthong or double vowel is never doubled. The words ail, peat , haul , door , and maim , are examples. The word guess is only an apparent exception, as the u does not strictly form a diphthong with the e^ but serves merely to render the g hard. § 134 (5). Monosyllables ending, as pronounced, with the sound of k, and in wnieh c follows the vowel, have RULES FOR SPELLING. xxm usually k added after the c ; as in black, fleck, click, knock, and buck. The words lac, sac, talc, zinc, ploc, roc, soc , arc, marc, ore, and fisc, are exceptions. Words of more than one syllable, ending in ic or iac, which formerly ended in k, also words derived from the Ijat- in or Greek languages, or from other sources, and similar to these, or formed in an analogous manner, are now written ■without the k; as, maniac, elegiac, cubic, music, public. Thu word derrick is an exception. Words of more than one syllable, in which c is preceded by other vowels than i or ia, commonly end in ck; as, arrack, barrack, hammock, hillock, wedlock. The words almanac, sandarac, limbec, xebec, manioc, and havoc, are exceptions. Almanac, limbec, and havoc, however, are sometimes written with k after the c, especially in England. § 135 (6). In derivatives formed from words ending in c, by adding a termination beginning with e, i, or y, the letter k is inserted after the c, in order that the latter may not be inaccurately pronounced like s before the following vowel: as, colic , colicky; traffic, traflicked, trafficking, trafficker ; talc, talcky ; zinc, zincky. § 136 (7). In derivatives formed by adding a termina¬ tion beginning with a vowel to monosyllables and words accented on the last syllable, when these words end in a single consonant (except x) preceded by a single vowel, that consonant is doubled ; as, clan, clannish ; plan, planned, planning, planner; bag, baggage ; hot, hotter, hottest ; wit, witty; cabal', cabal'ler ; abet', abet'ted, abet'ting, abet'tor ; begin', begin'ning, begin'ner; infer', inferred', infer/ring. The consonant is doubled in these words in order to pre¬ serve the short sound of the vowel, as otherwise the latter would be liable to be pronounced long. Thus, planned, hottest , and abutted , would naturally be pronounced planed, hbtest, and abated, if the consonant were not doubled. Words of this class, in which the final consonant is pre¬ ceded by qn followed by a single vowel, form no exception to the rule, since the u performs the office of the consonant w ; as, sqtlab, squabbish, squabby; squat, squatting, squat¬ ter; quit, quitted, quitting; acquit', acquit'tell, acquit'ting. The derivatives of the word gas (except gassed, gassing, and gassy) are written with but one s; as, gaseous, gaseity, gasify. Excellence, as being from the Latin excellens, re¬ tains the double l, though one l has been dropped from the termination of excel'. Besides these, the only exceptions to the rule are those derivatives in which the accent of the primitive is throw'n back upon another syllable : as, cabal', cab'a'ism, cab'alist ; prefer', preference ; refer', reference ; defer', deference. It is no exception to this rule that chan¬ cellor, and the derivatives of metal and crystal, as metalloid, metallurgy, crystalline, crystallize, and the like, are written with the l doubled, since they are derived respectively from the Latin can cellar ius (through the French), and met alum, and the Greek Kpvo-rah Aos. So also the word tranquillity retains the double l as being from the Latin tranquil', itas, while the English derivatives of tranquil, though often written with two Vs, are more properly written with only one. as tranquilize, tranquilizer , and the like. § 137 (8)- When a diphthong, or a digraph represent¬ ing a vowel sound, precedes the final consonant of a word, or the accent of a word ending in a single consonant falls on any other syllable than the last, or when the word ends in two different consonants, the final consonant is not doubled in derivatives formed by the addition of a termina¬ tion beginning with a vowel: as , daub, daubed, dauber; need, needy; brief, briefer, briefest; rev'el, rev'eled, rev'ding ; trav'el, trav'eling, trav'eler; profit, profited; act, acted, actor; perform, performer ; stand, standing. The final consonant is doubled in the derivatives of a few words ending in g, in order to diminish the liability to its being pronounced like j, before e or i: as, humbug, hum¬ bugged, humbugging ; periwig, periwigged. The word woolen is more generally thus written, in the United States, with one l; but in England it is written woollen. Note. — There is a large class of words ending in a single consonant, and accented on some other syllable than the last, the final consonants of which are, by very many writers and lexicographers, doubled iu their derivatives, unnecessarily and contrarily to analogy. This practice ap¬ pears to have arisen from a desire to prevent the vowel of the final syllable of the primitive from being inaccurately pronounced long in the derivatives. These words are chiefly those ending in l, with also a few of other terminations. The following list, the words in which are chiefly verbs, includes the most important of those in regard to which usage varies: namely, apparel, barrel , bevel , bias, bowel, and its compounds, cancel, carburet , and all similar words ending in uret, cavil, carol, channel, chisel, compromit, counsel, cud¬ gel, dial, dishevel, dowel, drivel, duel, empanel, enamel, equal, funnel, gambol, gravel, grovel, handsel, hatchet, im¬ peril, jewel, kennel, kidnap, label, laurel, level, libel, mar¬ shal, marvel, medal, metal, model, panel, parallel, parcel, pencil, peril, pistol, pommel, quarrel, ravel, revel, rival, rowel, shovel, shrivel, snivel, tassel, tinsel, trammel, travel, tunnel, unravel, vial, victual, worship. Worcester doubles the final letters of all these words, except parallel , in form¬ ing derivatives by the addition of terminations beginning with vowels, though he remarks, with respect to those end¬ ing in l, that “it better accords with the analogy of the language ” to spell their derivatives with but one l. Smart retains the double consonant in this class of words solely on the ground that usage favors it, but remarks that “ the double p iu worshipped, worshipper, &c., the second l in travelling, traveller, &c., are quite unnecessary on any other score than to satisfy the prejudices of the eye.” Cooley doubles the consonant in a majority of the deriva¬ tives of words of this class, but writes a single consonant in many, as in those of apparel, barrel, bevel, channel, drivel, gambol, See. Perry wrote the derivatives of these words with but one l, according to the rule, and the same prac¬ tice was advocated by Walker. Conformity to the regular rule has been advocated also by Lowth and other eminent scholars. § 138 (9)- Derivatives formed from words ending in a double consonant, by adding one or more syllables, com¬ monly retain both consonants : as, ebb, ebbing ; odd, oddly, stiff, stiffness ; fell, fellable ; skill, skillful, skillfulness ; will, wilful, willfulness ; dull, dullness ; full, fullness. So also the double l is retained in the words installment, inthrall- ment, thralldom, and enrollment (from install, inthrall, thrall , and enroll), in order to prevent the false pronuncia¬ tion they might receive if spelled with one l. Many writers and lexicographers, especially in England, omit ono l in these words, as also in the derivatives of skill, will, dull, and full, formed by adding the syllables ly and ness. The derivatives of pontiff are exceptions to the rule, be¬ ing written with only on of; as, pontific, pontifical, ponti- flcial, and the like. One l also is dropped in a few words formed by adding the termination ly to words ending in U, in order to prevent the concurrence of three Vs: as, ill, illy ; dull, dully ; fill, fully. Words similarly formed by adding the termination less, however, are written either with three Vs, a hyphen being inserted before the termina¬ tion, or with two Vs and without the hyphen : as, bell-less, or belless, s/cill-less or skillrss, smell-less or smelless. § 139 (10)- In derivatives formed from words ending with silent e, the e is generally retained when the termina¬ tion begins with a consonant: as, pale, paleness; hate, hale- fii; incite, incitement; chaste, chastely, chasteness; move, movement. When, however, the e is immediately preceded XXIV RULES FOR SPELLING by another vowel (except el), it is often dropped from the derivative : as, due, duly ; argue, argument; true, truly; awe, awful; and the derivatives and compounds of these words. The words wholly, nursling, wisdom, abridgment, ac¬ knowledgment, lodgment , judgment, and the compounds of some of these, are exceptions. The last four, however, are written, by many authors, abridgement, acknowledgement, lodgement, judgement. § 140 (11)- In derivatives formed from words ending with silent e, when the termination begins with a vowel, the e is generally omitted, except in the cases mentioned in the next paragraph: as, bride, bridal; guide, guidance; •plume, plumage; use, usage ; grieve, grievance; come, com¬ ing ; shape, shaping; move, movable ; sale, salable ; fleece, fleecy ; force, forcible ; true, truism. The e is retained in the word hoeing, shoeing, and toeing (from hoe, shoe, and toe), in order to prevent a doubt as to the pronunciation, that might arise in case it were omitted. Jt is retained, also, in the words dyeing, singeing, springe- mg, swingeing, tingeing (from dye, singe, springe, sivinge, tinge), to distinguish them from dying, singing, springing, swinging, tinging (from die, sing, spring , swing, ting.) The word mileage, as commonly written, does not omit the e, though it is sometimes, and more correctly, spelled mil¬ age. The words lineage, lineal, and pineal , though appar¬ ently exceptions, are not really such, since they are derived not directly from line, and pine, but from the Latin linea (through the French), linealis, .and pinea. The e, standing, in a derivative, before a termination beginning with a or o, and immediately after c or g, is retained in order to pre¬ serve the soft sounds of these consonants: as, peace, peaceable; notice, noticeable; manage, manageable; change, changeable ; advantage, advantageous; outrage, outrage¬ ous ; mortgage, mortgageor. The latter word is sometimes very improperly written mortgagor, and pronounced mor'- gci-jor. § 141 (12). In derivatives formed from words ending in ie, by adding the termination ing, the e is dropped, and the i changed to y, in order to prevent two i's from coming together : as, die, dying; hie, hying ; lie, lying; tie, tying; vie, vying. § 142 (13). In derivatives of words ending in y pre¬ ceded by a. consonant, and formed by appending any ter¬ mination except one beginning with i, the y is usually changed into i: as, icy, iciest, icily; mercy, merciless ; tidy, tidiness ; modify, modifies ; foggy, fogginess ; earthy, earth¬ iness ; pity, pitiful. The derivatives of adjectives of one syllable ending in y preceded by a consonant, are exceptions, and usually re¬ tain the y: as, shy, shyness; sly, slyest; dry , dryly; spry, spryer, spryest; wry, wryness. But the adjectives drier and driest, from dry, are commonly written with i instead of y. Derivatives formed by adding the termination ship, as secretaryship, suretyship, ladyship, and the like, also re¬ tain the y, though some authors write them with i, ao- cording to the rule. The -words babyhood and ladykin are likewise exceptions. The y is also retained in the possessive case singular of nouns, when formed by adding s with the apostrophe : as, country's, everybody's. § 143 (14). Derivatives formed by affixing a termina¬ tion to words ending in y preceded by a vowel, generally retain the y unchanged : as, gay, gayety, gayly; play, player, plays; sway, swayed ; obey, obeying ; joy, joyful; enjoy, enjoyed; buy, buying; gluey, glueyness. The words daily, laid, paid, said, saith, s'ain, and staid (from day, lay, pay, say, slay , and stay), with their com¬ pounds, are exceptions. Staid, however, is sometimes written stayed. Derivatives from words ending in uy, as colloquies, from colloquy, are not exceptions to the rule, as u, in such cases, is not strictly a vowel, but stands for the consonant w. § 144 (15). Derivatives formed by appending a syllable beginning with a vowel to words ending with a vowel sound, generally retain the letter or letters representing such sound : as, huzza, huzzaed ; agree, agreeable, agree¬ ing; weigh, weighing; dough, doughy; echo, echoed; woo, wooes ; bow, bowed ; beau, beauish. Derivatives of words of this class ending in silent e, as also those formed from words ending in double e by adding a termination beginning with e, drop the final e : as, hce, hoed ; sue, sued ; owe , owed; free, freer, freest; agree, agreed. The cases mentioned in sections 11, 12, and 13 are also exceptions. § 145 (16)- Derivatives formed by prefixing one or more syllables to words ending in a double consonant com¬ monly retain both consonants : as, tipstaff , rebuff, befall, inthrall, disinthrall, foretell, undersell, fulfill, enroll, emboss, (from staff, buff, fall, thrall, tell, sell, fill, roll, boss). •The word until is an exception, being always written with one L Those words of this class which end in ll are written by some authors, especially in England, with one l: as, befial, intliral, foretel, fulfil, enrol. The words distill and instill should be written with the l doubled, though they are often written distil and instil, with only one l. § 146 (IT)- Compound words formed by joining two or more words commonly retain all the letters of the simple words: as, stiff-necked, wed-bred, dull-eyed, save-all, wide- mouthed. There are numerous exceptions to this rule, many of them compounds which by long use have acquired the force of single words. They are the following : namely, some compounds of all and well; as, almighty, almost, alone, already, also , although, altogether , always, withal , there¬ withal, wherewithal, welcome, ivelfare ; — compounds of mass; as, Candlemas, Christmas, Lammas, Michaelmas. &c. ; — words of which the second part is the adjective full; as, artful, hateful, rueful, woeful; —also, the words chilblain, fulfill, namesake, neckerchief, numskull,pastime, standish, and wherever. § 147 (18). The plural of nouns regularly ends in s, or, in certain classes of words, in es. When the noun in the singular ends with such a sound that the sound of s can unite with it and be pronounced without forming a separate syllable, s only is added iu form¬ ing the plural: as, sea, seas; tree, trees; woe, woes; $anto, cantos; virtue, virtues: purlieu, purlieus; claw, claws; cab , cabs; panic, panics ; bead, beads ; chief, chiefs; bag, bags ; path, paths; lock, locks ; bell, belts; gem, gems; fan, fans; cup, cups ; car, ears; act, acts. A few plurals from nouns ending in o preceded by a consonant, end in es: as, echo, echoes ; cargo, cargoes; embargo, embargoes: motto, mot¬ toes ; potato, potatoes. Other nouns of this class gener¬ ally form their plurals regularly, though usage differs with regard to some of them. Those in which final o is pre¬ ceded by a vowel form their plurals regularly. The plural of a'kali is written a'kalis or alkalies ; that of rabbi , either rabbis or rabbies. With regard to other nouns ending in i usage differs, though they are more properly written with the termination is. When the noun in the singular -nds with such a sound (as that of ch, sh, j, s, x, or z) that the sound of s can not unite with it in pronunciation, but must form a separate syllable, e is inserted before s in forming the plural, unless RULES FOR SPELLING. XXV the word ends with silent e. in which case the latter serves to form a separate syllable with s: as, church, churches; rush, rushes; age, ages; lace , laces; gas, gases] box, boxes; maze, mazes. To express the plural of a letter, figure, or any character or sign, or of a word mentioned without regard to its meaning, the letter s, generally preceded by the apostrophe, is appended, as in the phrases, " The two Vs in all; " Two *’s in Orion ; ” " The why's and wherefore's of the question.” Some writers, however, omit the apostrophe in such cases, joining the s immediately to the letter, character, or word, as in the phrases " The two Is in all ; ” " Two *s in Orion ; ” Others still write the names of the letters with their proper plural endings, instead of the letters themselves : as, the two ees, efs, ells, esses , and the like. The plurals of letters are also rarely expressed by simply doubling them, without adding any plural sign : as, the two ee in bee, the two ll in all; but this practice is not to be commended, as ee, ll, &c., are properly read double e, double l, See. § 148 (19). Nounsending in //preceded by a consonant foiun their plural by adding es and changing y into i: as, mercy , mercies; lady, ladies; sky, skies; army, armies; pity , pities. This rule includes words ending in quy, in which u, being pronounced like w, is strictly a consonant: as, colloquy, colloquies. The plural of proper nouns ending in y preceded by a consonant, is formed by changing y into ies, according to the rule : as, ” The three Maries." Many writers, however, form the plural of such words by simply adding s: as, " The three Marys." When the singular of a noun ends in y preceded by a vowel (except u having the power of w), the plural is regu¬ larly formed by adding s only : as, day, days; key, keys ; money, moneys; attorney, attorneys; alloy, alloys; guy, guys. Some plurals of the latter class are often inaccu¬ rately written with the termination ies: as, monies, attor- nies, and the like. § 149 (20). The plurals of a few nouns ending in f or ft are irregularly formed by changing f or fe into ves. The following words, with their compounds, are the principal examples: namely, life, lives; knife, knives; wife, wives; leaf, leaves ; sheaf, sheaves ; loaf, loaves; beef, beeves ; thief, thieves ; calf, calves; half, halves ; elf, elves ; shelf, shelves; self selves ; rvolf, tvolves. The plural of staff is sometimes written staffs, but more commonly staves, ex¬ cept when it means a corps of officers, either military or civil, in which sense it is always written staffs. The plural of wharf is generally written wharfs in England; in the United States it is more commonly, but improperly, written wharves, as it is also by some recent English writers. The plurals of hoof and turf, formerly written hooves and t urves, are now written hoofs and turfs. The plurals of other nouns ending in f fe, or ff, are formed regularly by the addition of s only. § 150 (21). In the following nouns, the plural is dis¬ tinguished from the singular only by a change of the vowel or vowel sound of the word : namely, man, men; woman, women; goose, geese; foot, feet; tooth , teeth; brother, brethren; louse, lice; mouse, mice. Compounds ending with these words form their plurals in the same manner: as, foeman, foemen; dormouse, dormice. Words which end in the Syllable man, and are not compounds, form their plurals regularly, by adding s only : as, cayman, cay¬ mans ; desman, desmans; frman, firmans ; talisman, talismans; German, Germans; Mussulman, Mussulmans. The plurals of talisman and Mussulman are sometimes, by a gross blunder, written talismen and M'issulmen. § 151 (22). A few plurals end in en : namely, brother, brethren; child , children; ox, oxen. To these may be added the obsolete forms eyne, /cine, shoon, hosen, housen , (from eye, cow, shoe, hose, house), the first three of which, though they have received a slightly different form, end, as pro¬ nounced, with the sound of n. § 152 (23). The words brother, die, pea, and penny, have each two plurals of different forms and with different significations : as, brothers, male children of the same parent, also, members of the same society, association, class, or profession; brethren, members of the same religious or ec¬ clesiastical body, the word in this form being rarely used j except in religious writings, or in scriptural language, j where it also has the same meaning that brother has | in ordinary language ; dies, implements for making im¬ pressions by stamping, or for making screws, also the cubical parts of pedestals; dice, the cubical blocks used in games of chance ; peas, seeds of the pea-plant, when a defi- I uite number is mentioned ; pease, the same in bulk, or spoken of collectively ; pennies, the coins, especially when a definite number is mentioned; pence, the amount reckoned by these coins. § 153 (24). A few words, mostly names of animals, have the same form in the plural as in the singular: as, deer, sheep , trout, and the like. § 154 (25). Many words adopted from foreign languages retain their original plurals: as, datum, data; criterion, criteria; genus, genera; larva, larvx; crisis, crises; mat¬ rix, matrices ; focus, foci ; monsieur, messieurs. Many words of this class, while retaining the original plurals, have also a second, formed after the analogy of English words of similar termination : as, formula, form¬ ula} or formulas; beau :, beaux or beaus ; index, indices or indexes; stratum, strata or stratums; bandit , banditti or bandits; cherub , cherubim or cherubs; seraph, seraphim or seraphs. The plurals of the last two words are sometimes incorrectly written cherubims and seraphims, with double plural terminations, from ignorance or forgetfulness of the fact that, in Hebrew words, ini is a plural ending. § 155 (26). In certain loose compounds consisting of a noun followed by an adjective or other qualifying expres¬ sion, the plural is commonly formed by making the same change in the noun as when it stands alone : as, court- martial, courts-martial; cousin-german, cousins-german; son-in-law, sons-in-law. When, however; the adjective is so closely joined to the noun that the compound has the force of a simple word, the plural of the compound is com¬ monly formed like that of any other word of the same termination: as, cupful, cupfuls ; handful, handfuls. § 156 (27). There are many words, besides those men¬ tioned in the preceding paragraphs, in respect to which usage, even that of the best authors, is variable. The most important of these words are mentioned in this and the succeeding sections. The derivatives of the word villain, as villainous, vil¬ lainy. &c., though often written villanous, villany, 8zc~, properly retain the i, according to the practice of many 1 writers, like those of other words'similarly ending in ain: | as, mountainous, from mountain; captaincy , from captain; and the like. The words connection, deflection, inflection, and refla¬ tion follow the spelling of the words connect, deflect, inflect, and reflect, though often written, especially in England, con¬ nexion, deflexion, inflexion, and reflexion. The word woe, though often written without the final e, should retain it, like most other nouns of one syllable and ! of similar form : as, doe, floe, foe, hoe, sloe, toe, and the like. Monosyllables other than nouns, and words of more XXVI RULES FOR SPELLING, than one syllable, having a similar termination, omit the e ; as, do , go, no, so, canto, motto, potato. The words defense, expense, offense , and pretense are properly written thus, though often spelled with c instead of s, for the s belongs to the words from which they are derived, and is also used in all their derivatives. The words drought and height were formerly written drouth and /light , and are still very often thus written in America. The verb practice is thus written like the noun, in preference to the form practise , though the latter spell¬ ing is used by many writers, especially in England. The difference in spelling between the noun and the verb is properly observed, in words of this kind, only in such as are accented on the last syllable, as device, devise. Derivatives of the Greek eSpa (seat, base, side ; pro¬ nounced hed'ra), as polyhedron, tetrahedron, octahedral, and the like, are properly thus written with h before the e of the termination, but are sometimes written polyedron, tetraedron , octacdral, &c., without the h. § 157 (28). There is a class of adjectives ending either in able or in ihle, of which a large majority have the termina¬ tion able ; as, blamable, laudable, legible, mutable, naviga¬ ble, vendible. Many of them arg, from Latin words ending in abilis or ibilis; some are from the French ; and not a few are formed by adding the termination to English words. Those from Latin words end respectively in able or ible, according as they are derived from words ending in abilis or ibilis : as, mutable (Lat. mutabUis ); credible (Lat. credibilis). Those formed from English words generally end in able; as, avoidable, eatable, laughable, liable, salable, serviceable. There are a few words respecting which usage is variable : as, add ible or ad d able; conversable or conversible ; infer¬ able or infer 1 r ible; referable or refer 1 rible. § 158 (29). There is a class of words beginning with en or in, as enclose or inclose, enquire or inquire, ensure or in¬ sure, and the like, many of which take either form of the prefix indifferently. They are chiefly derived from the Latin, either directly or through the French, the prefix in belonging to the former language, and en to the latter. In some of these words, en is to be preferred; in others, in ; in many of them, either may be used indifferently. §159 (30). There was formerly considerable diversity of usage in respect to the terminations ant and ent, both of which were in certain cases used almost indifferently; as in the words confidant or confident, dependant or dependent, and the like. Present usage, however, is definitely settled in favor of one or the other form, in nearly or quite every word of this class, though not always upon uniform princi¬ ples. In the few words in which both these terminations are retained, it is the more general practice to write the adjective with ent, and the common noun with ant, while the corresponding abstract noun ends in ence, as in the adjectives confident and dependent, the common nouns con¬ fidant and dependant , and the abstract nouns confidence and dependence. In the case of very many words, however, the adjective ends in ant, as also the common noun ; while the abstract noun ends in ance , as in the adjectives attend¬ ant and repentant; the common nouns attendant and re¬ pentant ; and the abstract nouns attendance and repent¬ ance. It may be remarked that the terminations ant and ance belong properly to words derived from the French or from Latin verbs of the first conjugation ; ent and ence to words derived from Latin verbs of the other three conjugations. § 160 (31). There is a class of words ending in er, some of which are written by most authors with the termination re; as, center, meter, theater, &c., which are often written centre, metre, theatre, &c. Acre, chancre, lucre, nacre, mas¬ sacre, and ogre , retain the termination re, in order to ) preserve the hard sound of the c and g. § 161 (32). There are two classes of chemical words end¬ ing respectively, as more commonly written, in ide and ine, in regard to which usage has been variable. Most of them were formerly written without the final e; but it is now the almost universal practice to retain it: as, bromide, iodide, chlorine,fluorine, &c. The word tannin is always written without the final e. Oxide is now generally written with the termination ide, though formerly by many written oxyd, from the supposition that the y of the last syllable repre¬ sented the v of the Greek ofus, from which the word is de¬ rived ; whereas the last syllable is simply the same as the termination of the words bromide, sulphide, and the like. § 162 (33). There is a class of words ending, as pro¬ nounced, with the sound of long i, followed by z, some of which are differently written, by different authors, with either ise or ize to represent this sound: as, criticize or criticise; civilize or civilise; naturalize or naturalise; patronize or patronise. These words are mostly verbs, and are chiefly derived from Greek words ending in or from French words ending in iser or ise. There are a few from other sources, but formed in analogy with those derived from these languages. Those formed from Greek words have the termination ize; as, anathematize, char¬ acterize, dramatize, tantalize. The words catechise and exorcise are exceptions. Those formed in an analogous manner from English words are likewise written with ize : I as, albumenize, bastardize, memorize, sensitize. Those derived from the French verb prendre (participle pris or prise) end in ise: as, apprise, comprise, emprise, enterprise, surprise. Of those formed from French words other than prendre, or which have corresponding forms in the French, a majority end in ize, though in respect to some of them usage is variable : as, civilize, formalize, organize, satirize. The following are the principal English verbs ending in ise: namely, advertise, advise, affranchise, apprise, cate¬ chise, chastise, circumcise, comprise, compromise, criticise, demise, despise, devise, disenfranchise, disfranchise, dis¬ guise, divertise, emprise, enfranchise, enterprise, exercise, exorcise, franchise, manumise, misprise, premise, reprise, revise, supervise, surmise, surprise. It may be remarked that most of those in respect to which usage varies are more frequently written in England with the termination ise, and in the United States with the termination ize. § 163 (34). The words mold and molt, and their com¬ pounds and derivatives, are written in this Dictionary with o instead of ou, in analogy with the words bold, bolt, colt, gold, See., from which the u has been dropped. Most authors, however, write these words mould and moult, and their derivatives in like manner. § 164. (35). There is a numerous class of words almost universally written, in the United States, with the termina¬ tion or, many of which are written, in Eugland, with the termination our: as, candor, favor, honor, labor, rumor, vigor. English usage, however, is not uniform with respect to these words, many of them being written with or in English books. § 165 (36). There is a small class of words ending with the syllable ped (from Lat. pes, pedis, foot), the termination of some of which was formerly, and is still frequently, written pede : as, biped, centiped, milliped, quadruped, soli- j ped, &c. The words biped and quadruped are universally | written without the final e, and the others, according to the best usage, should be written in the same manner. I PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES. designed to furnish material for instruction and practice in the etymological or some remarks as to the mode of using them, see the Preface, p. iv. The “ Exercises ” given below are analysis of English words. I PREFIXES. A, a prefix to many English words, is in some cases a contraction of on, in, at, of, to, for; as, ablaze for in .a blaze, aboard for on board, afoot for on foot, aground for on the ground, ado for to do, await for wait for. In other cases, it is con¬ tracted from the A.-S. inseparable particle ge-, which forms verbs from verbs, substantives, adjectives, and is a sort of augment to the past par¬ ticiple. In some cases, it only in¬ creases the force of the word, with¬ out any essential addition of mean¬ ing. — In some words of Greek orig¬ in, a gives them a negative sense ; be¬ fore a vowel it becomes an. In a few words of Latin origin, it is an¬ other form of the prefix ab. Exercise.— Awake, asleep, ahead, aside, afar, aweary; apathetic, amorph¬ ous, atheist, abyss, aorist, anonymous, anomaly, anecdote, anarchy; abate, avert. Xb, a prefix to words of Latin origin, and a Latin preposition, is the same as the Greek arro. Goth, af A.-S. and Eng. of. It denotes from , sepa¬ ration, or departure. Before c and t, it is generally changed into abs. See A. Exercise. —Abduct, abject, abjure, abrupt, abrogate, absurd, abuse, abrade, absolve; abscess, abscond, abstemious, abstain. Xd. [Cf. W. at, to, toward, Goth, and Eng. at.] A Latin preposition, signifying to. In composition, the last letter is usually changed into the first letter of the word to which it is prefixed. Exercise. — Adhere, adjoin, addict, adjure, admit, admonish, adorn, ad¬ vent, acclaim, aggravate, a/rinn, allege, applaud, arrogate, ascribe, attain. Xl. 1. In Arabic, an article or insep¬ arable prefix, answering to the Ital¬ ian il, and the Sp. el. Its use is to reader uouus definite, like the Eng¬ lish the. Exercise. —Alcove, alchemy, alem¬ bic, almanac, alcohol, alkali. 2. A form of the prefix ad. See Ad. Xmbi. [Lat. ambi, amb, am, an (as ambidens, ambages, am icire, aulie- lare), Gr. a pufti, A.-S. emb, ymb .] About ; around; — a prefix used in composition in words derived from the Latin. Exercise. — Ambidexter, ambient, ambition, ambiguous; anhelation. Xm'PHI, n. [See supra.] A prefix in words of Greek origin, signifying about, around, on both sides, on all sides, & c. Exercise. — Amphibious, amphithe¬ ater, amphibology, amphibrach. A'nA. [Gr. ara.J A prefix in words from the Greek, denoting on, up¬ ward, up to, throughout, backward , back to, again, previously , or against. Exercise. — Analogy, analytic, an¬ atomy, anabaptist, anachronism, an¬ agram, anapest, anathema. Ant-, 1 [Gr. amt, agaiust.] A prefix Xn'ti-. | in words from the Greek, meaning against , over against , or opposed to. Exercise. — Antarctic, anthelmintic, anfidote, antipathy, antithesis, antife¬ brile, antipodes, ant ichristian,antiseptic, antitype. Xn'TE. A Latin preposition, the Gr. dim, A.-S. & Goth, awl (cf. An¬ swer) ; used in the composition of English words, esp. in words from the Latin and Greek. It signifies before in place, in front ; and figura¬ tively, before m time. Exercise. — Antechamber, anteced¬ ent, antediluvian, antemundane, ante¬ date, antepenult. A'PO. [Gr. and. See Ab.] A Greek preposition used in composition, and signifying from, away from, off, or asunder. It sometimes has the con¬ tracted form ap. Exercise. — Apoplexy, apothecary, apologue,opostacy, apostrophe, apostle; aphelion, aphorism. BE, is originally the same word as by, A.-S. be and bi or big, Goth. bi. It denotes nearness, closeness , about, on, at, and generally has an intensive force. Exercise. —Beset, bedeck, become, bestow, bedim, becalm, becloud, befriend, because, before, betimes. BI. [From Lat. bis, twice, which in composition drops the s.] In most branches of science, bi in composi¬ tion denotes two, twice, doubly. In chemistry, it denotes that the com¬ pound contains two parts of the first-mentioned ingredient to one of the other ; thus, a bichromate of potash contains two parts of chromic acid to one of potash. Exercise. — /./dentate, bitornate, bi- axal, bicapsular, bicephalous, bicipitous, bifoliate, bisect, biweekly, binominal. Bis, adv. [Lat. bis, twice, for duis, from duo, two, like belluin from duel- lum.] Twice. See Bi. Exercise. — .Bissextile. Ua'tA. [Gr. Kara.] The Latin and Euglish form of a Greek preposition used in composition to signify down, downward, down upon, downright, completely, &c. It sometimes drops the final vowel, and is sometimes changed to catli. Exercise. — Cataclysm, catacomb, catalogue, cataract, catarrh, eataeaus- tie, catalepsy, catastrophe; catoptric, category; cathartic, catholic, cathedral (^IR'eUM. [Accusative of circus, a circle, Gr. /ap/cos-] A Latin prepo sition, used as a prefix in many Eng lish words. In a few words the m is dropped. Exercise. — Circumscribe, circum¬ spect, circumvent , circumjacent, circum¬ navigate, circumlocution; circuit, cir¬ cuitous, circulate. UojVI- or -CON-, [The same as cum, which is akin to Gr. auu.] A Latin preposition signify mgwith or against, used iu composition as an inseparable prefix. The form com is used before b, p, andwi, and con before the other consonants. Before l, however, con or com is changed into col; before r into cor; while before a vowel or h, the n or m is dropped. Exercise.— Compose, commotion, commerce, command, compact, connect, concur, construct, convoke, contract, col¬ lect, corrupt, coalesce, cohabit, co-oper¬ ate, coheir, cohere. Con'trA. A Latin preposition, sig¬ nifying against, in opposition, en¬ tering into the composition of some Euglish words. In old English, it took the form counter. Exercise. — Contradict, contravene, contradistinguish, con travallation; coun¬ teract, countermarch, counterpart, couti- tercliarm, counterbalance. €o. See Con. €oun'ter. See Contra. De. A Latin prefix denoting a mov¬ ing from, separation. Hence, it often expresses a negative. Sometimes it augments the sense. It coincides nearly in sense with the French des and Latin dis. Exercise.— 7)ebark, _ decline, de¬ cease, deduct, decamp, deject, deter, de¬ scend, detain, depart, detract, denude, denominate, denounce, derange, de¬ prave, despoil. Dl. 1. [Gr. Sis, twice.] In chemistry, a prefix denoting two equivalents of the substance indicated by the noun following that of which the prefix forms a part; as, dichloride of mer¬ cury ; i. e.. a compound formed of (xxviij I PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES. xxviii two equivalents of mercury and one of chlorine. 2. See Dis DI'A [Gr. Sid, akin to Lat. dis.] A pre¬ fix denoting through, right through. Exercise. — Diameter, diagram, di¬ alogue, diagonal, diacritical, diatribe, dialect. Dis. An inseparable prefix, from the Latin (whence Fr. lies), denoting separation , a parting from; hence it generally has the force of a nega¬ tive. It sometimes passes into the forms di and dif. Exercise. — .Distribute, disconnect, disarm, disoblige, disagree, disorder, dis¬ pel, discover; divert; ilitier, dif fuse. Dys-. An inseparable prefix, from the Greek 8v certain, undo, unbar, untruth, unworthy. WITH. [A.-S. widh, ivid, with, at, against, Icel. vidh , against. Com¬ pare A.-S. mid, midh, Goth, mith, Ger. mit, with.] An English prepo¬ sition, used in composition, and sig¬ nifying opposition , privation, sepa¬ ration, or departure. • Exercise. — JFitMraw, uufbstand, withhold. SUFFIXES. A€. [Gr. -axos.] A suffix signifying of or pertaining to. Exercise. — Demoniac, hypochon¬ driac, cardiac, elegiac, prosodiac. Age. [Fr.] A termination of nouns having a collective or abstract mean¬ ing. Exercise. — Advantage, average, herbage, foliage, pillage, vassalage, ap¬ panage, homage, parentage, fruitage. Al. [Lat. -alts.] A termination of words from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. See Cal. Exercise. — Annua?, cordia?, fin al, leg at, marti al, regal, frugaV, filia?, car- n al, casual, flora?, manual, judicia?, lo- c al, decennia?. An. [Lat. -anus.] A termination of some nouns and adjectives from the Latin, denoting office, profession, or character. Exercise. — Christian, comedian, tragedian, clysian, tertian, hyperborean, sylvan, republican, pagan, Roman. Xn^E, 1 [Lat. -antia.] Terminations Xn-£Y. J of some nouns having an abstract signification. Exercise. — Elegance, abundance, brilliancy, vacancy, dissonance, toler¬ ance, ignorance, circumstance, repent¬ ance, infancy, necromancy. XXX PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES, Xnt. [Lat. -ana, -antis.] A termina¬ tion of adjectives from the Latin, ex¬ pressing quality or habit; and of nouns denoting the doer of a thing. Exercise. — Vagrant, abundant, ver¬ dant, extravagant, triumphant, vigilant, dominant, exorbitant; assistant, com¬ mandant, dependant, intendanf, lieu¬ tenant. &R. [Lat. -arts.] A termination of adjectives derived from the ‘Latin, and denoting of, ox pertaining to. Exercise. — Angular, jocular, per¬ pendicular, similar, linear, familiar, solar, secular, regular. Ard, the termination of many English words, is taken from the Goth, har- dus , A.-S. heard , Icel. & Eng. hard , and appears in proper names; as, Henan-/, strong in counsel; Goddarr/, strong in, or through, God, &c. We find it also in appellatives, usually with a bad signification. Exercise. — Drunk arc/, dotard, bas¬ tard, niggard, sluggard, dullard, cow¬ ard, wizard, laggard, dastard. A-RY. [Lat. -arius.] A termination of adjectives from the Latin, denot¬ ing of, or pertaining to; and of nouns, denoting the doer of a thing. _ Exercise. — Auxiliary, military, biliary, stipendiary, pecuniary, pri¬ mary, plenary, ordinary, sublunary, adversary, mercenary, vocabulary, lap¬ idary, boundary, granary. Ate. [Lat. - atus .] A termination; — 1. Of verbs. 2. Of adjectives, implying nature, likeness, quality, agreement, effect, &c. 3. Of nouns, denoting (a.) office or dignity; [b.) the possessor o f an office or dignity; (c.) salts containing one degree or more of oxygen. Exercise. — 1. Deliberate, initiate, extricate, permeate, suffocate, navigate, ventilate, fascinate, anticipate, vener¬ ate. 2. Moderate, ultimate, temperate, obdurate, fortunate, insensate, passion¬ ate, effeminate, immaculate. 3. Pontif¬ icate, electorate,palatinate; magistrate, delegate, legate, candidate, advocate, laureate, surrogate; sulphate, phos¬ phate. Ble. [Lat. -bills.] A termination of adjectives derived from the Latin, or formed on the same model, and sig¬ nifying capable of being, or ivorthy to be. Exercise. — Flexih/e, mutab/e, sensi- ble, warrantab/e, capab/e, curab/e, blam- a ble, commendab/e, incredib/e, accessi- ble, cxcusa ble. ■Gal,. [Lat. -cus ] A termination of adjectives derived from the Latin or following the analogy of such, and signifying of or pertaining to. Exercise. — AnatomicaZ, comica?, mngicaZ, practice?, technical, classicaZ, analytical botanicaZ, practical, dogmat¬ ical, periodica/. D6m. A termination denoting juris¬ diction, or property and jurisdiction. It was originally doom, judgment. Hence it is used to denote state, con¬ dition, or quality. Exercise. — King dom, sheriffdom, •dukedom, earldom, Christendom, wis¬ t/oat, freedom, thralldom. E-AN. [Gr. -aio?, or -eras, Lat. -mus, -eus.] A termination of adjectives derived from Greek adjectives, or formed on the pattern of such ad¬ jectives, and denoting of or pertain¬ ing to. Exercise. — Cerulean, herculean hyperborean, subterranean, epicurean, auamantean, tartarean, empyrean. Ee. A termination of nouns, denoting one on or to whom something is done. Exercise. — Appellee, donee, referee, trustee, lessee, grantee, legatee, patentee. Eer. SeelER. En. A plural termination of nouns and of verbs formerly in use, as in housen, escapen, and retained in oxen and children. It is also still used as the termination of some verbs, as in hearken, from the Anglo-Saxon in¬ finitive. It is also used to form from nouns adjectives expressing the ma, terial of which a thing is made. Exercise. — Glisten, listen; leaden, woode??, golden, birchen, earthen, oake??, hempen, oate?i, flaxen, waxen. EN£E, ) [Lat. -entia.] A termination EN-’^Y. j of abstract nouns from the Latin, or of nouns that follow the analogy of nouns so derived. Exercise. — Abstinence, circumfer¬ ence, reticence, agency, contingency, in¬ nocence, coalescence, diffidence, provi¬ dence, intelligence, prudence, presidency, tendency, despondency, exigency, clem¬ ency, transparency, solvency. Ent. [Lat. -ens, -entis.] A termina¬ tion of nouns from the Latin, denot¬ ing the doer of a thing; or of par¬ ticipial adjectives expressing quality or habit. Exercise. — Dependent, recipient, student, president, agent, adherent; fer¬ vent, ardent, indolent, esculent, reful¬ gent, incumbent, evanescent, evident, omnipotent. Er. A tei’mination of many English words, and the Teutonic form of the Latin or. It denotes an agent, and was originally of the masculine gen¬ der, but is now applied to men or things indifferently. At the end of names of places, er signifies a man of the place. ; thus, Londoner is the same as London man. Exercise. —Hater, farmer, heater, grater, builder, waiter, lover, doer, mak¬ er, strainer, poke?', ruler, pointer, paint¬ er, voter. Es'<^ENT. [Lat. -escens, -escentis.] A termination of participial adjectives from the Latin, denoting progression, growing , or becoming. Exercise. — Convalescent, putres- cent, quiescent, effervescent, phosphor¬ escent, incandescent. Ess. [Fr., from Lat. -ix.] A termina¬ tion of nouns feminine, distinguish¬ ing them from correspondent nouns masculine. Exercise. — Authoress, lioness, ne- gress, shepherdess, actress, giantess, sor¬ ceress, tigress, huntress, countess, priest¬ ess, hostess, poetess. Ful. [The same as full.] A termina¬ tion of adjectives denoting plenitude or abundance, and generally formed from substantives. Exercise. — Artful, beauti/id, peace- ful, grate/?//, careful, useful, bash/itt, fan- ci ful, pain/?//, power ful, doubt/??/. Fy. [Lat . facere, fieri , Fr -fier.] A ter¬ mination of verbs, denoting to make, to become. Exercise. — Amph/y, dei fy, gratify, lique/y, rarefy, stupc/y, paci/y, quality, signi/y, glor/y, rat/y, testi/y, recti fy, puri fy. Ho~od. [A.-S. h&d, from hhd, state, sex, order, degree, person, form, manner, Goth, ii nidus.] A termina¬ tion denoting state or fxedness, con¬ dition, quality, character, totality. Sometimes it is written head. Exercise. — Manhood, childhood, knighthood, brotherhood, boy hood, wid¬ owhood, neighborhood, priesthood; god¬ head. T€. [Gr. -iKo?, Lat. -icus.] A termi¬ nation of adjectives denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Authent/c, concentric, magnetic, seraphic, academic, dogmat/e, periodic, theoretic, botanic, cubic, pro¬ saic, apostolic. ICS. A termination of nouns, plural in form but singular in signification, applied to certain arts or sciences. Exercise. — Optics, mathematics, hydraulics, mechanics, physics, acous¬ tics, statics, hermeneutics. Id. [Lat. -idus.] A termination of adjectives denoting quality. Exercise. — Acid, liquid, rigid, sor¬ did, arid, fervid, fluid, horrid, humid, torpid, timid, rancid, torrid, vivid. Ier, ) [Fr. -ier, -iere.] A termination Eer. ) of nouns denoting men from their occupations or employment. Exercise. — Brigadier, grenadie-, cavalier, mountaineer, volunteer', finan¬ cier, engineer, auctioneer, buccaneer. ILE. [Lat. -ills.] A termination of adjectives from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. —Agile, doci/e. fragi/e, versati/e, facile, puerile, volatile, fertile, hostile, futile, mercantile. INE. [Lat. -inws.] A termination of adjectives from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Adamantine, feminine, pristine, aquiline, canine, clandestine, alpine, serpent ine, genuine, equine. ION. [Lat. -io, genitive -ionis.] A ter¬ mination of abstract nouns derived from the Latin, or formed after the same analogy. Exercise. — Ambition, conception, probation, evasion, version, crucifixion, union, action, addition, compassion, ex¬ tension, opinion, vermilion. ISH. [A.-S. -isc, Goth, -isk, N. II. Ger. -isch ] A termination of English words denoting diminution, or a small degree of the quality. Ish an¬ nexed to proper names forms a pos¬ sessive adjective. Annexed to com¬ mon nouns, it forms an adjective de¬ noting a participation of the quali¬ ties expressed by the noun. Exercise. — Whitish,yellowish; Swe¬ dish, Danish, English, Spanish, Scottish; foolish, roguish, brutish, childish, doltish, boorish, slavish, feverish, knavish, girl¬ ish, womanish. PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES. XXXI 1 §M. [Gr. ^ 07 x 0 ?.] A termination of nouns from the Greek, or of nouns formed on the same model as these, denoting tenets, doctrines , or princi¬ ples. Exercise. — Atheism, catechism, he¬ roism, mechanism, sophism, skepticism, archaism, barbarism, heathenism, ego¬ tism, magnetism. 1st. [Gr. -urrrj?.] A termination of nouns denoting men from their occu¬ pations, pursuits, or principles. Exercise. —Baptist, chemist, eulo¬ gist, theixt, oculist, moralist, novelist, philologist, sophist, annalist, chemist, botanist. Ite. [Lat. -ilus.] A termination of nouns and adjectives. It is often used to form collective or gentile names. Exercise. — Appetite, exquisite, fa¬ vorite, recondite, definite, opposite, requisite, bedlamite. Jacobite. I-TY. See Ty. Ive. [Lat. -tints.] A termination of nouns and adjectives from the Latin, denoting ability, power, or activity. Exercise. — Authoritative, incentive, persuasire, vindictive, convulsive, delu¬ sive, negative, formative, conducive, furtive, derisive. Tze, 1 [Gr. -i£eiv.] A termination of I§E. ) verbs from the Greek, or of verbs formed on the same model, and denoting to make, to cause to be, to become. Exercise. — Agonize, characterize, tantalize, criticise, exercise, equalize, civilize, enfranchise, exorcise, memorize, organize, satirize. KTn. [A.-S. cyn , cynd, kin, kind, off¬ spring, race; allied to Lat. genus, Gr. yeVos, yoyos.] A diminutive ter¬ mination, denoting small, from the sense of child. Exercise. — Lambkin, manifcin, nap- kin, pipkin, bodkin. ILe. A diminutive termination. Exercise. — Crumbie, bundie, girdic, joggle, fondle, dimple, throttle, thimble, canticle, ruffle, speckle, suckle, sparkle, stopple. Less. A terminating syllable of many nouns and some adjectives. It is the A.-S. leas, allied to Eng. loose, from A.-S. leosan, to lose, lienee, it is a privative word, denoting destitution ; as, a witless man, a man destitute of wit; childless, without children. Exercise. — Fatherless, faithless, f ienniless, lawless, boundless, needless, ifeless, nameless, careless, hopeless, nerveless, worthless, pitiless. L£t. [French dim. termination et, as in islet, eaglet, circlet, goblet, floweret, baronet: with 1 inserted, as in stream¬ let, branchlet .] A termination of di¬ minutives ; as, hamlel, a little house ; rivulel, a small stream. Exercise. — Eyelel, frontlet, tablet, ringlet. LIng. [A.-S.] A termination denoting condition, offspring, or progeny. Exercise. — Hireling, earthling, worldling, foundling, darlingr, firstling, unde rim?, starling, groundling, gos ling, saplinp, changeling, fa fling, nest ting. Ly. [0. Eng. lich, being an abbrevia¬ tion of A.-S. lie, Goth, leiks, Eng. like.] A termination of adjectives, a.s in lovely, manly, that is, love- like, man -like. It is also a termina¬ tion of adverbs [0. Eug. liche, A.-S. lice]. Exercise. —Courtly, costly, priestly, portly, gristly, hilly, shelly, bravely, coarsely, purely, chiefly, rashly, tardily, sillily, angrily, meekly. Ment. A termination of nouns (formed often from verbs), denoting con¬ dition , state, or act. Exercise. — Engagement, manage¬ ment, impediment, embarrassment, judg¬ ment, amusement, investment, arbitra¬ ment, infringement. Mo-NY. [Lat. -tnonium, -monia.] A termination of nouns from the Latin, signifying action , or an active faculty , being, or a state of being, viewed ab¬ stractly. Exercise. — Alimony, matrimon?/, testimony, ceremony, parsimony, acri¬ mony, sanctimony, patrimony. Ness. [A.-S. -ness, -niss, Goth, -nas- su*.] A termination of abstract names, denoting state, or quality. Exercise. — Blindness, goodness, greatness, sweetness, godliness, weariness, stiffness, rashness, boyishness, blackness, usefulness, zealousness. OCK. [A.-S.-ca or -uca.] A diminutive termination of nouns. Exercise. — Bullocfc, hillocfc, mat- toct, paddoct, pollock. Or. A termination of Latin nouns, denoting an agent. It is annexed to many words of English origin ; as in lessor. In general, or is annexed to words of Latin, and er to those of English, origin. See ER. Exercise. —Actor, creditor, editor, captor, conductor, pastor, inspector, pretor, orator, dictator, professor. 0-RY. [Lat. -oriws.] A termination of words from the Latin, denoting of, or pertaining to. Exercise. — Amatory, consolatory, promissory, satisfactory, compulsory, cursory, prefatory, nugatory, valedic¬ tory. Ose, I [Bat. -osus, -ms.] A termina- Ous. ) tion of English adjectives (many of which are derived directly from the Latin), denoting quality or property). Exercise. — Dubious, conscious, atro¬ cious, conspicuous, onerous, generous, dangerous, populous, morose, comatose, operose, verbose. Rl€. [A.-S. rice, ric; fr. the same root as Lat. regere , to rule, and regio, re¬ gion.] A termination signifyingyum- diction, or a district over which gov¬ ernment is exercised. Exercise. — Bishopric. Snip. [A.-S. scipe, scype, fr. scyppan, to mold, form, shape.] A termina¬ tion denoting state, office, dignity, profession, or art. Exercise. — Lordship, friendship, chancellorship, stewardship, horseman¬ ship, copartnership, hardship, clerkship, worship, scholarship, censor ship. Sion. See Ion. Some. [A.-S. sum, Goth, sama, like, the same.] A termination of certain adjectives. It indicates a considera¬ ble degree of the thing or quantity ; as, mettlesome, full of mettle or spirit; gladsome, very glad or joy¬ ous. Exercise. — Blithesome, wearisome, loathxome, troublesome, wholesome, lone¬ some. Ster. [A.-S. - estre , -istre .] A termi¬ nation denoting skill or occupation. It was originally applied to denote the female agent in an action. Thus, songsier signified, at first, a female who sings; but the ending ster having at length, in a measure, lost its peculiar force, the feminine termination ess was appended to it; thus, songster became songstress, or songstress, with a double ending. Exercise. — Gamester, songster, spinster, youngster, punster, maltster, tapster. T, 1 [A.-S.] A termination of abstract Th. ) nouns of Anglo-Saxon origin. Exercise. —Depth, growth, strength, wealth, width, warmth, birth, breadth, depth, mirth, health, truth ; draft, joint, flight, height, drift, gift, theft. Tion. See Ion. Tude. [Lat. -tudo.] A termination of abstract nouns from the Latin, signifying action or an active fac¬ ulty, being, or a state off being. Exercise. — Amplitude, fortitude, gratitude, solitude, infinitude, turpitude, altitude, rectitude, servitude, aptitude, magnitude. TY. [Lat. -tas, -tatis, Fr. -td.] A ter¬ mination of words denoting action or a>\ active faculty, being, or a state off being, viewed abstractly. Exercise. — Antiquity, difficulty, humility, necessity, probability, laxity, impiety, society, modesty, majesty, lib¬ erty, fatuity. URE. [Lat. -ura.] A termination cf words derived from the Latin (often through the Italian or French), and denoting action or an active faculty, being, or a state of being, viewed ab¬ stractly. Exercise. — Creature, fracture, legis¬ lature, nature, superstructure, lecture, fissure, flexure, exposure, tenure, junc¬ ture, verdure. Ward, or WARDg. [A.-S. - weard, -iveardes; Goth, -vairths, allied to Lat. vertere , to turn, versus, toward.] A suffix used in the composition of a large class of words, and denoting direction, or tendency to, motion to¬ ward, and the like. Ex ercise. — U pward, on wards, west¬ ward, backwards, for ward, homeward, down wards, inwftrd. Wl§E. [A.-S. wise, allied to guise.] A termination of adverbs implying in the direction or manner of. Exercise. — Endwise, lengthwise, sidewise, likewise. ABBREVIATIONS AND EXPLANATIONS a. . .stands for adjective. abbrev . .abbreviated. adv . adverb. Alg . . Algebra. Am., Amer.. . .America, American. Anat . . Anatomy. Anc . .Ancient. Antiq . .Antiquities. Ar . .Arabic. Arch . .Architecture. Arith . .Arithmetic. Armor . . Armorican. A -S . .Anglo-Saxon. Astrol . . Astrology. Aslron . .Astronomy. augm . .augmentative. Bisc . .Biscayan. Bot . .Botany. Braz . .Brazilian. Cf. . . Confer (compare). C/iald . .Chaldee. Chem . .Chemistry. Chin . . Chinese. Colloq . .Colloquial, colloquially, Com . . Commerce, common. comp . .compound, compound- compar . i .comparative. [ed conj . .conjunction. contr ... . con trac ted , con trac tion corrupt . . - corrupted, corruption. D . .Dutch. Ban . .Danish. dat . .dative. Dim., dim.. . .diminutive. Bccl . .Ecclesiastical. Bng . .England, English. esp . .especially. /. .feminine. Far . .Farriery. fig . .figuratively. Fort . .Fortification. fr . .from. Fr . . French. fut . .future. Gael . .Gaelic. gen ... . genitive Geol . . Geology. Ge,om . .Geometry. Ger . .German. Goth, .stands for Gothic. . . Gram . H. . .High. Heb . Her . Hind . Hist . hypoth .... Icel . i. e . imp . impers.... Ind . infra . intens . interj . Ir . It.,Ital. .. Japan. ... L . Lat . JW. . m. . Mach. . .. Malay. . , .Malayan. Math . Mech . Med . Mil . Min . modif ..... Mus . Myth . N. . n . Naut . neut . Norm. Fr. 0 . .Old. Obs . orig . P . p. a . Paint . Per . perh. .stands for perhaps. pers . . .person. Peruv . . Peruvian. Fg . .. Portuguese. Pi . . .plural. Poet . .. Poetry, poetical. Pol . . .Polish. PP . . .participle past. p. pr ...... . .participle present. Pref, pref..... .. Prefix prep . . preposition. pret . . .preterit. Prin . .. Principles. prin,'. . . .principally. Print . . .Printing. priv . . .privative. Prob ., prob.... .-probably. 1 Pronunciation, pro- tf)Ofi/ty pron .• • | nounced; pronoun. prop . Pros . . .Prosody. Prov . Rhet . Rom . Rom. Calh.... Russ . Sax . 5C . Scot . .. Scotland, Scottish. Script . sing . .. singular. [tural- Skr . .. Sanskrit. Sp . superl . supra . Sw . Syn . Syr . term . Theol . . .Theology. Turk . U. S . v . vb. n . v. i . v. t . W. . Zool . * # * In this Dictionary, words from foreign languages, both ancient and modern, are usually printed in Italics, though many of them are not ordinarily so printed in other works ; as, Adobe , ADDENDUM , Alibi. *** Compound words, which in ordinary writing and printing have their constituent parts separated by a hy¬ phen, are here distinguished from those which are usually and properly written and printed without one, by the use of a longer hyphen than that employed for the mere division of words into syllables ; as, Ale-house. Words having prefixes or initial syllables which are commonly separated from other syllables by a hyphen, are distinguished in the same way ; as, Re-enforce, Electro-magnetic. *** The syllables -ed ; -ing, inclosed within brackets (see Abandon), represent respectively the imperfect tense and past participle, and the present participle — which may in all cases be used as a verbal noun — of regular verbs. In like manner, the syllables -ER; -EST (see Dark) represent the comparative and superlative degrees of regular adjectives. The principal parts of irregular verbs (as Make) and the comparative and superlative of irregular adjectives (as Good) are given in full. *#* The figures which immediately follow certain words in the Vocabulary refer to corresponding sections in the Principles of Pronunciation on pp. vii.-xxii., or in the Rules for Spelling, on pp. xxii.-xxvi. \* For the “ KEY TO THE PRONUNCIATION,” see page vi. It is desirable that those who use this Dictionary should make themselves familiar with the Key, as they will then find it easy to understand the notation by which the pronunciation of every word is expressed. (xxxiij A > DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. A ABECEDARIAN A (2-8, 44,45), an adjective, com¬ monly called the indefinite arti¬ cle, and signifying one or any, but less emphatically. It is a contrac¬ tion of an , and is substituted for it before all words beginning with a consonant sound, except words be¬ ginning with the sound of h and hav¬ ing the accent on any other syllable than the first. A-B.XCK', adv. Backward, against the mast; — said of the sails when pressed by the wind. A B r A-cus, n. [Lat.] 1. The upper plate upon the capital of a col¬ umn. 2. An in¬ strument for per¬ forming arith- Abacus, metical calculations by means of sliding balls. A-bAft' (6), prep. Towards the stern from ; back of. A-bXn'don, v. t. [-ed; -ing, 137.] [Lat. act, and Low Lat. bandum.] To give up wholly and finally, or with a view never to resume. 8yn.— To relinquish! forsakes deserts surrenders leave; forego. — We abandon what we give up finally, as vice ; we re¬ linquish what we have prized or sought, aa a claim or hopes; we desert what we ought to adhere to, as duty: we surren¬ der (usually under a necessity) what we have held as our own or in trust, as a fortress; we renounce a thing publicly or as a duty, as allegiance or the world. A-bXn'doned, p. a. Given up en¬ tirely, as to a vice. A-bXn'don-inient, n. Entire deser¬ tion or relinquishment. A-BAse', v. t. [-ed; -ing, 140.] [Fr. abaisser.] To bring low, as to the ground ; to cast down. Syn. —To depress; degrades reduces humiliate; humble. A-base'ment, n. Act of abasing, or bringing very low. Syn. — Humiliation; depressions deg¬ radation. — Abasement is a humbling, as of theproud; debasement is a corrupting, as of coin ; depression is a sinking down, as of spirits ; degradation is a bringing down from a higher rank or grade, as of a peer. A-bXsh', v. t. [-ED; -ing.] [Fr. abaisser.] To destroy the self-pos¬ session of; to strike with sudden shame or fear. Syn. — To confuse ; confound. — We are confused when we lose our self-pos¬ session ; we are confounded when our faculties arc overwhelmed and brought to a stand. A-bat'a-ble, a. Capable of being abated. A-BATE',U. t. [-EDJ-ING.] [Lat. ah and batuere.] To bring down or reduce from a higher to a lower state, num¬ ber, degree, or the like ; specifically, (Law.), (a.) to cause to fail as a writ; ( b .) to destroy as a nuisance. — tv t. 1. To decrease ; to become less in strength or violence. 2. To be defeated ; to fail, as a writ. Syn.— To decline; subside ; dimin¬ ish.— Lessen, decrease, diminish, refer to quantity or size s decline is to fall off; abate supposes previous violence, as, the storm abates ; subside, previous com¬ motion, as, the tumult subsides. A-BATE'MENT, «. Act of abating, or state of being abated ; decrease ; spe¬ cifically, (a.) a remitting, as of a tax; (b.) failure, as of a writ; (c.) removal, as of a nuisance. Ab'a-tYs, In. [Fr. See Abate.] Ab'AT-TIS, I A row of sharpened branches of trees turned outward for w defense. Ab'BA, n. A Syriac word meaning father, used to denote a religious superior. Xb'ba-cy, n. The condition or priv¬ ileges of an abbot. [abbey. AB-BA'TIAL, a. Pertaining to an Abb£ (ab / ba), n. [Fr.] Originally, an abbot; but now, an ecclesiastic devoted to teaching, literature, See. Xb'bess, n. Governess of a nunnery. Ab'bey, n.; pi. XB'BEYg. 1. A res¬ idence of monks or nuns. 2. The dwelling of an abbot. 3. A church attached to a monastery. .Xb'BOT, n. [Lat. abba. See Abba.] Head of a society of monks. Xb'bot-ship, n. The state or office of an abbot. AB-BRE'VI-ATE, V. t. [-ed; ing.] [Lat. ab and breviare.\ To bring w ith¬ in less space. Syn. — To abridge; contract; curtaili compress ; condense. AB-BRE'VI-a'TION, n. 1. Act of ab¬ breviating. 2. The form to which a word or phrase is reduced by con¬ traction or omission; as, Gen. for Genesis. Ab-bre'VI-a'TOR, n. One who ab¬ breviates. Ab-bre'vi-a-to- rY (50), a. Abbrevi¬ ating ; shortening. Ab'DI-€ATE, v. t. f-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. abdicare .] To give up right or claim to; to withdraw from (as an office) with or without formal resignation. — v. i. To relinquish an office, right, trust, &c., with, or without resign¬ ing. Syn. — To relinquish; renounce; for¬ sake ; quit. Xb'di-ga'TION, n. Abandonment of a public office or of a right or trust, with or without a formal surrender. Ab'di-ca'tIve, a. Causing, or im¬ plying, abdication. Ab-d5'ivien, n. [Lat.] The belly, or the upper part of the belly. Ab-DOM/i-NAL, a. Pertaining to the abdomen. [belly; pursy. Ab-DOM'I-NO0s, a. Having a big AB-DU^E', v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. abducere .] To draw away ; to draw to a different part. Ab-dEJgt', v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. abductus.] To take away by stealth or by unlawful foree. Ab-duc'tion, it. A drawing or car¬ rying away, especially of a person, by fraud, or stealth, or force. Ab-dOg'TOR, n. 1. A person guilty of abduction. 2. A muscle which serves to draw a part out. A'BE-^E-DA'RI-AN, n. One who A, £,I,o, P, y, long; X,E,Y,6.0 short; cAre, fXp., Ask, all, what ; Ere, veil, t£rm; pYque, fTr.m; s6n, 6 r, do, wqlf, too, took; urn,rue,pvll; e, /, O, silent; 9 , 6 , 30 /i; €,G,hard; Ag; E^IST; this. ABED 2 ABRUPT teaches or who learns the a, b, c, or letters of the alphabet. A-be d', adv. In bed ; on the bed. A-bele', or A'BEL-TREE, n. The _ white poplar. [or Syrian mallow. A'bel-mosk, n. The musk-mallow, Ab-er'ran^e, n. [Lat. aberrans.] Deviation from rectitude. Xb'er-ra'tion, n. 1. Deviation, es¬ pecially from truth or moral recti¬ tude, or from the natural state. 2. Alienation of mind. 3. A small pe¬ riodical change of position in a star. A-BET', V. t. [-TED ; -TING, 136.] [From the root of bait.] 1. To encour¬ age or incite by aid or countenance;— used chietiy in a bad sense. 2. To en¬ courage or assist in a criminal act. Syk\— To aid ; support ; sustain ; help ; assist ; favor ; further ; succor ; promote. A-bet'ter, ) n. One who abets, aids, A-bet'tor, j or encourages ; an in¬ stigator. Syn. — Accomplice; accessary. — An abettor incites toacriine; an accomplice takes partin it; an accessary is involved in it by giving countenance or aid. A-bey'an<^e, n. [0. Fr . baer ,\cer.] 1. A state of suspension or temporary extinction, with the expectation of a revival. 2. Expectation or contem¬ plation of law. Ab-h6r', v. t. [-red; -ring, 136.] [Lat. abhorrere.] To regard with hor¬ ror, detestation, or extreme dislike. Syn. — To detest ; loathe ; abomi¬ nate ; hate. Ab-hor'ren^e, n. Detestation; great hatred. Ab-hor'rent, a. 1. Abhorring; de¬ testing. 2. Contrary; repugnant. A-bide', v. i. [imp. & p. p. abode ; p. pr. & vb. n. ABIDING.] [See Bide.] 1. To continue in a place. 2. To continue firm or stable. — v. t. 1. To endure or bear without shrink¬ ing, or patiently. 2. To await firmly. Syn. — To sojourn ; reside ; dwell; stay ; tarry ; remain ; hold to ; persist. A-bIl'i-ty, n. [Lat. habilitas.] Pow¬ er to act, whether bodily, moral, in¬ tellectual, conventional, or legal; — in the plural, intellectual capacity. Syn. — Force; might; potency; capa¬ bility; faculty; talent; skill; dexterity; efficiency; address. — As to mental pow¬ ers, ability is the generic term; capacity is the power of easily gaining or retain¬ ing knowledge ; talent is the power of executing ; dexterity, skill , and address relate to ease of execution. Xb'in-tEs'tate, a. Inheriting the estate of one dying without a will. Ab'JEGT, a. [Lat. ctbjectus.] Sunk to a low condition ; hence, low in estimation. Syn. — Mean; worthless; base; grov¬ eling; debased; despicable. Ab-j£€'tion, n. Meanness of spirit; baseness. Xb'JE€T-ly, adv. Meanly ; wretched¬ ly ; basely. Ab'je€T-ness, n. State of being ab¬ ject; baseness. Xb'JU-RA'TION, n. Act of abjuring. Ab-ju'ra-to-ry, a. Containing, or relating to, abjuration. Ab-jure', v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. abjurare.] To rercunce under oath, or with great solemnity. Xb'LAE-ta'tion, n. [Lat. ab and lac, milk.] 1. A weaning of a child. 2. A method of grafting. AB-LA'QUE-A'TION, n. [Lat. ablaque- atio.] A laying bare the roots of trees. Xb'la-tIve, a. [Lat. ablativus.] Taking away or removing; —applied to the sixth case of Latin nouns. — n. The sixth case of Latin nouns. A-blaze', adv. 1. On fire ; in a blaze. _ 2. Highly excited. A'ble (a/bl), a. [Lat. habilis.] Hav¬ ing ability or competency of any or every kind. Syn. — Strong ; powerful ; efficient; effective; mighty; skillful; dexterous. Ab-lu'tion, n. [Lat. ablutio .] 1. Act of cleansing or washing. 2. Re¬ ligious purification. A/BLY, adv. With ability or skill. AB / NE-GA'TION, n. [Lat. abnegatio.] Denial and renunciation. Ab-norm'al, a. [Lat. ab and norma.] Contrary to rule ; irregular. A-board', adv. In a vessel ; on board. — prep. On board of. A-bode', imp. & p. p. of abide. — n. [From abide.] State or place of resi¬ dence. Syn. — Dwelling; continuance; hab¬ itation; domicile. A-bol'ish, v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. abolescere.] To do away with utterly ; to put an end to; hence, to make void. Syn. — To subvert; overturn; de¬ stroy; nullify; abrogate; annul; repeal. — Abolish , simvert, overturn, and destroy express under different images the same idea, that of doing wholly away with. We abrogate and annul by an authorita¬ tive act, as customs or a treaty, &c. ; we repeal by a legislative act, as laws; we nullify when we set laws, &e., aside, with¬ out their being repealed. A-bol'ish-a-ble, a. Capable of be¬ ing abolished. [ing. A-bol'ish-ment, n. Act of abolish- Xb'o-li'tion (-lish / un), n. A doing away with finally and for ever; — ap¬ plied particularly to slavery. Xb / o-lI'tion-Ism (-lish / un-), n. Prin- ^ ciples or measures of an abolitionist. Xb'o-i.i'TION-ist, n. One who favors abolition, especially the abolition of slavery. A-bom'i-na-ble, a. Odious in the highest degree. Syn. — Execrable: detestable; loath¬ some; hateful; shocking. A-bom'i-na-bly, adv. Detestably ; execrably. A-BOM'I-NATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. abominate, abominari.] To turn from as ominous of evil; to hate in the highest degree. Syn. — To hate ; detest; loathe; ab¬ hor. A-bom/i-na'tion, n. 1. Strong aver¬ sion. 2. An object of hatred. Xb / 0-rI6 7 i-nae, a. First, or primi¬ tive.— n. A first or original inhab¬ itant. Xb'o-rIg'i-nes, n. pi. [Lat.] The orig¬ inal inhabitants of a country. A-bor'tion, n. [Lat. abortio.] 1. An immature product of conception. 2. Any thing which fails to come to maturity. [its effect. A-bor'tive, a. Immature; failing in A-BOUND', v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. abundare.] 1. To be in great plenty; to be prevalent. 2. To be copiously supplied. A-BOUT', prep. [A.-S . abvtan.] 1. All over or around. 2. Through or over iu various directions. 3. Near, in place, time, quantity, &c. 4. Ready to; relating to. — adv. 1. On all sides; around. 2. Here and there. 3. Nearly. 4. In the opposite direc¬ tion. A-bove' (a-bth r/ ), prep. [A.-S. abu- fan.] 1. Higher in place than. 2. Superior to in any respect. — adv. Overhead ; higher; before. Xb'ra-ca-dab'rA, n. A combination ABRACADABF ABRACADAB ABRAC^DA A B R A C A D A B R A C A A B R A C A B R A A B R A B A without sense, form¬ erly used as a charm against fe¬ vers, and ar¬ ranged as in the margin; „ hence, unmeaning babble. Ab-rade', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. abrade re.] To rub or wear off. AB-RA'glON, n. 1. A rubbing off. 2. Substance worn off. [line. A-breast', adv. Side by side; on a A-bridge', v. t. [-ed : -ing.] [Fr. abreger ] 1. To bring within less space. 2. To deprive; to cut off. Syn.— To contract: shorten ; con¬ dense ; compress ; curtail; lessen ; re¬ duce ; diminish. A-bridg'ment, n. 1. A cutting off; contraction or diminution. 2. A work abridged. Syn. — Reduction ; restriction ; re¬ straint ; compend ; compendium : epit¬ ome; summary; abstract: synopsis. — A compendium or epitome is a condensed abridgment; an abstract or summary is a brief statement of a thing in its main points: a synopsis is a bird’s-eve view of a subject or work in its several parts. A-BROAClP, adv. Letting out liquor, or in a condition to do so. A-broad', adv. 1. At large ; out of any inclosure. 2. In foreign coun¬ tries. Xb'ro-gate, v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. abrogate.] To annul by an authori¬ tative act. Syn. — To abolish ; repeal; revoke; rescind : cancel ; annul. Xb'ro-ga'tion. n. Act of annulling or setting aside. Ab-rOpt', a. [Lat. abruptus , p. p. of abrumpere.] 1. Broken, steep, and craggy ; precipitous. 2 . Without notice : sudden. 3. Having sudden transitions. A, E, I, O, U, Y, long,' X, fi, I, 6, 0, ¥, short ; cAre, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT ; £re, veil, t£rm ; PIQUE, FIRM; s6n, ABRUPTION ACCEPT 3 Syx. — Bold i broken ; unconnected ; unceremonious. Ab-rDp'tion, n. A violent separa¬ tion of bodies. [ner. Ab-rHpt'ly, adv. In an abrupt man- Ab-rDpt'ness, n Steepness; sud¬ denness ; great haste. XB'syESS (149), n. [Lat. abscessus.] A collection of pus in an accidental cavity of the body. AB-syts'sA,». ,• pLLat. Aii-spls's^s, Eng. AB-scTs'sAg. [Lat. abscissas.] ( Geom .) One of the elements of reference by which a point, as of a curve, is referred to a system of fixed rectilineal co-ordinate axes. AB-SeOND', 1 ): ?. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. abscondere.] To secrete one's self, in order to avoid a legal process. Ab-scond'er, n. One who absconds. Ab'SEN^E, n. [Lat. absentia.] 1. A being absent. 2. Want; destitution. 3. Heedlessncss. Ab'sent, a. 1. Not present in a place, j 2. Inattentive to what is passing. Ab-sent', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To take to such a distance as to prevent in¬ tercourse. Ab'sen-tee', n. One who absents himself from his country, office, post, or duty, and the like. AB'SEN-TEE'lgM, n. State or habit of an absentee. Ab'so-LUTE, a. [Lat. absolutus, p. p. of absolvere.) 1. Freed or loosed from any limitation or condition. 2. Fin¬ ished ; perfect; total. 3. Capable of being conceived by itself alone. Syx.— Unlimited ; arbitrary; despot¬ ic; tyrannical; unconditional; positive; peremptory; certain. Ab'so-lute-LY, ado. Positively ; ar¬ bitrarily. Ab'so-lute-ness, n. Completeness; arbitrary power. .Ab'so-lu'tion, n. 1. An acquittal. 2. A remission of sin. AB'so-LO'TigM, n. Absolute govern¬ ment or its principles. Ab-sol/u-to-ry, a. Absolving; that absolves. Ab-solv'A-TO-RY, a. Containing ab¬ solution ; having power to absolve. Ab-solve', r. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. absolvere.] To set free or release from, as from some obligation, debt, or responsibility, &c. Syx. — To exonerate ; acquit. —We speak of a man as absolved from some¬ thing that binds conscience, as guilt or ■ its consequences ; exonerated from some load, as an imputation or debt; acquitted with reference to a trial and a decision thereon. AB-SORB', v. t. [-ED; ING.] [Lat. absorbere.] 1. To drink in; to suck up; to imbibe, as a sponge. 2. Hence, to overwhelm ; to engage wholly. Ab-sorb'a-ble, a. Capable of being absorbed. Ab-sorb'ent, a. Sucking up ^im¬ bibing. — n . A substance or a bodi¬ ly organ which absorbs. Ab-sorp'tion (-sorp'shun), n. 1. Act or process of being absorbed. 2. En¬ tire engrossment or occupation of mind. [absorb. Ab-sorp'tTve, a. Having power to Ab-stain', v. i. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. abstinere.] To forbear, or refrain, voluntarily. Ab-ste'mi-oOs, a. [Lat. abstemius.] Sparing in diet; temperate; absti¬ nent. [ly. AB-STE'MI-ofts-LY, adv. Temporate- Ab-st 'Mi-ofis-NESS, n. A sparing use of food or strong drink. Ab-st£rGe' (W), v. t. [-ed; ing.] [Lat. abstergere.] To make clean by wiping. Ab-stEr'gent, a. Serving to cleanse. Ab'sti-nenoe, n. [See Abstain.] Act or practice of abstaining. Syx. — Temperance. — Abstinence is shown in refraining, temperance in a moderate and guarded use. Ab'sti-nent, a. Refraining from in¬ dulgence ; temperate. Ab-strXgt', t\ t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. abstractus.] 1. To draw from or separate. 2. To consider by itself. 3. w To epitomize or reduce. 4. To purloin. Ab'rtragt, a. 1. Distinct from some¬ thing else. 2. Withdrawn from the concrete ; separate ; hence, difficult; abstruse. — n. 1. A summary, or epitome. 2. State of separation from other things. Ab-stract'ed-ly, ) adv. By itself; AB'straet-ly, J separately. Ab-strae'tion, n. 1. Act of sepa¬ rating. or state of being separated. 2. Analysis. 3. An abstract or the¬ oretical notion. 4. Absence of mind. Ab-STrXet'IVE, a. Having the pow¬ er of abstracting. [abstract. Xb'straet-ness, n. State of being AB-STRUSE' (32), a. [Lat. abstrusus.] Literally, thrust away ; hidden ; hence, hard to be understood. Ab-struse'ly, adv. Not plainly. Ab-STRUSE'NESS, n. State or quality of being abstruse. Ab-sOrd', a. [Lat. absurdus.] Op¬ posed to manifest truth, reason, or sound judgment. Syx. — Foolish; irrational; preposter¬ ous; ridiculous.— Absurd is stronger than foolish or irrational , but not so strong as preposterous . which supposes a total in¬ version of the order of things. Ab-sOrd'I-TY, n. 1. Quality of being absurd. 2. That which is absurd. Ab sOrd'ly, adv. Preposterously. Ab-sOrd'ness, n. Absurdity. A-bOn'dan^e, n. [Lat. abundantia.] An overflowing fullness; great plenty. Syx. — Exuberance ; plenteousness ; riches; wealth; affluence.— We have a plenty when we have enough; but abun¬ dance is more than enough, it is an over¬ flowing. Exuberance is still stronger, it is a bursting forth. A-bCn'dant, a. Fully sufficient; plen¬ tiful ; copious ; ample. [amply. A-bUn'dant-ly, adv. Plentifully; A-BU§E', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. abusits.] 1. To use ill; to misuse. 2. To treat rudely; to revile. 3. To deceive. A-buse', n. 1. Ill use ; improper j treatment. 2. A corrupt practice. 3. Rude or reproachful language. A-bD'sYve, a. 1. Marked by abuse. 2. Perverted; misapplied; improper, Syx.—S currilous; insulting; reproach¬ ful; opprobrious. A-BU'sIYE-L.Y, adv. In an abusive manner. A-bu'sIve-NESS, n. Ill usage. A-BiJT',t\t. [-ted; -ting, 136.] [Fa aboutir.] To terminate or border. A-bDt'MENT, n. That on which -j thing abuts, or that which abuts on any thing solid. [ary of land. A-bTjt'tal, n. The butting or bound- A-byss', n. [Gr. ajSuatros.] A bot¬ tomless depth ; a gulf; hell. A-eA'CI-A (-k.Vshl-), n. [Gr. a/caKta.] A genus of leguminous trees and shrubs. Xe'A-dEm'ie, la. Belonging to Xe'A-dEm'ie-al, f an academy or _ other institution of learning. Xg / a-dLm:'ig, n. 1. A Platonic phi¬ losopher. 2. A member of an acad¬ emy or university. Xe'A-de-mI'CIAN (-nnsh'an), n. A member of an academy, or society for promoting arts and sciences. A-ead'e-my, n. 1. The school of philosophy of which Plato was the head. 2. A place of education of high or of middle l’ank. 3. A soci¬ ety for the promotion of arts and sciences. A-EAN'THUS, n. [Gr. a/cordo?.] 1. An ornament resembling the foliage or leaves of the acanthus. 2. A prickly plant. A-EAT'A-LEE'TIE, n. [Gr. axaraArjfc- ros.] A verse which has the com¬ plete number of syllables. Ae-^ede', v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. accedere.] To agree or assent; to become a party. AE-^EL'ER-ATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. accelerare.] To quicken the motion or action of; to hasten; to expedite. Ae-^el/er-a/tion, n. Increase of motion or action. Ae-^el'er-a-tive, 1 a. Accelerat- Ae-^el'er-a-to-RY, j ing; quick¬ ening motion. Xe'^ent, n. [Lat. accentus.] 1. A superior force of voice on some par¬ ticular syllable of a word. (See Prin. of Pron. § 110.) 2. A mark in writ¬ ing to regulate the pronunciation. 3. A peculiar modulation of the voice. AE-yENT', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To pronounce, utter, or mark with ac¬ cent. [cent. Ae-^ent'u-ae, a. Relating to ac- AE-^£NT'U-ATE, v. t. [-ED; -ING./ To mark or pronounce with an ac¬ cent. Ae-^Ent'U-a'TION, n. Act of writ¬ ing or of pronouncing accents. Ae-c ( :£pt', v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. acceptare.] 1. To receive with a con¬ senting mind. 2. To admit and agree to. 3. To receive as obligatory and promise to pay. OR, DO, WQI.F, TOO, took; 0RN, RUE, PyLL ; E, /, o, silent; 9 , 6 , soft; E,Q,/mrd\ A§; e^cist; 51 as ng; thi& ACCEPTABLE 4 ACCUSATORY Ac-CEPT'a-ble, a. Worthy or sure of being accepted; hence, pleasing to a receiver. Syn. — Agreeable; welcome. Ac-^Lpt'a-ble-ness, ) n. Quality of Ac-^ept'a-bil'i-ty, J being ac¬ ceptable or agreeable. Ac-^ept'a-bly, ado. In an accept¬ able manner. Ae-CEPT'AN^E, n. 1. Favorable re¬ ception. 2. (a.) An assent and en¬ gagement to pay a bill of exchange when due. ( b.) The bill itself when accepted. [2. Meaning. Ae'^ep-ta'TION, n. 1. Acceptance. Ac-^ept'er, n. One who accepts. Ac-^ess' or Access, n. [Lat. acces- sus. See Accede.] 1. Near ap¬ proach, admittance. 2. Means or way of approach. 3. Increase. A€-CES'sa-ry, a. 1. Additional; ac¬ cessory. 2. Uniting in, or con¬ tributing to, a crime.— n. One who in some way becomes concerned in a crime, either before or after the deed is committed. Ac-^es'si-bil'i-ty, n. Quality of being approachable. [approach. Ac-^es'si-ble, a. Easy of access or Ag-^es'sion (-sesh'un), n. 1. Act of acceding. 2. Increase by something added; that which is added. Syn. —_Addition; augmentation. Xe / CES-so'Rl-AL, a. Pertaining to an accessory. Ac-ces'so-ry, a. 1. Contributing; — used in a bad sense. 2. Additional; accompanying. — n. 1. One guilty of a felonious offense, though not present at its perpetration. 2. An accompaniment. Au'Cl-DEN^E, n. A book containing the rudiments of grammar. Ac'OI-dent, n. 1. A chance event; casualty ; contingency. 2. A property or quality of a being which is not essential to it. Au'OI-dent'al, a. 1. Happening by chauce. 2. Not necessarily belonging. Syn. — Casual; fortuitous; contingent; incidental.— A thing is accidental when it comes wi thout being planned or sought, as a meeting; it is incidental when it comes in as secondary or out of the gen¬ eral course, as a remark; it is casual or fortuitous as opposed to what is constant and regular, as an occurrence ; it is con¬ tingent as opposed to what is settled and fixed, as an event. Ae'ci-dent'al-ly, acfa. By chance ; unexpectedly. A€-€LAIM', In. A shout of as- Ic'CLA-MA'TION, J sent, or appro¬ bation. [plause. Ae-€L AM'A-TO-RY, a. Expressing ap- Ac-ClI'mate, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To habituate to a climate not native. Xe / €Li-MA'TlON, n. Process of be¬ coming, or state of being, acclimated. Ae-CLlv'I-TY, n. [Lat. acclivitas.] A slope considered as ascending ; rising ground. Ac-CLi'vofts, a. Rising with a slope. AC-GOM'MO-DATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. accommodate.] 1. To render lit, suitable, or correspondent. 2. To furnish with something desired, needed, or convenient. 3. To recon¬ cile. Syn. — To suit; adapt; conform; har¬ monize; compose; adjust; furnish. Ac-eoM'ittO-DAT'lNG, a. Affording, or disposed to afford, accommoda¬ tion ; kind. Ae-cobPMO-da'tion, n. 1. Act of fitting, or state of being fitted. 2. pi. Whatever supplies a want or af¬ fords ease, refreshment, or conve¬ nience. 3. Reconciliation. Ac-COM'PA-NI-MENT, n. Something that attends as a circumstance, or is added by way of ornament to the principal thing. Ae-eom'pa-nist, n. The performer in musie who takes the accompany¬ ing part. Ae-g6m'pa-ny, v. t. [-ED ; -ING, 142.] [See 0O3IPANY.] To go with or attend as a companion or associate. Ae-EOM'plI^E, n. An associate in a crime. A€-€OM'PLIsil,r. 1. [-ED; -ING.] [Fr. accomplir.] 1. To finish entirely in time. 2. To bring to pass. Syn. — To execute; fulfill; effect; re¬ alize. Ac-com'plisiijED (-kom'plisht), p. a. Complete and perfected. Ac-com'plisii-ment, n. 1. Act of accomplishing. 2. Acquirement; at¬ tainment. Ac-compt'ant (-kount'-), n. See Accountant. Ac-gord', n. [From Lat. cor, cordis, heart.] 1. Concurrence of opinion, will, or action; agreement. 2. Har¬ mony of sounds.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To make to agree or correspond. 2. To grant; to concede. — v.i. To be in accordance; to agree, [formity. Ac-cord'ance. n. Agreement; con- Ac-cord'ant, a. Corresponding; consonant; agreeing; agreeable. Ac-cord'ING-ly, adv. In accordance with. [wind-instrument. Ac-cor'di-on, n. A small keyed Ac-cost' (21), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. ad and costa.] To speak first to. Ac-cost'a-ble, a. Easy of access; affable. A cco UCHEMENT (ak'koosh'mong') n. [Fr.] Delivery in child-bed. Accoucheur (ak'koosli'Qr'), n. [Fr.] A man who assists women iu childbirth ; a man-midwife. Ac-count', n. 1. A reckoning; a computation. 2. A statement in general. 3. Importance ; value ; ad¬ vantage. 4. Reason; consideration. Syn. — Narrative ; narration ; recital; description ; detoil. — In giving an ac¬ count of a thing, if we make it a contin¬ uous story, it is a narrative or narration; if we dwell on minute particulars, it is a recital or detail; if we picture a thing out, it is a description. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING ] [Lat. ad and computare.] 1. To reckon. 2. To hold in opinion ; to estimate. — v. i. 1. To render an account. 2. To constitute a reason. 3. To render reasons or answer. Ac-count'a-bIl'i-ty, n. Liability to give account, and to suffer pun¬ ishment. Ac-count'a-ble, a. Liable to be called to account, and to suffer pun¬ ishment or pay damages. Syn. — Amenable ; responsible. Ac-count'ant, n. One who keeps, or is skilled in, accounts. Ac-cou'ter ) (160), v. i. [-ed ; -ing.] Ac-cou'tre j [Fr. accoutrer.] To furnish with dress or equipments. Ac-cou'ter-ments, I n. pi. Dress; A€-€OU'tre-ments, j equipage; trappings. Ac-cred'it, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. accreditus.] 1. To receive, as an en¬ voy, in his public character. 2. To send with credentials, as an envoy. Ac-CRE'tion, n. [Lat. accretio.] 1. An increase by natural growth. 2. A growing together. Ac crue' (32), v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Fr. accrue, increase.] To increase; to be added, as increase, profit, or damage Syn. —To spring up; follow; arise. Ac'cu-ba'tion, n. A reclining on a couch, as practiced by the ancients at their meals. Ac-cCm'ben-^y, n. State of being accumbent. Ac-cum'bent, a. Reclining, as the ancients did at their meals. AC-€U'MU-LATE, V. t. [-ED; -ING ] [Lat. accumulatus.] To heap up ; to collect or bring together. — v. i. To increase greatly. Ac-cu'mu-la'tion, n. Act of accu¬ mulating, state of being accumulat¬ ed, or that which is accumulated. Sy'n. — Pde; mass; heap. Ac-CU'mu-la-tiye, a. Causing ac¬ cumulation ; accumulating. Xc'cu-ra-^y, In. State of be- Xc'cu-rate-ness, I ing accurate ; exactness ; correctness. Xc'cu-RATE, a. [Lat. accuratus.] In careful conformity to truth, or to a standard or rule. Syn. — Correct; precise; just; nice.— A man is accurate or correct when he avoids faults ; exact when he attends to all the minntiffi, leaving nothing neglect¬ ed ; precise when he does any thing ac¬ cording to a certain rule or measure. Ac'cu-rate-ly, adv. In an accurate manner. Ac-cOrse', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] Tode- vote to destruction ; to curse. Ac-cOrs'ed, p. p. or a. (part, pro¬ nounced ak-kurst', a. ak-kfirs'ed). 1. Doomed to destruction or misery 2. Detestable; execrable. Ac'CU-gA'TTON, n. 1. Act of accus¬ ing. 2. That of w hich one is accused. Ac-€U'§A-tIve, a. ( Gram.) Applied to the case on which the action of a verb terminates or falls. — n. The fourth case of Greek and Latin nouns, corresponding to the objective in English. Ac-cu'sa-tYve-ly, adv. In relation to the accusative case. Ac-cu'gA-TO-RY, a. Pertaining to, or containing, an accusation. A, e, i, o, u, y, long; X, e, I, 6, 0, tf, short; care, far, Ask, all, what ; ere, veil, t£rm; pique, fIrm; s6n. ACCUSE 5 ACTIONABLE Ae-ePse', V. t. [-ED; -ing.] [Lat. | accusare.] To charge with a crime, offense, or fault. Syn. — To arruign; censure! impeach. — We censure or accuse a man for what is wrong ; we arruign him for trial ; we impeach him for maladministration or impropriety. Ae-eC'£'er, n. One who accuses. AE-COs'TOM, V. t. [-EDJ-ING.] To make familiar by use; to habituate _ or iuure. A(,’E,«. [Lat. as.] 1. A single point on a card or die ; or the card or die so marked. 2. A particle ; anatom. A-( ( :EPII'A-LO0s, a. [Gr. a/ce<|)aAos.] Without a head; headless. A-^Ekb'i-ty, n. [Lat . acerbitas.] 1. Sourness of taste, with bitterness and astringently. 2. Harshness, bitter¬ ness, or severity. [ing sour. A-££s'uaTO<;.] Not showing color, from the decom¬ position of light. AeH'RO-MA-TY^'I-TY, I 77. State of A-enRO'MA-TTgM, j being ach¬ romatic. A-cYe'u-lar, a. Slender, like a needle. X^'ID, a. Sour, sharp, or biting to the taste ; tart. — n. A sour substance. A-^Td'I-fPa-ble^. Capable of being acidified. _ [ing:. A-eYd'i-fi-ea'tion, 77. Act of acidifi- A-cYd'i-fy, v. Lori, [-ed; -ing, 142.] To make or become acid. Xe'i-dYm'e-ter, 77. An instrument for ascertaining the strength of acids. A-eYd'i-ty', I 77 . Quality of being acid Ac'id-ness, ) or sour; sharpness; sourness. A-cYd'u-late,*’. t. [-eg; -ing.] To make slightly acid. A-c/Td'u-loCs, a. [Lat. acidulu 5.] Slightly sour; sourish. Ae-knowl'edGe(- n61'ej),r. t. [-ed; -ING.] [From pi’efix a and knowl¬ edge.] To own, avow, or admit; to recognize as a fact, truth, or benefit. Syn. — To concede ; confess ; allow ; recognize. — We acknowledge what we feel bound to make known, as a fault or a favor ; we concede and allow what is claimed or asked ; we recognize when at first we were doubtful; we confess what is ivrong or may appear so. Ae-knowl'eD&-MENT (-n51'-, 137), 77 . 1. Act of acknowledging. 2. Some¬ thing given or done in return for a favor. Xe'ME, 77. [Gr. atc/xr).] Height, top, or highest point, of a thing. Xe'O-LYTE, ) 77 . [Gr. axoAouflo?.] An Ae'O-lJth, ) inferior church serv¬ ant. Xe'O-nIte, 7?. Wolf : s-bane, a poison. A'EORN, 77 . [A.-S. accent.] The seed or fruit of an oak. A-eoT'Y-LE'DON, 77. [Gr. a priv. and Korvhri&Jjv.] A plant in which the seed-lobes are not present. A-eot'y-lEd'o-noOs, a. Having either no seed-lobes, or such as are indistinct. A-EOU'stie (-kow'stik), a. [Gr. &kov- o-Tifco?.] Pertaining to hearing, or to the doctrine of sounds. A-eou'sties, 77 . sing. The science of sounds. Ae-quaint', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [0. Fr. aero inter.] 1. To make familiar. 2. To communicate notice to. Syn. — To apprise; to inform. AE-QUAINT'AN^E, 77. - 1. Familiar knowledge. 2. A person or persons well known. Syn. — Familiarity ; fellowship ; inti¬ macy. — Intimacy is the result of close connection, and hence is the stronger word; familiarity springs from frequent intercourse. Xe'QuY-Esee', v. i. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. acquiescere.] To rest satisfied, or apparently satisfied. Syn. — To accede ; assent; consent; comply; concur. XE'QUI-Es'rENOE, 77 . A silent assent or submission. AE'QUI-Es'rENTja. Submitting; dis¬ posed to submit. [acquired. Ae-QuIr'A-BLE. a. Capable of being AE-QuIre', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. acquirere.] To gain, usually by one's own labor or exertions. Syn. — To attain ; obtain ; procure ; earn; win; secure; AE-QUIRE'MENT, 77 . Act of acquiring, or that which is acquired. Syn. — Attainment: gain; acquisition. Xe'QUI-sT'TION (-zTsh'un), n. 1. Act of acquiring. 2. The thing acquired. Ae-QUIs'i-tTve, a. Disposed to make acquisitions. Ae-qt t Ys'i-tYve-ness, 77. State or quality of being acquisitive. Ae-QuYt', V. t. [-TED; -TING.] [Fr. acquit ter.] 1. To set free: to release or discharge, especially from an obli¬ gation, accusation, suspicion, &c. 2. Rejlexively , to bear or conduct one's self. Syn. — To clear; absolve. Ae-QuYt'TAI,, 77. Formal deliverance from the charge of an offense. Ae-QuYt'TAN^E, 77 . Discharge from _ debt. A'ERE (a'ker, 160), 77. [A.-S. acer , secer.] A piece of hind containing 160 square rods or perches, or 4840 square yawls. [pungent. AE'RID, a. Of a biting taste ; sharp ; AE'RID-NESS, 77. A sharp, harsh qual¬ ity ; pungency. Ae'ri-MO'ni-o0s, a. 1. Abounding with acrimony. 2. Sarcastic. Syn. — Sharp; severe; bitter; caustic. Ae'RI-MO-NY, 77. 1. Quality of cor¬ roding or dissolving. 2. Sharpness or severity, as of language or temper. Syn. —Asperity; harshness; tartness. — Acrimony springs from an embittered spirit; tart ness from an irritable temper; asperity and harshness from disregard for the feelings of others. Ae'RI-tude (53), 77. [Lat. acritudo ] An acrid quality. Ae'RO-Xt'IE, a. [Gr. axpoarixdv.] De¬ signed only to be heard ; oral. Ae'RO-BAT, 77. [Gr. as-pos. and ftai- veiv.] One who practices high vault¬ ing, rope dancing, &c. [acrobat. Ae'ro-bat'ie, a. Belonging to an A-eron'ye-al, a. [Gr. axpoevKros.] ( Astron. ) Rising at sunset and set¬ ting at sunrise, as a star. A-erop'o-lTs, 77 . Upper or higher part of a Grecian city ; hence, the citadel or castle. Ae'RO-SPTre, 77. [Gr. aicpo? and erwei- pa.] A sprout at the end of a seed. A-EROSS' (21), prep. From side to side of; crosswise of. — adv. From side to side ; crosswise. A-EROS'TIE, 77. [Gr. aKpvcrnxov.] A composition, in which the first or the last letter of every line, or of every word, read collectively, form a name or sentence. Xet, v. i. [-ed; -ing, 137-1 [Lat. actus.] 1. To exert power. 2. To be in action or motion. 3. To behave or conduct. — v.t. 1. To perforin, especially on the stage. 2. lienee, to feign or counterfeit. 3. To assume the office or character of. — n. 1. That which is done or doing; per¬ formance ; deed. 2. A decree, edict, law, judgment, or award. 3. One of the principal divisions of a play. 4. A state of reality, or real existence. 5. A state of preparation. Xe'tin-Y§m, 77. A property in the so¬ lar rays which produces chemical changes, as in photography. Xe'tion, 77. 1. Exertion of power; or the effect of power exerted; agen¬ cy. 2. An act or thing done ; a deed; hence, conduct; behavior. 3. A le¬ gal suit or process. 4. An engage¬ ment between troops. Xe'TION-a-ble , a. Admitting a suit, or an action at law. or, do, wolf, too, took; Orn, Rue, pull ; E, /, o, silent; q,(i,.soft; E, g, hard; Ag; e^cist; n as ng ; this- ACTIVE 6 ADJURATION A€T'IvE,n. 1. Having the power or qualitj' of acting. 2. Constantly en¬ gaged in action ; hence, energetic ; busy. 3. Practical; operative ; pro¬ ducing real effects. 4. Expressing the passing of an action from an agent to an object, as certain verbs do; transitive. Syn. — Brisk ; alert ; agile ; nimble ; sprightly; prompt. A€T'Ive-LY, ado. In an active man¬ ner ; nimbly. •Xct'ive-ness, \ n. Quality of being Ag-tIv'i-ty, j active; nimble- ^ ness; agility. it'T'OR, n. One who acts ; one who plays on the stage. [plays. XeT'RESs, n. A female who acts or A€T'U-AL, a. 1. Existing in act; re¬ ally acted or acting. 2. Existing at the present time. Xgt'u-al-ly, adv. In act or fact; w really ; truly. ACT'u-A-ry, n. 1. A registrar or clerk. 2. Manager of a joint-stock company. XeT'U-ATE, V. t. [-ED; -ING.] To put into action; to incite to action. Syn. — To move; impel; instigate; in¬ duce; rouse; animate. A-€U'le-ate, a. Having prickles, or sharp points. A-UU'men, n. Penetration of mind; nice discrimination. Syn. —Acuteness; astuteness; shrewd¬ ness; perspicuity; discernment. A-€U'MI-NATE, a. Having a long, tapering point. A-GWmi-na'TION, n. A sharpening; termination in a sharp point. Xeyu-PUN€T'URE, n. Introduction of needles into the living tissues for remedial purposes. A-€UTE',a. 1. Sharp at the end ; point¬ ed. 2. Penetrating; shrewd. 3. Sus¬ ceptible of slight impressions. 4. High, or shrill, in respect to some other sound. 5. Coming speedily to a crisis. Syn.— Penetrating; piercing; pointed; shrewd: subtle. A-gute'ly ,adv. Sharply; shrewdly; keenly. Ad'age,?i. [Lat . adagiuvi.] An old saying, which has obtained credit by long use. Syn. — Maxim ; proverb ; aphorism ; axiom; saw. A-DA'GIO (-jo), a. [It.] (Mas.) Mov¬ ing slowly, leisurely, and gracefully. Ad'A-MANT, n. [Gr. dSd/xas-] A stone imagined to be of impenetrable hardness; — a name given to the diamond and other very hard sub¬ stances. [mant. Id'a-man-te'an, a. Hard as ada- Ad'A-mant'Ine, a. Made of, or hav¬ ing the qualities of, adamant. Ad'am's-Xp'ple, n. The projection formed by the thyroid cartilage in the neck. A-dapt', v. t. [-ei>; -ing.] [Lat. adaptare.] To make fit or suitable. Syn. —To suit; accommodate; adjust; apply; attune. A, E, I, o, u, y, long; X, £,l, 6, U, $,, A-dXpt'A-BIL'I-TY, ) n. Quality of A-dXpt'a-ble-ness, ) beingadapt- able; suitableness. [adapted. A-dXpt'a-ble, a. Capable of being AD'ap-ta'tion, n. Act of adapting, or fitting ; the state of being adapted ; w fitness. ADD, is. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. adders .] To join or unite, as one thing or sum to another. Syn. —To subjoin; to annex. — We add numbers, &c. ; we subjoin an after¬ thought; we annex some adjunct, as ter¬ ritory. Ad-den'dum, n.; pi. ad-den 1 da. [Lat.] A thing to be added. AD'der, n. [A.-S. fetter.] A venom¬ ous serpent; a viper. Ad-DI€T', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. addictus.] To apply habitually; to accustom; to habituate. Syn. —To devote; to dedicate to.— Ad¬ dict is commonly used in a had sense, the other two in a good one; addicted, to vice; devoted to literature; dedicated to religion. Ad-digt'ed-ness, n. Devotedness. Ad-di'tion (-dlsh / un), n. 1. Act of adding. 2. Any thing added; in¬ crease. 3. A branch of arithmetic. 4. A title anuexed to a man’s name. Syn. — Accession; augmentation. Ad-di'tion-al (-dish'un-), a. Added. Ad-di'tion-al-LY, adv. By way of addition. AD'dle, c. [A.-S . adl.] Putrid ; cor¬ rupt ; hence,unfruitful or barren, as brains. Ad-dress', v. t. [-ed;-ing.] [Lat. directus.] 1. To direct words or dis¬ course to. 2. To direct in writing, as a letter. 3. To court; to woo. 4. To consign to the care of another. — n. 1. A formal application, speech, discourse, petition, &c. 2. Manner of speaking to another. 3. pi. At- ention in the way of courtship. 4. Skill; dexterity. 5. Direction or superscription of a letter. AD-DU^E' (30), V. t. [-ED; -TNG.] [Lat. adducere.] To present or offer; to bring forward by way of proof. Syn. — To allege; cite; quote ; ad¬ vance; introduce. Ad-du'cent, a. Bringing forward. Ad-du'^i-ble, a. Capable of being adduced. [ward. Ad-dijg'tton, n. Act of bringing for- Ad-dug'tive, a. Bringing forward. Ad'E-noe'O-GY, n. [Gr. aSqu and Aoyos-] The doctrine of the glands, their nature, and their uses. A-dept', n. One well skilled in any art. — a. [Lat. adeptus.] Well skilled ; skillful. Xd'e-qua-cy, n. State or quality of w being adequate. Xd'e-quate, a. [Lat. ad&quatus.] Equal, proportionate, or correspond¬ ent; fully sufficient. [fitly. AD'E-QUATE-LY, adv. In proportion ; Xd'e-quate-ness, n. Adequacy; sufficiency. Ad-here'," tu 7 . [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. adhtrrere.] 1. To stick fast or cleave. 2. To hold, be attached, or devoted. short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT; E Ad-her'enC-e ) (89), n. Quality or Ad her'en-^y ) shite of adhering. Ad-her'ent, a. United with or to; sticking. — n. One who adheres. Syn. — Partisan ; follower; supporter; advocate. AD-HE'giON, n. Act or state of sticking, or being attached. Ad-he'sive, a. Sticky; tenacious. Ad-he'sive-LY, adv/ In an adhe¬ sive manner. Ad-he'sive-ness, n. Quality of sticking, or adhering. Ad-hor'ta-to-ry, a. Containing counsel or warning. A-dieu' (a-diP, 30), adv. Good-by ; farewell. — n. A farewell; commen- w dation to the care of God. Ad'I-po-£ERE / , n. [Lat. adeps and cera.] A soft, unctuous, waxy sub¬ stance, into which the fat and mus¬ cular fiber of dead bodies are changed _ by long immersion in water or spirit. Ad'I-pose'j a. [Lat. adeps , fat.] Eat; fatty. AD'IT, n. [Lat. aditus.] 1. A hori¬ zontal or inclined entrance into a mine. 2. Passage ; access. Ad-ja'^en-^Y, n. State of being ad¬ jacent. [actually touching. Ad-ja'cent, a. Lying near, but not Ad'jeg’-tT'yal, or Ad'jec-tiv-al, a. Pertaining to an adjective. Ad'JEG-TIVE, n. [Lat. adjertivvm.] A word used with a noun or substan¬ tive, to describe, specify, limit, or de¬ fine it, or to denote some property of it. Ad'jeg-tive-LY, adv. In the man¬ ner of an adjective. Ad-join', v. i. [-ed ; -ing.] To be contiguous or next; to be in contact or very near. — v. t. To join or unite to. Ad-journ', v. t. [-ed;-ing.] [Fr. adjourner .] To put off to another time.— v. i. To suspend business for a time ; to close the session of a public body. Syn. — To postpone; defer; dclny ; prorogue. — A court, legislature , or meet¬ ing is adjourned '; parliament is pro¬ rogued at tlie end of a session: we delay or defer a thing to a future time : we postpone it when we make it give way to something else. Ad-joCtrn'ment, n. 1. Act of ad¬ journing. 2. The interval during which a public body defers business. Ad-judge', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. adjndirare.] 1. To award or decree judicially or by authority. 2. To sentence. Ad-ju'di-cate, V. t. [-ED : -ING.] To try and determine, as a court. Ad-JU / di-ga'tion, n. Judicial sen¬ tence, judgment, or decision. Ad'jungt, n. Something joined to another thing, but not an essential part of it; an appendage. — a. Added or united. Ad-JUNET'IVE, a. Having the quality of joining. — n. One who, or that i which, is joined. AD'JU-RA'TION, n. 1. Act of adjur¬ ing. 2. The form of oath. RE, VEIL, term; PIQUE, FIRM; SON, ADJURE ADVANCEMENT Ad-JURE', V. t. [-ed;-ING.] [Lat. adjurare.] To charge, command, or entreat solemnly uml earnestly, as if under oath. t. [-ED; -ING.] [L. Lat. adjustare.] 1. To make exact or conformable. 2. To reduce to or¬ der. 3. To set right. Svx. — To fit; adapt: suit; regulate. Ad-jAst'a-ble, a. Capable of being adjusted. Ad-jCst'ment, n. Act of adjusting; arrangement ; disposition ; settle¬ ment. [tant. AdMu-tan-^ Y, 7i. Office of an adju- Xd'ju-tant, 71 . An officer who assists the superior officers in the execution of orders, conducting correspond¬ ence, placing guards, &e. Xn'JU-VANT, a. Helping; assisting. Ad-meas'ure (-mezh'ur), v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To take the dimensions, size, or capacity of. Ad-mEA g'URE-MENT, «. 1. Act or process of admeasuring. 2. Dimen¬ sions ascertained. [ment. Ad-men'su-ra'TION, 7 t. Admeasure- Ad-m1'n'is-ter, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To manage, as public affairs. 2. To dispense, as justice. 3. To give, as an oath. 4. To settle, as ?n estate. — v. i. 1. To contribute. 2. To perform the office of administrator. Ad-mIn'IS-TE'RI-AL, a. Pertaining to administration. Ad-min'is-tra-bee, a. Capable of being administered. Ad-mIn / is-tra'tion, ti. 1. Act of administering. 2. Executive part of the government. 3. Management of an estate of a deceased person. Ad-mIn'IS-tra/tIve, a. Administer¬ ing. A D-MlN'IS-TRA'TOR. ti. One to whom the right of administration has been committed by competent authority. Ad-mIn'is-tra'tor-ship, 7i. Office of administrator. Ad-min'is-tra'trix, ti. A woman who administers. [ration. Xd'mi-ra-ble, a. Worthy of admi- Syn. — Wonderful ; rare; excellent. Ad'mi-ra-bey, adv. In an admira¬ ble manner. Ad'mi-ral, ti. [Ar. amb-al-bdhr.] A naval officer of the highest rank. Ad'mi-ral-ty (112), 7i. The body of officers appointed for the manage¬ ment of naval affairs. Ad'mi-ra'tion, ti. \Yonder mingled with pleasing emotions, as approba¬ tion, esteem, or love. Ad-mire', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. admirari .] 1. To regard with wonder or surprise, mingled with approba¬ tion, reverence, or affection. 2. To estimate or prize highly. Ad-mIr'er, ti. One who admires. Ad-mIs'si-bIe'I-TY, n. Quality of be¬ ing admissible. Ad-mTs'si-bee, a. Capable or worthy of being admitted. Ad-mTs'sion (-mlsh'un), ». 1. Act^f admitting. 2. Leave to enter ; access. 7 Ad-mTt', V. t. [-TED ; -TING.] [Lat. admittere, concession in argument.] 1. To grant entrance to. 2. To re¬ ceive as true. 3. To be capable of. Syn. — To concede'; grant ; permit ; allow. — Admit has the widest sense. We grant or concede what is claimed : we allow what we suffer to take )>lace or yield; we permit what we consent to. Ad-mYt'TANCE, w. 1. Act of admit¬ ting. 2. Permission to enter. Ad-mIx', v. t. To mingle with some¬ thing else. Ad-mix'tion (-m'ikst / yun, 97), ti. [Lat. attmixtio.] A union by mixing different substances together. Ad-mIxt'ure, ti. 1. A mixing. 2. What is mixed. AD-MON'lsn,r. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. ad77707iere.] 1. To reprove gently. 2. To counsel against wrong practices. 3. To instruct or direct; to inform. Syx. — To reprove; caution : rebuke; reprimand ; warn ; advise.— We advise us to future conduct; we warn of danger or by way of threat; we admonish with a view to one’s improvement; we reprove, 7-eprimand, and rebuke by way of pun¬ ishment. Ad-mon'isii-er, ti. A reprover. Ad'mo-ni'tion (-nlsh'un), n. Gentle or friendly reproof or counsel. Ad-mon'i-tTve, ) a. Containing ad- Ad-mon'I-to-RY, j monition ; ad¬ monishing. Ad-nAs'cent, a. [Lat. adtiascens.] Growing to or on something else. A-do'( 23), 77. [Prefix a, for to, and do.] Trouble; labor; difficulty. Adobe (a-do'bii), n. [Sp.] An un- ^ burnt brick dried in the sun. Ad'o-eek'^ence, 77. Youth. Ad'o-lEs'^ent, a. [Lat. adolescent.] Advancing from childhood to man¬ hood. A-DOPT', r. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. adoptare.] To select and take as one’s own when not so before. A-dop'tion, ti. 1. Act of adopting, or State of being adopted. 2. The receiving as one's own what is new or not natural. [Adopting. A-dopt'Tve, a. 1. Adopted. 2. A-dor'a-BLE, a. Worthy of adora¬ tion. [being adorable. A-dor'a-bee-ness, 7i. Quality of A-dor'a-bey, adv. With adoration. Ad'o-ra'tion, ?i. 1. Worship paid to a divine being. 2. Homage to one in high esteem. A-dore', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. adorare.] 1. To worship with pro¬ found reverence. 2. To love in the highest degree. A-d6r'er, n. A worshiper : a lover. A-DORN', v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. adornare .] To render beautiful; to decorate. Syn.— To deck ; embellish : set off; beautify; ornament. — We decorate and ornament for the sake of show ; we em¬ bellish and adorn to heighten beauty. A-DORN'MENT, ti. Embellishment. Ad-os'GU-la'tion, ti. 1. Impregna¬ tion of plants by the falling of the farina on the pistil. 2. A species of ingrafting. A-down', prep. Down ; toward the ground. — adv. Downward. A-drIft', a. or adv. Floating at ran¬ dom ; at large. A-DROIT', a. [Fr. d droit, ta the right.] Possessing or exercising skill or dex¬ terity. Syx.— Skillful ; expert; clever; dex¬ terous; ingenious. A-droit'ey, adv. Ingeniously. A-droit'ness, 7i. Dexterity ; readi¬ ness of body or mind. A-dry', a. Thirsty. Ad's^i-tI'tioOs (-tTsh'us), a. [Lat. adsciscere.] Taken as supplemental. Ad'u-EA'TION, n. [Lat. adulatio .] w Servile flattery ; sycophancy. Ad'u-la'tor, 7 i. A servile flatterer; a sycophant. [cess. Ad'U-LA'to-RY, a. Flattering to ex- A-dTilt', a. [Lat. adultus.] Having arrived at mature years. — n. A per¬ son or thing grown to maturity. A-dDe'ter-ant, ». A person or thing that adulterates. A-dOe'ter-ate, v. t. [-ed ; ing.] [Lat. adulterare .] To debase or cor¬ rupt by admixture of baser materials. A-dDl'ter-ATE, a. Debased; cor¬ rupted ; contaminated. A-dOl'ter-a'tion, n. Act of adul¬ terating, or state of being adulter¬ ated. [adultery. A-dCl'ter-er, ti. A man guilty of A-dDl'ter-ess, 71 . A woman who commits adultery. A-dul'ter-Ine, or A-due'ter-ine, a. Proceeding from adultery. — ti. A child born in adultery. A-dOl'ter-oGs, a. Pertaining to, or guilty of, adultery. A-dOl'ter-y, 71 . 1. A violation of the marriage-bed. 2. (Script.) Vio¬ lation of one’s religious covenant. A-dOlt'ness, ?i. State of being an adult. [shadow. Ad-Om'brant, a. Giving a faint Ad-um'brate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. aduTvbrare.] To shadow faintly forth ; to typify. Ad'um-bra'tion, 77. 1. Act of shad¬ owing forth. 2. A faint resemblance. A-DUN'yi-TY, ?i. [Lat. aduncitas.] Hookedness. A-dijst', a. [Lat. advstus.] 1. Burnt or scorched. 2. Looking as if burnt or scorched. Ad-van^e' (6), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [0. Fr: advancer.] 1. To bring for¬ ward. 2. To raise to a higher rank. 3. To accelerate the growth or pro¬ gress of. 4. To offer or propose. 5. To supply beforehand. — v. i. 1. To move or go forward. 2. To improve. 3. To rise in rank, office, or conse¬ quence. — ti. 1. A moving forward ; approach. 2. Improvement or pro¬ gression of any kind. 3. Additional price or profit. 4. A tender ; an offer ; a furnishing of something before an equivalent is received toward a capi¬ tal or stock, or on loan. — a. Before in place, or beforehand in time. Ad-vAn^e'ment, 7i. 1. Act of ad- I vancing or state of being advanced ; G, hard; A§; E£IST ; N as KG; THIS OR, DO, WQLF,TOO, toDk ; Orn,rue,pvll; E, 1, o, silent; q,. a. Having power, or A, E, I, o, u, Y, long ; a, E, i, 6, 0, y, short; care, far, ask, all, what ; ERE, VEIL, TERM ; PIQUE, FIRM ; S6N, AFFECTINGLY 0 AGE Ending, to move the affections ; pa¬ thetic. [ing manner. Af-fEgt'ing-ly, adv. In an affect- Af-fEg'tion, n. 1. An attribute, quality, or property, inseparable from its subject. 2. A state of the mind in which it is bent toward a particu¬ lar object. 3. Love ; zealous or ten¬ der attachment. 4. Disease. Af-f6g'TION-ate, a. 1. Having af¬ fection. 2. Proceeding from affection. 8yn. — Loving ; tender; fond; de¬ voted; wunn-nearted. Af-fEg'tion-ate-ly, adv. With af¬ fection ; tenderly. Af-fEg'TIONED, a. Inclined; dis¬ posed : affected. Af-fEgt'Ive, a. Affecting, or ex¬ citing emotion. Af-fT'an^e, ti. [0. Fr.] 1. Plighted faith ; the marriage contract or prom¬ ise. 2. Trust; reliance. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To betroth; to pledge one’s faith in marriage. 2. To trust. Af-fI'AN-^ER, ti. One who makes a contracbof marriage between parties. Af-fI'ANT, n. One who makes au af¬ fidavit. Xf'fi-da'vit, n. [Lat.] A statement in writing, signed and made upon oath before an authorized magistrate. See Deposition. AF-FIl'I-ATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [L. Lat. affiliare.] 1. To adopt as a son ; to ally. 2. To receive into a society as a member, and initiate in its mys¬ teries, plans, &c. Af-fYl/I-a'tion, n. Adoption ; asso¬ ciation in the same family or society. Xf'fin-age, 7i. A refining of metals. Af fIn'I-TY, 7i. [Lat ajfinitas.] 1. Relationship by marriage. 2. Close agreement; conformity ; connection. 3. Chemical attraction which takes | place at an insensible distance. Syn. — Agreement; conformity; re¬ semblance; alliance; relationship. Af-fTrm'(18), v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. ajfirmare .] 1. To confirm,establish, or ratify. 2. To assert positively Syn. —To aver; protest; assert.— We affirm a thing with confidence ; we assert it against all denial; we aver its truth with solemnity; we protest it, as what ought not to be called in question. — v. i. To declare or assert positively. Af-fTrm'a-iile, a. Capable of being affirmed. Af-fTrm'an^e, n. Confirmation. AF-FlRM'ANT, ti. One svho affirms. Af'FIR-MA'TION, n. 1. Act of af¬ firming. 2. That which is asserted. 3. Confirmation ; ratification. 4. (Law.) A solemn declaration made by persons who conscientiously de¬ cline taking an oath. Af-fIrm'a-tIve, a. 1. Affirming or asserting. 2. Confirmative; ratify¬ ing.— 7i. 1. A word expressing af¬ firmation or assent. 2. An affirma¬ tive proposition. 3 That side of a ; question which affirms or maintains. AF-FlRM'A-TfVE-LY, adv. Positive¬ ly ; — the opposite of negatively. Af-pi x',v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. af- ! figere.] 1. To add at the close or end. 2. To attach, unite, or connect. 3. To fix or fasten in any manner. Af'FIX, n. A syllable or letter joined to the end of a word; a suffix; a postfix. Af-fla'tion, ». A blowing or breath¬ ing on. Af-flIct', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. afflictare.] 1. To strike down. 2. To give continued pain ; to cause to suf¬ fer dejection, grief, or distress. Syn. —To trouble; distress; harass; torment; grieve. Af-flYgt'ing, p. a. Causing pain; grievous; distressing. Af-flYg'TION, n. 1. Cause of con¬ tinued pain of body or mind, &c. 2. State of being afflicted. Syn. — trouble; distress; sorrow; adversity; misfortune. — Affliction is the strongest of these terms, being a state of prolonged suffering; adversiti/ and mis- fortune are general states ; distress is particular, being the case of one under the stress or pressure of severe pain, bodily or mental; the other two words are less strong. Af-flTgt'ive, a. Giving pain ; caus¬ ing affliction. Xf'FLU-EN^E, n. Abundance of any¬ thing, especially riches. Syn. — Opulence; wealth; plenty. Xf'flu-ent, a. Wealthy; plentiful; abundant. — n. A stream flowing into a river or lake. Xf'FLU-ENT-LY, adv. In abundance. Xf'flux, 1 n. 1. Act of flow- Af-feux'ion, ( ing to. 2. That which flows to. Af-ford', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [L. Lat. afforare , a/orare.] 1. To produce as the natural result. 2. To grant, sell, orexpend, with profit or without loss. Syn. — To yield; give; impart; confer. Af-FRAY', n. 1. The fighting of two or more persons, in a public place. 2. A tumultuous assault. Syn. — Quarrel ; scuffle ; brawl. Af-frf;ight' (-frat'), v. t. To hire, as a ship, for the transportation of goods or freight. AF-FRlGHT , (-frTt / ), V. t. [-ED; -TNG.] [A.-S. afyrhlan .] To impress with sudden fear. Syn.— To terrify ; appall ; dismay ; shock; alarm. — ti. Sudden and great fear; terror. Af-front' (-frtlntQ, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. ad and frons.] To offend by some manifestation of disrespect. Syn. — To insult; provoke ; abuse. — 7 i. Any reproachful or contempt¬ uous action or conduct. Syn. — Insult; offense; ill treatment. Af-front'Ive, a. Giving offense. AF-FUgE', v. t. To pour out; to sprinkle. Af-fu'sion, n. Pouring upon, or sprinkling with, a liquid substance. A-field', adv. To, in. or on, the field. A-fIre', a. or adv. On fire. A-FLOAT', adv. 1. In a floating state. 2. Passing from place to place. 3. Unfixed ; without control. A-foot', adv. 1. On foot. 2. In ac tiou ; in a condition for action. I A-fore', adv. or prep. Before. A-fore'said (-sed), adv. Spoken of or named before. [old. A-fore'time, adv. In time past; of A-foul/, a. or adv. Not free ; entan¬ gled. A-FKAID', a. [p. p. of affray (obs.),to frighten.] Struck with fear. Syn. — Fearful ; apprehensive? timid? timorous; frightened; alarmed; appalled. A-FRESH', adv. Anew; over again. A-FRONT' (-frflnt'), adv. In front. Aft, adv. or a. Astern, or toward . the stern. AFT'ER, prep. [A.-S. tvfter .] 1. Be¬ hind in place. 2. Later in time. 3. Moving toward from behind. 4. In imitation of. 5. According to the direction and influence of. fi. In re¬ lation to. AFT'er, adv. Subsequently in time or place. — a. 1. Later in time; . subsequent. 2. Toward the stern. Aft'er-bYrtii, 77 . Membrane inclos¬ ing the fetus, and coming away after . delivery. Aft'er-glap, n. An unexpected . subsequent event. [quent crop. Aft'er-GRop, 7i. A second or subse- Aft'ER-MATH, n. A second or sub¬ sequent crop of grass in the same . year; rowen. Aft'er-noon', n. Time from noon to evening. AFT'ER-PAINS, 71. pi. Pains attend¬ ing the delivery of the after-birth. Aft'er-pie^'E , 7i. A piece performed after a play. Aft'er-thought (-thawt), n. Later thought or expedient. Aft'er-ward, 1 adv. In later or Aft'er-wards, J succeeding time; subsequently. A-GAIN' (a-gen'), adv. [A.-S. agffn y ongSn.] 1 Ano'ner time; once more. 2. In return; back. A-gainst' (a-genst'), prep. [A.-S. a gen.] 1. Opposite to. 2. In oppo¬ sition to. 3. In preparation for. A-gape', adv. Gaping, as with wonder. Xg'a-ric, 7i. [Gr. ayapiKov.] 1. A family of fungi, including the com- _ mon mushrooms. 2. ^Touch-wood. Xg'ate, n. [Gr. axarq?.] 1. A pre¬ cious stone, a variety of quartz. 2. A kind of type. 03 ™ This line is printed in Agate. A-GA'VE, n. [Gr. ayain/.] The American aloe, or cen¬ tury plant. AGe (147), n. [Lat. ^tas.] 1. Whole duration of a being. 2. Tha t part of the duration of a being between its be¬ ginning and any given time. 3. Latter part of life. 4. A certain period of human x^ave. life, marked by a difference * B ‘ of state. 5. Mature years ; period when one may act for himself. 6. A particular period of time in his¬ tory. 7. People living at a partic- or, dq, wolf, too, took ; Orn, rue, pull ; E, I, o, silent ; 9, 6 , soft; g, g ,hard Ag; E£IST; N as NG; THIS. AIMLESS AGED 10 ular period; hence, a generation. 8. A century. Syn.— Epoch; date; era; maturity. AGED (a/jed), a. 1. Advanced in age _ or years ; old. 2. Having lived. A'GEN-(j!Y, n. [Low Lat. agentia.] 1. Quality of acting ; state of being in action ; instrumentality. 2. Office or __ duties of an agent or factor. A'iENT, n. 1. A person or thing that exerts power ; an actor. 2. A sub¬ stitute ; a deputy ; a factor. 3. An active power or cause. Ag-glom'er-ate, v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] Lat. agglomere .] To wind into a ball; to gather into a mass. Ag-glom'er-a'tion, n. A gathering into a ball or mass. Ag-glu'ti-nant, a. Uniting, as glue. — n. Any viscous, adhesive sub¬ stance. Ag-glu'ti-nate, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. agglutinare.] To unite, or cause to adhere, as with glue. Ag-glu'ti-na'tion, n. Act of unit¬ ing, or state of being united, as by glue. _ _ [unite. Ag-glu'ti-na'tTve, a. Tending to Ag'gran-dize, r. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. ad and grand is.] 1. To enlarge ; — applied to things. 2. To make great or greater in power, rank, or honor. Syn.— To augment; exalt; promote; advance; increase. AG-GR A N' Dl ZE-MENT , or AG'GRAN- D1ZE / MENT, 7 i. Act of aggrandiz¬ ing or state of being aggrandized. Xg'gran-diz'er, n. One who ag- grandizes. AG'GRA-VATE, r. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. aggrarare.] 1. To make worse, more severe, more enormous.. 2. To give an exaggerated representation of. 3. To provoke or irritate; to tease. [Improper.] Syn. — To enhance ; heighten ; raise ; increase; magnify; tease. Xg'GRA-VA'tion, 7 i. 1. Act of aggra¬ vating. 2. That which aggravates. 3. Provocation; irritation. [Not le¬ gitimate AG'GRE-GATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. aggregare.] To bring together ; w to accumulate. AG'GRE-GATE, a. 1. Formed into a whole mass or sum. 2. Formed into clusters. — n. Assemblage of par¬ ticulars ; sum total; mass. Xg'GRE-GA'TION, 7 i. Act of aggre¬ gating, or state of being aggregated. Xg'gre-ga'tive, a. Causing aggre¬ gation ; collective. Ag-grEs'sion (-gresh'un), n. [Lat. aggressio.] First attack, or act of hostility or injur}'. Syn. — Attack; assault; invasion; en¬ croachment. Ag-gr£s'sive, a. Making the first attack or encroachment. Ag-grLs'sor, n. One who first makes an aggression. Syn. — Assaulter; invader. — An ag¬ gressor is one who begins a quarrel or encroachment; an assaulter is one who makes a violent onset; an invader is one who enters by force into the possessions of another. AG-GRIE VE', t». t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. ad and gravis.\ To give pain or sorrow to ; to oppress or injure. Ag-GROUP', v. t. To group. A-GHAST' (-gast'), a. or adv. [Acontr. of agazed, p. p. of (obs.) agaze.] Stu¬ pefied with sudden fright or horror. Xg'lle, a. [Lat. agilis.] Quick of motion. Syn. — Nimble; active; lively; brisk. XG'ile-ness, ) 7i. Power to move A-GIL'I-TY, ) quickly; actively. A'GI-O, n. ; pi. A'Gi-og. [It.] 1. Difference in value between metallic and paper money, or between one sort of metallic money and another. _ 2. Premium. • A'gi-o-tage, n. Maneuvers of spec¬ ulators to raise or depress the funds ; ^ stock-jobbing. Xg'i-tate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. agitare.] 1. To move with a violent, irregular action. 2. To disturb or excite. 3. To discuss earnestly. 4. _ To consider on all sides. Xg'I-TA'TION, n. 1. Act of agitating, or state of being agitated. 2. Per¬ turbation of mind. 3. Discussion. Syn. — Disturbance; excitement; de¬ bate; deliberation. Ag'I-ta'tor, 7i. One who agitates. Xg'nail, 71 . An inflammation round ^ the nail; a whitlow. Xg'NATE, a. Delated on the father’s side. — 7 i. Any male relation by the father’s side. [ther’s side. Ag-na'tion, n. Relation by the fa- A-GO', adv. or a. [Old Eng. agone .] Past; gone. A-GOG', a. or adv. [From a-going .] Highly excited by eagerness after an object. A-go'ing, p. pr. In motion ; going ; _ ready to go. Xg'o-nism, 7i. Contention for a prize. Xg' 0-NIST,». [Gr. dyoacurryjs.] A COU- ^ tender for the prize in public games. Xg'o-nist'ic, I a. Relating to Xg'o-nist'ie-AL, j prize-fighting, or w to any violent contest. X&'o-nize, v.i. [-ed; -ing.] [Gr. dyouaejeu'.] To writhe with agony. — v. t. To distress with great pain; _ to torture. Xg'o-ny, n. [Gr. aycovi'a.] Extreme pain of body or mind. Syn. — Anguish; pang. — Agony and pang denote a severe paroxysm of pain (agony being the greatest); unguish is prolonged suffering. The anguish of re¬ morse ; thepewi^s or agonies of dissolution. A-GRA'RI-AN (89), a. Relating or tending to equal division of lands. — n. One who favors an equal division of property. A-GRA'RI-AN-ism, n. Equal division of land or property, or the principles of those who favor such a division. A-gree', v. i. [-ed; -ing, 144.] [Lat. ad and gradus.] 1. To har¬ monize in opinion, statement, or ac¬ tion. 2. To yield assent. 3. To come to terms. 4. To resemble. 5. To cor¬ respond in gender, number, case, or person. A-gree'a-ble, 1. Suitable; con¬ formable. 2. In pursuance, or ac¬ cordance. 3. Pleasing, either to the mind or senses. 4. Willing to agree or consent. A-gree'a-ble-ness, n. Quality of being agreeable. A-gree'a-bly, adv. 1. Pleasingly. 2. In accordance ; conformably. A-gree'me nt, n. 1. A state of' agreeing, or being in harmony or re¬ semblance. 2. Concord or corre¬ spondence of one word wdth another in gender, number, case, or person. 3. A bargain, compact, or contract. A-gres'tic, 1 a. [Lat. agrestis.] A-gres'tic-al, j Pertaining to the fields; rural; rustic. [agriculture. Xg'ri-cult'ur-al, a. Relating to Xg'ri-eTilt'ure, 71. [Lat. agricul¬ tural Cultivation of the ground; ^ tillage,: husbandry ; farming. Xg'ri-cult'ur-ist, 7 i. One skilled in agriculture ; a farmer. A-ground', adv. On the ground; stranded. A'gue , n. 1. Chilliness. 2. An in' termittent fever, attended by alter- _ nate cold and hot fits. A'gu-ish, a. Having the qualities of _ an ague ; chilly. AH, mterj. An exclamation,expressive mm of surprise, pity, complaint, joy, &c. A-IIA', interj. An exclamation, ex¬ pressing triumph, contempt, or simple surprise, [advance ; onward. A-head', adv. Farther in front or in AID, v. t. [-E D ; -ING.] [Lat. adju- tare .] To support, by furnishing strength or means to effect a purpose. Syn. — To assist; help ; succor ; sup¬ port; relieve; sustain. — 7 i. 1. Help. 2. A helper. 3. An aid-de-camp. AID'-DE -DAMP (-kong), n. ; pi AIDES- DE-CAMP. [Fr.] An officer selected by a general officer to assist him in his _ duties. [ W ritten also Aide -de-camp.] Ai'gret, 1 n. [Fr.] 1. The small Al'GRETTE, ) white heron. 2. A tuft, as of feathers, diamonds, &c. AlL,m t. [-E D ; -ING.] [A.-S. eglan.] To affect with pain or uneasiness ; to trouble; to be the matter with. — v. i. To feel pain ; to be troubled. _ — 7 i. Disorder ; indisposition ; pain. AI-la N'TUS, n. A genus of beautiful trees, natives of the East. [1m- _ properly spelt ailanthus.] AIL'ME NT, n. Morbid affection of the _ body; disease. AIM, v. i. [Lat. re slim are.] 1. To point with a missive weapon. 2. To direct the intention. — v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To direct or point, as a weapon. — n. 1. Pointing or di¬ rection of any thing to a particular point or object, with a view to strike or affect it. 2. Point intended to be hit, or object to be affected. 3. Pur¬ pose ; intention. Syn. — Direction; end; scope: scheme AIM'LESS, a. AVithout aim or purpose. A, e, I, o, v,\,long; a, E, i, 6, u, y, short; care, far, Ask, all, what; £re, veil, t£rm ; pique, firm; son. AIR II ALIKE Air (4), n. [Gr. arjp.] 1. The fluid we breathe ; atmosphere. 2. A mel¬ ody ; a tune. 3. Peculiar look, ap¬ pearance, or manner. 4. pi. An af¬ fected manner. — v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] 1. To expose to the air; to ventilate. 2. To expose to heat, for drying or warming. AIK'-gOn, to. A gun discharged by the elastic force of air. iIR'-iiolej to. An opening for air. A ir'i-ly, adv. Gayly; merrily. AIR'i-ness, n. 1. Openness to the air. ^ 2. Levity; gayety. AIR'ing, to. 1. A short excursion in the open air. 2. Exposure to air and warmth. AlR'-PtblP, to. A machine, variously constructed, for ex¬ hausting the air from a closed ves¬ sel. Air-pump. Air'-SHAFT, to. A passage for air into a mine. AIR'-TlGHT (-tit), a. So tight as not to admit air. AIR'Y, a. 1. Having the nature or properties of air. 2. Belonging to air ; high in air. 3. Exposed to the air. 4. Unsubstantial. 5. Having no solid foundation. 6. Eull of vi¬ vacity and levity. AISLE (11), to. {Arch.) (a.) The wing of a building. (b.) One of the lat¬ eral divisions of a Gothic church, (r.) A passage in a church into which the pews open. A-jar', adv. Partly open, as a door. A-kTm'bo, a. With a crook ; bent. A-kTn', «. 1. Related by blood. 2. Allied by nature. Xl'a-b.As'ter, to. [Gr.] 1. A variety of sulphate of lime, or gypsum. 2. A variety of carbonate of lime. A-L.Xck', interj. [Corrupted from aZas.] An exclamation expressive of sorrow. A-E icit'A-DAY, interj. An exclama¬ tion expressive of regret or sadness. A-la€'ri-ty, to. [Lat. alacritas .] Cheerful readiness. Syn. — Briskness; liveliness; glee. Xl'A-MODE', adv. According to the mode or fashion. — to. A thin, glossy, black silk. .A-larm/,«. [It. allarme , lit. to arms.] 1. A summons to arms. 2. Any sound or information of approachiug dan¬ ger. 3. Sudden surprise with fear or terror. 4. A contrivance for awaking persons from sleep. Svx. — Fright; terror; consternation; apprehension. — Alarm is the dread of impending danger ; apprehension , fear that it may be approaching; terror is agitating and excessive fear; consterna¬ tion is terror which overpowers the faculties. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To call to arms for defense. 2. To fill with ap¬ prehension ; to disturb. A-la rm'—clock, to. A clock made to ring loudly at a particular hour. A-larm'ist, to. One who intentionally excites alarm. A-larm'-watcii, to. A watch that can be so set as to strike frequently at a particular hour. | A-lar'UM, to. Same as Alarm. A-las', interj. [Lat. lass us, weary.] An exclamation expressive of sorrow, grief, pity, or concern. Alb, to. [Lat. albus.] An ecclesiasti¬ cal vestment of white linen. Xl'ba-tross, to. [Sp. alcatraz.) A very large web-footed sea-bird. Al-be'it, conj. or adv. Although; notwithstanding. Al'ber-type. [From the inventor, Albert.] ( Photog.) A picture printed from a gelatine plate produced by means of a photographic nega¬ tive. Al-bes'^ent, a. [Lat. albescere .] Becoming white ; whitish. Ai/bi-nLsm, to. State of an albino. Al-bi'no", to. ;pi. al-bi no§, to. [Lat. albus, white.] Any person of a pre¬ ternatural whiteness of the skin and hair, and a peculiar redness of the iris and pupil of the eye. Xl'bu-6In'e-o1js, a. [Lat. albugo.] Like the white of an egg. Al'bum, to. [Lat. albus.] 1. A white table or register. 2. A blank book for autographs or literary memorials. Al-bu'men, to. [Lat.] 1. A thick, viscous substance, found nearly pure in the white of an egg. 2. A white matter found in seeds. Al-bu'mi-nous, a. Like albumen. Al-bOr'num, to. [Lat.] The white and softer part of wood next to the bark, called sap-wood. Xl'GA-hEst, 1 to. A pretended uni- Xl'ka-hest, ) versal solvent. Al-€AID', to. 1. In Spain, the gover¬ nor of a castle or fort. 2. A jailer or warden. [trate or judge. Al-€.Xl'de, to. In Spain, a magis- Al-€IIEM'I€-AL, a. Relating to al- w chemy. [chemy. Al'ghe-mIst, to. One skilled in al- XL'eiiE-MlST're-AL, a. Practicing alchemy, or relating to it. Xl'che-my, to. [Ar. al-kimict.] An ancient science which aimed to trans¬ mute the baser metals into gold, to find the panacea, the universal solv¬ ent, &c. Xl'eo-HOL, to. [Ar. al-lcohl.] Pure or highly rectified spirits ; more loose¬ ly applied to ardent spirits in gen¬ eral. XL'co-iioL're.a. Relating to aloohol. Al'go-ran, to. See Koran aud Al- koran. Xl'eove, or Al-g5ve' (114), to. [Ar. al-gubba.] A recess, or part of a room, separated from the rest by a partition. Al'der, to. [A.-S. aler.] A tree of sev¬ eral varieties. AL'DER-MAN, To.,- pi. AL'DER-MEN. " [A.-S. ealdorman.] A magistrate of a city or tow-n, next below the mayor. ALE, to. [A.-S. eale.] A liquor made from malt by fermentation. ALE'—house, to. A place where ale is retailed. |A-lEm'BI€, to. [Ar. al- amb'iq.] A chemical ves¬ sel, used in distillation. A-lErt' (14), a. [It. alV- erta.] 1. Watchful; vig¬ ilant ; hence, upon the alert , upon the watch. 2. Moving with celerity. Alembic. Syx.— Brisk; prompt; lively; nimble. A-lErt'ness, to. Watchful activtiy or readiness. ALE'WIFE, TO. ; pi. ale'wTves. [Ind. aloof.] An American fish resem¬ bling a herring. [syllables. Al'ex-.Xn'drine, to. Averse of twelve A-lex'I-piiar'mig, to. [Gr. dAe£i- tf)dp/j.aKOi.] What expels or resists poison.—o. Expelling poison or in- ^ fection. AL'ge-brA, to. [Ar. al-gabr, al-jabr .] That branch of analysis whose ob¬ ject is to investigate the relations and properties of numbers by means of letters and other symbols. Xl'ge-bra'ig, ) a. Pertaining to, AL / GE-BRA , ie-AL, j or performed by, algebra. [of algebra. AL'GE-BRA'IC-AL-LY, adv. By means Xl'GE-BRA'IST, to. One who is skilled ^ in algebra. Xl'GO-rItiim, to. [Sp. algoritmo.] Art of computing in any particular way. Al’i-as, adv. [Lat.] Otherwise called; — a term used in legal proceedings to connect the different uames of a party who has gone by two or several.— to. 1. A second or further writ. 2. Another name. Al'i-jbI, to. [Lat.] A being in another place at the time of the commission _ of a crime. AL'IEN (aPyen), a. [Lat. alienus .] 1. Foreign. 2. Wholly different in nature. — n. A foreigner ; a foreign- born and unnaturalized resident of a country. AL'ien-a-bIl'i-ty, to. Capacity of _ being alienated. AL'IEN-A-BLE, a. Capable of being alienated. AL'IEN-ATE, V. t. [-ED; -ING.], [Lat. alienare.] 1. To transfer to auother, as title, property, or right. 2. To estrange. [to. AL'IEN-ATE, a. Estranged; stranger AL'ien-a'tion, to. 1. Legal convey¬ ance of property to another. 2. State of being alienated. 3. Estrangement, _ as of the affections. 4. Insanity. AL'IEN-a'tor, to. One who alienates or transfers property. AL'IEN-EE', to. One to whom a thing _ is sold. [an alien. AL'lEN-IsM, «. The state of being A-light' (-lit'), v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. alihtan.] 1. To get down or descend; to dismount. 2. To fall and settle, or lodge. A-lI&n'ment (-lln'-), to.. [Fr. aligne- ment.] 1. Act of adjusting to a line; line of adjustment. 2. Ground- plan of a railway or other road. A-lTke', a. Having resemblance; similar. — adv. In the same man¬ ner, form, or degree. , took ; Urn, ALIMENT 12 ALLUDE Al'i-ment, n. [Lat. alimentum.] That which feeds or supports. Syn. — Food i nourishment ; sup¬ port; nutriment. Xl'i-ment'al, 1 a. Pertaining to Xl'I-MENT'A-RY, ) food or aliment; nutritive. Al'i-men-ta'tion, n. Act or power of affording nutriment. Xl'I-ment'Ive-NESS, «. The phren¬ ological organ of appetite for food. Al'I-MO-NY (50), n. [Lat. alimonia , alimonium.) An allowance to a wife out of her husband's estate or income for her support. Xl'i-QUANT, a. [Lat. aliquantus.] Not dividing another number with¬ out a remainder. Al'I-QUOT, a. [Lat. aliquot.] Divid¬ ing exactly, or without remainder. A-lIve', a. Having life ; active ; sus- ^ ceptible. AI/KA-HEST, n. A pretended univer¬ sal solvent. Xl/HA-LES^ENT, a. Tending to the properties of an alkali. Al'ka-lI, or Al'ka-li, ». ,• pi. Xl'ka- Llsg, or XL / KA-LIEg. [Ar. al-qali.] One of a class of caustic chemical bases, soda, potash, ammonia, and lithia. Al-kXl'i-fy, or Xl'ka-li-fy, v. i. To become changed into an alkali. Al'ka-line [or -lln), a. Having the qualities of alkali. Xl'ka-lin'i-ty, n. Quality which constitutes an alkali. Ai/ka-lize, v. t. To make alkaline. Al'ka-loid, n. A salifiable base ex¬ isting in some vegetables as a proxi¬ mate principle. [ble. Al'ko-ran, n. The Mohammedan Bi- All, a. [A.-S. eall, al.] Every one, or the whole number of; the whole quantity, extent, duration, amount, quality, or degree of.— uclv. Wholly ; completely ; altogether ; entirely. — 71 . The whole number, quantity, or amount; the whole ; the total. Al'lah, n. The Arabic name of the w Supreme Being. [allantois. AL'LAN-TO'IC, a. Pertaining to the Al-lan'tois, or Xl'lan-tois, 1 Al-lan'toid, or Xl'lan-toid, j 7i. [Gr. dAAavToeifi^s.] A thin mem¬ brane in animals. Al-lay', v. t [-ED ; -ING.] [Partly from A.-S. alecgan , to lay down, les¬ sen, depress; partly from Fr. allier , to ally.] 1. To make quiet or put at rest. 2. To abate, mitigate, or sub¬ due. Syn. — To check; appease; calm; soothe; pacify; assuage. Al-lay'er, n. lie who, or that which, allays. Xl'LE-GA'TION, n. 1. Positive as¬ sertion ; affirmation. 2. That which is alleged. Al-lege' (al-lejO, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. attegare.] 1. To bring forward with positiveness. 2. To produce, as an argument, plea, or excuse. Syn. — To declare ; affirm ; assert; urge; adduce; advance; cite; quote. Al-le&e'a-ble (140), n. Capable of being alleged. Al-le'Gi-an^e, n. [L. Lat. allegi- antia .] Obligation which a subject owes to his prince or government; loyalty. Al'le-gor'IU, 1 a. In the manner Al'le-gor'IU-al, ] of allegory; figurative. Al'le-gor'iu-al-LY, adv. In an allegorical manner. Al'le-go-rist, 7 i. One who teaches by allegory. Xl'le-go-rIze, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To form or turn into allegory. — v. i. To use allegory. Al'EE-GO-RY (50), 71. [Gr. dAAy)yopia.] A story in which the direct and literal meaning is not the real or principal one ; a figurative manner of speech or description. Al-le-grbt'to, a. [It.] (Mus.) Quicker than andante , but not so quick as allegro. Al-le’GRO , n. [It.] (Mus.) A quick, sprightly strain or piece. Al'le-lu'iaii, n. Praise to Jehovah. See Halleluiah. AL-LE'VI-ATE, V. t. [-EDJ-ING.] [L. Lat. alleviate .] To make light or easy to be borne; hence, to remove in part; to make easier to be endured. Syn. — To lessen ; diminish ; miti¬ gate; assuage; allay. — These words are all figurative. Alleviate supposes a load, as of care , which is lightened; mitigate , something fierce, which is made mild, as suffering ; assuage, something violent, which is quieted, as sorrow; allay. something excited, but now brought down, as grief; lessen and diminish refer lo amount or degree. Al-leWI-a'tion, n. 1. Act of al¬ leviating. 2. That which mitigates. Syn. — Mitigation; diminution; relief. Al-le'vi-A-tive, n. Something mit- igating. Al'ley (148), 7i. [Fr. alUe.) 1. A walk in a garden. 2. A narrow pas¬ sage, as distinct from a public street. All-FOOL$'-DAY, 71. The first of April, when it is a popular custom to play off tricks or make fools. All-fours', 71. pi. [From all and four.] A game at cardS. All-hail', interj. All health ; — a phrase of salutation. All-hXl'low, 1 n. All-Saints’- All-iial'loyvs, \ day, the first All-hal'low-mas, ) day of No¬ vember ; a feast in honor of all the saints. [All-Saints’. All-hal'low-tIde, n. Time near AL-lI'AN^E, n. [Fr. alliance.] 1. A union or connection of interests. 2. The compact which is the instru¬ ment of allying. 3. The persons or parties allied. Syn. — League ; confederacy ; af¬ finity; coalition. AL’LI-gate, v. t. To tie together ; to unite. Xl'LI-ga'tton, n. [Lat. alligatio.] A rule relating to the solution of questions concerning the compound¬ ing together of different ingredients, or ingredients of different qualities or values. Al'li-ga'tor, n. [Sp. el lagarto, the lizard.] A large carnivor¬ ous amphibious reptile, peculiar to America. Alligator. AL-Llg'lON (-lizh'un), n. [Lat. allisio.] A striking against. • Al-lTt'er-a'tion, n. [Lat. ad and litera .] Repetition of the same letter. Al-LIT'er-A-tIve, a. Pertaining to alliteration. Al'zo -€A'TUR,n. [Low Lat..] Al¬ lowance of a thing or proceeding, by a court_or judicial officer. Al'lo-uu'tion, n. An address; par¬ ticularly an address of the pope to his clergy 7 . Al-lo']>i-al, a. Freehold; free of rent or service ; — opposed to feudal. Al-lo'di-um, n. [L. Lat.] Freehold estate ; land which is the absolute property of the owner. Al-l6n&E' (-lunjQ, n. [Fr.] A pass or thrust with a sword. [lopathy. Al'lo-pXtii'iu, as. Pertaining to al- Al-lop'a-thTst, n. One who prac¬ tices medicine according to the rules of allopathy. Al-lop'a-tiiy, n. [Gr. dAAov, and na.6o<;.] The ordinary practice of medicine, as opposed to homeopathy. Al-LOT', v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Old Fr. allotir, alloter.) 1. To divide, as by lot. 2. To distribute iu parts or por¬ tions ; hence, to grant, as a portion. Syn. — To divide; assign; apportion. Al-lot'ment, jl. 1. Act of allotting. 2. Part allotted. Al-low', V. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Lat. ad and locate.] 1. To give, afford, or yield. 2. To own or acknowledge. 3. To abate or deduct. 4. To permit. Al-low'a-ble, a. Capable of bemg t or proper to be, allowed. Al-low'a-ely, adv. In an allowa¬ ble manner. Al-low'ance, n. 1. Act of allow ing. 2. That which is allowed; a stated quantity, as of food or drink. 3 Abatement; deduction.— v.t. [-ED; -ING.] To put upon allowance. Al-loy', v. t. [-ed; -ING.] [Fr. aloi, loi.] 1. To reduce the purity of by mixing with a less valuable metal. 2. To abate, impair, or corrupt.— n. (148) 1. Any compound of two or more metals. 2. A baser metal mixed with a finer. 3. Evil mixed with good. Al-loy'age, n. 1. Act of alloying. 2. A mixture of different metals. All-sainT 2 ’'-day, n. First day of November ; a feast in honor of all the saints. All-s5uls’'-day, n. Second day of November ; a Roman Catholic solem¬ nity held to pray for the souls of the faithful. All'spIce, n. The berry of the pi¬ mento, an aromatic tree of the West Indies. Al-lude', v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. al- 1, E, I, O, U, Y, long; A, E, I, 6, U, short; CARE, FAR. ASK, ALL, WHAT ; ERE, VEIL, TERM ; PIQUE, FIRM ; SON, ALLURE 13 ALVEARY ludere .] To refer to something not di¬ rectly mentioned; to have reference. Syn. — To suggest i intimate. Al-LURE', r. t. [-ED; -ing.] [From ad and lure.] To tempt by the oiler of some good, real or apparent. Syn. —To entice; decoy; seduce.— W e are allured to evil by some promised good; we are enticed into it through our passions ; we are seduced when drawn aside from the path of rectitude. Al-LURE'MENT, n. That which al¬ lures. Al-lOr'er, n. One who allures ; a tempter. Al-lu'§ion, n. Indirect reference. Al-lu'sIve, a. Referring to indi¬ rectly. Al-lu'vi-AL, a. 1. Pertaining to, contained in, or composed of, alluvi¬ um. 2. Of fresh-water origin. Al-lu'vi-on, n. Same as Alluvium. AL-LU'Vl-UM, n. ; pi. AL-LU'VI-A. [Lat., from atl, to, against, and luere, to wash.] Deposits of earth, sand, gravel, &c., made by rivers, floods, or other causes. AL-LY', v. t. [-ED ; -ing, 141, 142.] [Lat. alligare, from ad, to, and ligare, to bind.] 1. To unite, or form a con¬ nection between. 2. To connect by similitude, resemblance, or friend¬ ship.— n. (115,148) 1. One who is united by compact, marriage, &c. ; a confederate. 2. One related to an¬ other by any tie. Al'ma-6est, n. [Ar. al, the, and Gr. peyuTToq, greatest.] A book of prob¬ lems in astronomy and geometry, drawn up by Ptolemy. Al'ma Ma'ter. [Lat.] A college or seminary where one is educated. Al'ma-NA€ (134), n. [Ar. manakh.] A book or table, containing a calendar of days, weeks, months, &c. Al-MIGHT'Y (-mlt'-), «• All-power¬ ful ; omnipotent. — n. God; the _ Supreme Being. Al'MOND (iPmund), n. [Gr. apvy- SaArj.] 1. The fruit of the almond- tree. 2. One of the two glands called tonsils. Al'mon-er, tt. [See Alms.] One who distributes alms for another. Al'mon-ry, n. A place for distribut¬ ing alms. Al-most' (146), adv. Nearly; well- _ nigh ; for the greatest part. A.LM2 (amz), n. pi. [A.-S. dimes, mlmesse , from Gr. eheppoa-uinq, fr. eAe- etv, to have pity.] Any thing gratu¬ itously given to relieve the poor ; a charitable donation. Alms'-house (amz'-), n. A house for the use of the poor; a poor-house. Al'oe (al'o), n.; pi. XL'OEg. [Gr. aAoij, lleb. ahalhn.] 1. A genus of evergreen plants. 2. pi. The inspis¬ sated juice of several species of aloe, used as a purgative. Al'O-et'io, I a. Pertaining to, Al'o-Lt'iu-al,) obtained from, or partaking of the qualities of, aloes. A-LOFT' (21), adv. 1. On high. 2. At the mast-head ; above the deck. ; A-L&NE', a. [From all and one.] Apart from others; single; solitary. A -Long' (21), adv. [A.-S. andlang, ondlong, from and, ond, against, to¬ ward, and long, long.] 1. Lengthwise. 2. In a liue ; onward ; forward. 3. In company; together.— prep. By the length of, as distinguished from across. [ship. A-l6_NG'sIde, adv. By the side of a A-loof' (26), adv. [Of. aloft.] At or from a small distance.— prep. At or to a distance from ; away from. A-loud', adv. With a loud voice; loudly. Al-pAc'A, n. 1. An animal of Peru, hav¬ ing long, fine, woolly hair. 2. A thin kind of cloth made of the wool of the alpaca mixed with silk or with cotton. Al'PhA, n. The first letter of the Greek alphabet, used to de- Alpaca, note first. Xl'pha-bet, «. [Gr. aA, lit., not withering.] 1. A genus of orna¬ mental annual plants of many spe¬ cies. 2. An imaginary flower that never fades. 3. A color inclining to purple. Xm'a-rantii'ine, a. 1. Not fading or decaying. 2. Of a purplish color. A-mAss'(6), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [L. Lat. amassare , from Lat. tnassa, mass.] To collect into a mass or heap. Syn. — To accumulate; gather. A-mAss'ment, n. Aheap; accumu¬ lation. * Xm'A-teum/, n. [Fr.] One who cul¬ tivates any study or art, without pursuing it professionally. Xm'A-tIve, a. Amorous; amatory. Xm'a-tIve-ness, n. Propensity to love. XM'A-Td'Rl-AL, 1 a. Relating to, in- AM'a-to-ry, j duced by, or ex¬ pressive of, love. Am'AU-RO'SIS, n. [Gr. d/aaupwcris.] A loss or decay of sight, without any visible defect in the eye. A-MAZE \v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To con¬ found with fear, sudden surprise, or wonder ; to astonish. — n. Aston¬ ishment ; amazement. A-maz'ed-ly, adv. With amazement. A-mXze'ment, n. A feeling of sur¬ prise and wonder. Syn. — Astonishment ; admiration ; perplexity; confusion. A-MAZ'ING-ly, adv. In an amazing degree. Am'a-zon, n. [Gr. dju.a^c6v.] One of a fabulous race of female warriors ; — hence, a warlike or masculine wo¬ man ; a virago. Am-bas'sa-dor, n. An envoy of the highest rank. See Embassador. Am-bXs'sa-dress, n. A female am¬ bassador. Xm'ber, h. [Ar. ’’anbar, anbarum.] A yellowish resin found as a fossil. — a. Consisting of or resembling amber. Am'ber-gris (-grees), n. A fragrant substance used in perfumery, &c. Am'bi-dex'ter, n. [Lat. ambo , both, and dexter , right..] 1. One who uses both hands with equal facility. 2. A double-dealer. Xm'BI-dex-ter'i-ty, n. 1. Power of using both hands with equal ease. 2. Double-dealing. Xm'BI-ENT, a. [Lat. ambiens, fr. am- bire, to go around.] Encompassing ; surrounding. Am'BI-GU'I-TY, n. Doubtfulness or uncertainty, esp. of signification. Am-big'u-oDs, a. [Lat. ambiguus.] Doubtful or uncertain, particularly in respect to signification. Am-big'u-oGs-ly, adv. In an am¬ biguous manner. Am-big'u-oOs-ness, n. Ambiguity. Am'bit, n. [Lat. ambitus .] Circuit or compass. Am-bi'tion (-bish'un), n. [Lat. am- bitio , a going around, esp. to get votes.] An eager desire of preferment, honor, superiority, or power. Am-bi'tioijs (-blsh'us), a. 1. Possess¬ ing, or controlled by, ambition. 2. Springing from, or indicating, am- w bition. Xm'ble, r. i. [Lat. ambulare.] 1. To move, as a horse, by lifting together the two legs on one side ; to pace. 2. To move affectedly. — n. A peculiar gait of a horse, in which both legs on one side are moved at the same time. Xm'bler, n. A horse which ambles. AM-BRO'glA (-brS'zha), n. [Gr.ap.j3po- cri'a.] The fabled food of the gods. AM-bro'§ial, a. Partaking of the nature of_ambrosia; delicious. Xm'bro-type, n. [Gr. d/x/Sporos, im¬ mortal, and TU7T09, impression.] A photographic picture taken on a pre- _ pared glass. AMBg'ACE (amz'as), n. [0. Er. ambes, ambs, both, and ace.] A double ace. Xm'bu-lan^e, n. [Lat. ambulare , to walk.] A hos¬ pital wagon, for carrying sick or wounded sol- Xm'bu-lant, a. Amhulailce - Walking; moving from place to place. Xm'bu-la'tion, n. Act of walking. Am'bu-la-to-ry, a. 1. Walking. 2. Not fixed in its legal character, but capable of being altered, as a will. — n. Any part of a building in¬ tended for walking in. Xm'bu-ry, ) «. [A.-S. ampre, a crook- Xn'BU-RY, j ed, swelling vein.] A _ soft swelling on ahorse, full of blood. Xm'bus-eade', n. [It. imboscata , fr. im, in, and bosco, a wood.] 1. A ly¬ ing concealed, for the purpose of at¬ tacking an enemy by surprise. 2. A concealed place in which troops lie hid; ambush. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To lie in wait. Am'bush, n. [See Ambuscade.] 1. Act of attacking an enemy from a concealed station. 2. An ambus¬ cade. 3. Troops posted in a con¬ cealed place, for attacking by sur¬ prise. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To lio in wait for ; to place in ambush. A-mel'io-rate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.[ [Lat. ad and meliorare , to make bet¬ ter.] To make better ; to improve. — v. i. To grow better. A-mel/io-ra'tion, n. Improvement. A-MEN' (in singing, pron. a'men'). [Heb.] An expression used at the end of prayers, meaning, if}paxys-] A foot of three syllables, the middle one long, the first and last short. AM-PHI€'TY-6n'I€, n. Pertaining to the council of the Amphictyons. AM-PHl€'TY-ON£, n. pi. [Gr. : A/x<£uc- tvovi?.] ( Gr. Hist.) An assembly or council of deputies from the different states of Greece. Aiff-.PHlN'c/-/(-Hsh''i-I), In. pi. AM-PHls'CI-AN§ (-fish/i-anz), J [Gr. a/ac/uV/aos, from ap.C, about, and Oearpov, theater.] An oval or circular edifice having rows of seats one above another, around an open space, called the arena, and used for combats of gladi¬ ators and of wild beasts, and other public sports. AMypiiI-THE-XT'RIG-AL, a. Pertain¬ ing to, or exhibited in, an amphithe¬ ater. Am'PLE, a. [Lat. amplus.] 1. Of large dimensions. 2. Fully sufficient. 3. Extended; diffusive. Syn.— Spacious; capacious; exten¬ sive; abundant; plenteous. — When we mean by ample large in extent, we say spacious or extensive; large in size, capa¬ cious; large in quantity, abundant or plenteous. Am'PLI-FI-ga'TION, n. 1. Enlarge¬ ment. 2. Exaggerated description or diffuse narration. AM'PU-FI-eA'TlVE, ) a. Serving or Am'pei-fi-ga'to-RY, J tending to amplify or enlarge. Am'pli-fFer, n. One who amplifies. Am'PLI-FY, V. t. [-ED; -ING, 142.] [Lat. amplificare , fr. amplus , ample, and fac.ere , to make.] 1. To render larger, more extended, or more in¬ tense, and the like. 2. To treat copi¬ ously.— v. i. 1. To grow or be¬ come large. 2. To be diffuse. Am'pli-tude (53), n. 1. State of being ample; largeness of dimen¬ sions. 2. Largeness, in a figurative sense. 3. An arc of the horizon in¬ tercepted between the true east or west point and the center of the sun or a star at its rising or setting. Aai'ply, adv. Largely ; liberally ; fully. AM'PU-TATE,r. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. amputare, from amb, about, and pu- tare , to prune.] To cut off, as a limb. Am'PU-TA'TION, n. Act or operation of cutting off a limb or other part. A-mOck/, n. [Malay.] Actof killing. To run amuck, to rush out frantically, attacking all that come in the way, as is done by fanatics in the East. ANALEPTIC Xm'u-LET,«. [Ar. hamalat , himhlat , anything worn.] Something worn to prevent evil. A-MiiSE', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Fr. amuser.] 1. To entertain agreeably. 2. To keep in expectation. Syn.— To divert; entertain. — We are amused by that which occupies us lightly and pleasantly; entertained by that which brings our minds into agree¬ able contact with others, as conversation or a book ; diverted by that which draws off our thoughts to something of livelier interest, especially of a sportive nature, as a humorous story or a laughable in¬ cident. A-MUgE'MENT, n. That which amuses. Syn.—D iversion; pastime; entertain¬ ment; sport. A-mO'sIve, a. Entertaining; divert¬ ing ; pleasing. A-MYG'DA-LATE, n. [Gr. apvySakov, almond.] An emulsion made of al¬ monds. [almonds. A-mv'G'da-lYne, a. Pertaining to Am'Y-ra'CEoOs, a. [Gr. dpvkov , starch.] Pertaining to starch. AN, a., commonly called the indefinite article. [A.-S. an, ane.\ It signifies one or any, but somewhat less em¬ phatically. An'A-BA P'TIST, n. [Gr. dva/3a7rru(eiv, from ava,' again, and /3ajrrt£etv, to baptize.] One who denies the validi¬ ty of infant baptism. AN-Xgh'RO-NISM, n. [Gr. avaxpovicr- I aos, from ava, against, and xpovo?, time. ] An error in chronology. An'A-con'da, n. A large snake which lives in South America. A-nag're-on'tig, a. Pertaining to, or after the manner of, the Greek poet Anacreon ; amatory ; convivial. — n. A little poem in praise of love and wine. An'A-DEM, n. [Gr. avdSypa.] A gar¬ land or fillet. AnGES-th£t'I€, a. [Gr. dv priv., and atcrPrjui?, feeling.] 1. Capable of rendering insensible by being in¬ haled. 2. Characterized by insensi¬ bility.— n. That which produces insensibility, as chloroform, &c. An'A-GLYTPH, n. [Gr. avdykvfyov, from ava, up, and ykveiv, to engrave.] An embossed or chased ornament, worked in relief, as a cameo. An'A-GLAp'TIG, a. Relating to the art of carving, engraving, enchasing, or embossing plate. An / A-GOG , I€-AL, a. [Gr. avaycoyy, from ava, up, and ayeiv, to lead.] Mysterious ; mystical; spiritual. An'A-GRAM, 11 . [Gr. dvdypappa, from ava, back, again, and ypdppa, letter.] A transposition of the letters of a name, by which a new word ia formed. Thus, astronomers may be turned into moon-starers. An'a-GRAM-mXt'IG, a. Pertaining to, or making, an anagram. An'A-LEE'TIC, a. Collecting or se¬ lecting ; made up of selections. An'A-lEGTS, ) il.pl. [Gr. dvdAexra.] An'a-lP.€'TA, ) A collection of lit¬ erary fragments. An'A-l£p'TI€, a. [Gr. dvaATj7mx6?.] G, hard; Ag; EJCIST; N as NG ; this. ANALOGICAL 16 ANGLE Corroborating ; invigorating. — «. Restorative medicine. Xn'A-loG'ig-al, a. According to, or founded on, analogy. An'a-l6g'I€-al-LY, adv. By way of analogy. _ [or consider by analogy. A-nXl'o-6Ize (162), v. t. To explain A-nXl'O-GODs, a. [Gr. avdAoyo?, pro¬ portionate, fr. avd, according to, and Aoyo?, proportion.] Having analogy ; correspondent, [to some other thing. Xn'A-logUE, n. A thing analogous A-nXl'o-gy, n. 1. Likeness between things in some circumstances or ef¬ fects, when the things are otherwise entirely different. 2. Equality, pro¬ portion, or similarity of ratios. A-nXl'y-sIs, n.; pi. A-N.Xi/Y-SEg. [Gr. avaAvcri?, from avd, again, and Aveiv, to loose.] A resolution of any thing, whether an object of the senses or of the intellect, into its constituent or original elements. An'a-LYST, n. One who analyzes. An / A-lyt'I€, | a. Pertaining to Xn'a-lyt'ie-al, J analysis; resolv¬ ing into component parts. [alysis. Xn'a-LYT'ICS, n. sing. Science of an- Xn'a-lyze(162),u. t. [-ED; -ing.] To separate into the component parts ; to resolve into first principles or ele¬ ments. [which, analyzes. An'a-lyZ'er, n. One who, or that An'A-M bR'PTio-sis,or An 1 a-mor- PHO'SIS, n. [Gr. avafjL 6 p( 0 cn<;. ] A distorted representation of an image on a plane or curved surface, which, viewed in a certain way, appears reg¬ ular and in proportion. An'A-PjEST, n. [Gr. dvd 7 raicrro?.] A metrical foot consisting of three sylla¬ bles, the first two short, the last long, or the first two accented and the last unaccented. Xn'A E€H, n. [Gr. avapx o?, from av priv., and apxv> beginning.] Author of anarchy. A-NAR€H'ie, 1 a. Being without A-nXrgh'ig-al, ) government ; law¬ less ; confused. [disorder. An'areh-Ist, n. One who promotes Xn'ARCH-Y, n. 1. Want of govern¬ ment in society ; lawlessness. 2. Con¬ fusion. AN'A-SARG'OlJS, a. [Gr. avd, and sor, n. One who goes be¬ fore ; a leader. Xn'te-ciiam'ber, n. A chamber leading to the chief apartment. Xn'te-E'Or'sor, n. A forerunner. Xn'te-date , n. A date before the true time. — v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To date before the true time. 2. To anticipate. Xn'te-di-LU'vi-an, a. Before the deluge. — n. One who lived before the flood. Xn'te-LOPE, n. [Gr. avdd\o\p.] One of a group of quadrupeds be¬ tween the deer and goat. Xn/te-lu'can, a. [Lat. anteluca- nus, fr. ante, be¬ fore, and lux, light.] Being be- . . . fore light. Antelope. Xn-'te-me-rid'ian, a. Being before noon. Xn'te-mIjn'dane, a. Being before the creation of the world. AN-TEN'NA, n. ; pi. AN-TEN' NAC. [Lat.] A movable, ar¬ ticulated organ of sen¬ sation , attached to the heads of insects and w Crustacea. a a Antenna. Xn'te-nup'TIAL (-nup'slial), a. Be¬ ing before marriage. AN -7 te-pas '€11 al (-p&sflial), a. Being before Easter. Xn 7 te-past, n. . [Lat. ante, before, and pastus, pasture, food.] A, fore¬ taste. Xn'te-pe-nBlt', n. [Lat. antepse- nultimus , fr. ante, before, psene, al¬ most, and ultimus, last.] The last syllable but two of a word. Xn'te-pe-nult'i-mate, a. Of the last syllable but two. — n. The an¬ tepenult. [time or place. An-te'RI-OR, a. [Lat.] Before in Syn. — Antecedent; prior ; previous; precedent; preceding; former; foregoing. — Anterior is opposed to, and implies, posterior; the other words are opposed to subsequent. An-te'ri-or'i-ty, n. State of being ^ anterior^ precedence. Xn'te-room, n. A room forming the passage to another. Xn'THEL-mIn'TIE, a. [Gr. dvrt, against, and eA/atvs, worm.] {Med.) Destroying or expelling worms. — n. A medicine which destroys or expels w worms; a vermifuge. Xn'THEM, n. [Gr. ami (]xova, fr. avri, against, and (fxnvrj, sound.] Church music adapted to passages from the Scriptures, a motet. Xn'THER, n. [Gr. av6r)p6<;, /|ffc flowery, from avOos, flower.] That part of the stamen w containing the pollen. | ‘A Xn'ther-al, a. Pertaining | to anthers. jf Xn-TII 0 L' 0 - 6 y, n. [Gr. dv- a An- 6 o Aoyia, from avOos, flower,, tbcr. and Ae'yeiv, to gather.] 1. A collection of flowers. 2. A collection of beau¬ tiful passages from authors. Xn'tho-ny’s-fire (an/to-niz), n. The erysipelas. Xn'TIIRA-9]TE, n. [Gr. dv0pa/a'TTjs, fr. dvOpa f, coal.] A hard, compact variety of mineral coal. [thracite. Xn'tiira-^it'ie, a. Pertaining to an- Xn'tiiro-poid, a. [Gr. dvypawos, man, and ec 8 o?, form.] Resembling man. Xn'tiiro-pol'o-gy, n. [Gr. dvOpui- 770?, man, and A 6 yo 9 , description.] 1. Natural history of the human species. 2. The science of man, considered in his entire nature. Xn/thro-po-m 6 r'piii£M, n. [Gr. dv- 0 pu> 7 ro 9 , man, and popijjr), form.] Rep¬ resentation of the Deity as having a human form or attributes. [bals. An' thr o-popiPa-gI, n. pi. Canni- AN r/ THRO-POPH'A-GY, n. [Gr. dv- dpo> 7709 , man, and ipayelv, to eat.] Cannibalism. Xn'tie, a. [From antique .] Odd; fanciful; fantastic ; ludicrously wild. w — n. A buffoon or merry-andrew. Xn'ti-giirist, n. A great adversary of Christ. XN'Ti-EHRls'TIAN (-krTst'yan), n. An opposer of Christianity. — a. Oppos¬ ing Christianity. AN-TIC'I-PATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. anticipare , fr. ante, before, and capere , to take.] 1. To take or do before another. 2. To take up be¬ forehand, or before the proper time. 3. To foretaste or foresee. An-ti^G-pa'tion, n. 1. Act of an. ticipating. 2. Previous view or im¬ pression. 3. Preconceived opinion. An-ti^'i-pa'tive, a. Anticipating; or containing anticipation. [pates. An-TIC'i-pa / tor, n. One who antici- X N / T I - € L I ' M A x, n. A sentence or ex¬ pression in which the ideas become less important and striking at the close. _ [contagion. Xn / ti-€ON-ta'6io0s, a. Opposing Xn'ti-ho'tal, a. Efficacious againsi poison_or other evil. Xn'TjE-DOTE, n. [Gr. avrifiorov, from dvrt, against, and SiSovai, to give.] That which tends to counteract poi¬ son or other evil. Xn'TI-FEB'RILE or Xn'TI-FE'BRIlE, a. Having the quality of abating fever. — n. A medicine having a tendency to cure fever. A, l, i, 5, u, y, long; a, ii, 1,6, u, Y, short; cAre, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT; ERE, VEIL, TERM j PIQUE, FIRM; S6N. ANTIMASON 10 APOCOPATE AN'tY-ma'son, n. One opposed to free -1 masonry. [to monarchy. Xn'tY-MO-NAR€H'I€-AL,, a. Opposed An'tTT-MO'NI-AL, a. Of, or pertaining to, antimony. — n. A preparation of antimony. Xn'tI-mo-ny, n. [Ar. al-itumidun , or al-uthmudun.] A whitish, brittle ^ metal used in medicine and the arts. Xn'tI-no'mi-an, n. One of a sect charged with maintaining that, un¬ der the gospel dispensation, the moral law is of no use or obligation. — a. Pertaining to the Antinomians. Xn'tI-no'MI-AN-Ysivi, n. The tenets of Antinomians. An'tY-no-my, or An-tYn'o-my, «. [Gr. avrivopia, fr. aim, against, and vopos, law.] 1. Opposition of one law j or rule to another. 2. A law or other I thing opposite or contrary. Xn'tY-pa'pal, a. Opposing popery. An'tY-pa-pYst'ig, I a. Opposing An'ti-pa-pYst'k’-al, ) the papacy or popery ; antipapal. An / t1-pa-th£t'I€, la. Having a Xn'tY-PA-tii£t'I€-al, ) natural contrariety or aversion. AN-tYp'A-THY, n. [Gr. avrurdOeia, fr. avTt, against, and naOos, suffering.] 1. Aversion at the presence of a par¬ ticular object. 2. A contrariety in | the properties or affections of matter. Syn. — Dislike; contrariety; repug¬ nance; disgust; distaste. Xn'tY-pheo-GYs'tig, a. Counter¬ acting inflammation. — n. A n} r med¬ icine or diet which tends to check inflammation. An-tipii'o-nal, ) a. Pertaining to An'tY-phon'ic, antiphonies, An'tY-PHON'IO-AL, ) or alternate singing. AN-TYPH'O-NY, 71. [Gr. avrCtfraivos. See Anthem.] An anthem or psalm sung in alternate parts; a response. An-t/pii'ha-sJs, n. [Gr.] Use of words in a sense opposite to their proper meaning. An-tip'o-dal, a. Pertaining to the antipodes; diametrically opposed. An'tY-PODE, n . ■ pi' AN / TI-PODEg, or AN-Tlp'0-DK$. [Gr. dvrinovk, from dim, opposite, and 7 rous, foot.] One of those who live on opposite sides of the globe. [popedom. An'tY-POPE, n. One who usurps the Xn'tY-Qua'ri-an, a. Pertaining to antiquity. — n. An antiquary. An'tY-quX'ri-an-Ysm, n. Love of an¬ tiquity. [antiquities. An'ti-QUA-ry (44), n. One versed in An'tY-quate, v. t. [Lat. antiquatus.] To make obsolete, old, or void. Xn'tY-quat'ed, p. a. Grown old, or out of fashion ; obsolete. An-tique', a. [Lat. antiquus, fr. ante , before.] 1. Old; ancient. 2. Of old fashion. 3. Made in imitation of an¬ tiquity. — n. 1. Any thing very old. 2. A relic of antiquity. An-tYcUui-tY (-tlk^wl-), n. 1. Ancient times. 2. The people of ancient times. 3. Great age. 4. pi. Any or all of the remains of ancient times. An'tY-scrYpt'ur-al, a . Not accord- _ ant with Scripture. AN'ti-sep'tie, a. Opposing putre¬ faction. — n. A substance which re- w sists or corrects putrefaction. A.v ti-slav'er-y, n. Opposition to slavery. [spasm. Ax'Ti-sPAg-MOD'iE, a. Opposing AN'tY-SPAs'TIE, a. [Gr. avTicrvacm- xo?.] Causing a revulsion of fluids • or humors; counteracting spasm. An-TIS’TRO-PHE, n. [Gr. dimo- Tpotpyj.J (Anc. Lyric Poetry.) Part of a song or dance, around the altar, performed by turning from the left to the right, in opposition to the strophe , which was performed by turning from the right to the left. Xn'ti-stroph'ie, a. Pertaining to the antistrophe. An-titii'e-sIs, n.; pi. ajv-tTtiP- E-SEg. [Gr. dvriOecns, a setting against.] 1. An opposition of words or sentiments occurring in the same sentence; contrast. 2. Hence, any w thing directly opposed to another. Xn t/ tY-thet'I€, 1 a. Pertaining An'tY-thet'I€-at,, ) to antithesis. An'tY-trYn'I-TA'RI-AN, a. Opposing the doctrine of the Trinity. Xn'tY-TYPE, 7i. That which is pre¬ figured by the type ; thus the paschal lamb was a type of which Christ is the antitype. • Xn'tY-TVP'ig-AL, a. Relating to an antitype ; explaining a type. Xnt'LER, n. [0. Fr. antoillier , prob. from Lat. a7ite, before.] A start or branch of a horn of a stag, moose, & c. Xn'vil, n. [A.-S. anfilt.] An iron block, on which metals are ham¬ mered and shaped. Anx-i'e-ty (ang-zPe-ty), n. Solici¬ tude about some future or uncertain w event; Xnx'ioOs (fink'shus), a. [Lat. anx- iiis.] 1. Greatly concerned respect¬ ing something future or unknown. 2. Accompanied with anxiety. Syn.—D isturbed; distressed; disquiet¬ ed; uneasy. Xnx'IO0s-LY, adv. With anxiety. A'NY (en'y), a. [A.-S. anig, eenig, fr. an, ein, one.] 1. One out of many, indefinitely. 2. Some ; an indefinite number or quantity. — adv. To any _ extent; at all. A-O'NI-AN, a. Pertaining to the Muses, or to Aonia in Boeotia. A'O-rYst, 7i. [Gr. dopuTTOs, from d priv. and opo?, limit.] A tense in Greek, expressing an action as com- _ pleted in indeterminate past time. A-OR'ta, 7i. [Gr. dop-nj, from deepen/, to lift.] The great artery from the heart. A-pa^e', adv. Quickly ; hastily ; speedily; fast. Xp / A-G- 6 (t , I€-AE, a. [Gr. arrayoyri , a leading away.] Proving indirectly by showing the absurdity of the con¬ trary . A-pXrt', adv. 1. Separately; aside. 2. In a state of separation, exclusion, or of distinction. 3. In two or more parts ; asunder. A-PART'MENT, 7i. [Lat. ah, or a, from, and pars, a part.] A room in a build¬ ing or house. Xp'a-th£t'I€, a. Void of feeling; ^ insensible. Xp'a-thIsT, n. One destitute of feel- ^ ing. Xp'A-THY, 7 i. [Gr. ana.6ei.a, from a priv. and ndQos, suffering.] Want, or a low degree, of feeling ; — applied either to the body or the mind. Syn. — Insensibility ; indifference ; _ unconcern. APE,ti. [A.-S.a/?a, Skr. kapi.] 1. A kind of monkey J ygg liplk having neither a . ' t tail nor cheek pouches. 2. One / who imitates ‘ ' ■*, servilely.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To Ape. imitate servilely ; to mimic. A-PE'RI-ENT (89), a. [Lat. aperiens.] Having the quality of opening ; laxa- ^ tive. — n. A laxative medicine. Xp'ER-TURE (53), n. [Lat. apertura.] An opening through some solid sub¬ stance ; a hole. A-PET'AE-oOs, a. [Gr. dTreraAo?, fr. a, priv. and n-eVaAov, leaf.] Hav- _ ing no petals. A'pex, n.j pi. A'PEX-Eg ; Lat. pi. AP' Top, tip, or summit of any thing. A-phe_l'ion (-fePyun), n.; pi. a PJIE'LI-a. [Gr. ano, from, and 7 )Atos, sun.] That point of a planet’s or comet’s orbit most distant from w the sun. APII'O-RYgM, 71. [Gr. a9eypa, saying.] A short, sententious, instructive remark. Ap'o-PLEe'Tfe, a. 1. Pertaining to, or consisting in, apoplexy. 2. Pre¬ disposed to apoplexy. Ap'O-PLEX'Y, n. [Gr. anonXp^La, fr. ano, from, away, and nArjcraeii', to strike.] A disease characterized by sudden loss of sense and voluntary motion. A-POS'TA-SY, n. [Gr. anoaracria , fr. ano, from, and a-rrjvai, to stand.] A total desertion of one’s faith, princi¬ ples, or party. A-pos'tate , n. One who has forsaken his faith, principles, or party. — a. Falling from the faith ; renegade. A-POS'ta-tIze, v. i. [-ED; -ING.] To abandon one’s faith, party, or profession. _ A-pos'te-mate, v. i. To form into an abscess and fill with pus. jLP'OS-TEME, n. [Gr. anoa-rrjpa.] An abscess. A-Pos'TLE (-pos'l), n. [Gr. aTro!. [Gr. Ap'OPH-THEGM j hnotfrOeypa.] A short, pithy', and instructive saying ; a sententious precept or maxim. Ap'O-THEG-MAT'ie, ( a. In the Ap^-theg-mat'ie-al., ) manner of an apothegm. Ap'O-the'o-sIs, n. [Gr.] The act of placing a mortal among the number of the gods ; deification. Ap / o-the , o-size, v. t. To exalt to the dignity of a deity ; to deify. Ap-pall', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Fr. appalir , lit., to grow or make pale.] To depress or discourage with fear. Syn. — To dismay; daunt; terrify; scare; intimidate. w — v. i. To occasion fear or dismay. Ap'PAN-AGE, n. [Low Lat. appanagi- um, from appanare, to furnish with bread.] 1. Land assigned by a sover¬ eign prince for the subsistence of his younger sons. 2. Means of nour¬ ishing. Ap'pa-ra'tus, n.; pi. Xp'pa-ra'tus or Xp/PA-RA'TUS-Eg. [Lat..] Things provided as means to some end; a full collection or set of scientific im¬ plements. [ing for the body. Ap-par'el, n. [Fr . appareil.] Cover- Syn. — Clothing; clothes; dress; rai¬ ment; vesture; vestment. — V. t. [-ED, -ING ; or -LED, -LING, 137.] 1. To dress or clothe ; to attire. 2. To cover with something orna¬ mental ; to adorn; to embellish. Ap-par'ent (4), a. [Lat. apparere , apparens, to appear.] 1. Capable of being seen, or easily seen. 2. Beyond question. 3. Appearing to the eye, but not true or real. Syn.— Visible; distinct; plain; obvi¬ ous; clear;, certain; evident; manifest; indubitable; notorious. What is obvious is certain beyond doubt or dispute; what is plain, clear, or evident, has ample proof or illustration. Ap-pAr'ent-ly', adv. Evidently ; in appearance only. Ap'PA-rI'tion (-rTsh'un), n. 1. Ap¬ pearance. 2. A visible object; a ghost; a specter. Ap-par'i-tor, n. A messenger or officer who serves the process of a spiritual court. Ap-peal', n. 1. Removal of a cause or suit from an inferior to a superior judge or court for re-examination. 2. Right of appeal. 3. A summons to answer to a charge. 4. A call upon a person for proof or decision, or to grant a favor. 5. Resort; recourse — v. i. [Lat. appellare , from ad, to, and pellere , to drive.] 1. To re¬ move a cause from an inferior to a superior judge or court for re-exam¬ ination. 2. To refer to another; hence, to call on for aid. — v.t. [•ED ; -ING.] 1. To remove from an inferior to a superior judge or court. 2. To charge with a crime. Ap-peal'a-ble, a. Capable of being appealed. Ap-PEAR', v. i. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. apparere.] 1. To come or be in sight. 2. To be obvious or manifest. 3. To seem. Ap-pear'AN^E, n. 1. Act of coming into sight. 2. A thing seen; a phenomenon. 3. Apparent likeness. 4. Personal presence. Syn.—C oming; arrival; presence; semblance; pretense; air; look; man¬ ner; mien; figure; aspect. Ap-peal'a-ble, a. Capable of being appeased. Ap-pease', V. t. [-ED ; -ING, 144.] [Lat. ad, to, and pax, peace.] To make quiet. Syn.— To pacify; allay; assuage; compose; calm. AP-PEAgE'MENT, «. Act of appeasing. Ap-pel'lant, n. A person who makes an appeal. Ap-pel'late, n. Belonging to, or having cognizance of, appeals. Ap / pel-la , tion, n. Name by whicl) a person or thing is called; title. Ap-pel'la-tive, a. [Lat. appeU lativus.] Pertaining to a common name. — n. A common, as dis¬ tinguished from a proper, name. Ap'pel-lee', n. 1. The defendant in an appeal. 2. One who is prose¬ cuted by a private man for a crime. Ap / pel-lor', n. He who prosecutes another for a crime. Ap-pend', d. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat appendere , from ad, to, and pendere , to hang.] 1. To hang or attach. 2. To add, as an accessory. Ap-pend'age, n. Something added as subordinate or incidental. Ap-pend'ant,?!. Any thing append¬ ed.— a. Hanging; annexed. AP-PEND'IX, n.; pi. AP-PEND / ix-E§ ; Lat. pi. AP-PEN' DI-pE$. Some¬ thing appended ; an adjunct; an ad¬ dition. Ap'per-tain', v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. appertinere, from ad, to, and pertinere, to pertain.] To belong ; to relate. Xp'pe-tence, In. 1. Strong natu- Ap'PE-TEN-^Y, J ral desire ; sen¬ sual appetite. 2. Tendency to seek or select. Ap'PE-tite, n. [Lat. appetitus, from appetere, to seek.] Desire of gratifica¬ tion, especially a desire of food or drink. 1, E, I, o,u, Y, long; X, £,% 6, 0, t, short; cAre, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT; £re, V£IL, t£rm; PIQUE, FIRM; s6n, ArPETIZE 21 APSIS Ap'pe-tTze, v. i. To create, or whet, an appetite. Ap'pe-tIz'er, n. Something which creates or whets an appetite. Ap-plaud', v. t. or i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. applaudere, from ad, to, and plaudere , to clap the hands.] 1. To praise by clapping the hands, &c. 2. To praise by words ; to commend. Ap-plaud'er, n. One who applauds. AP-PLAUgE', n. Approbation and praise publicly expressed ; commen¬ dation. Ap'ple (57), n. [A.-S. veppel.] 1. A well-known tree and its fruit. 2. The pupil of the eye. Ap-plT'A-ble, a. Capable of being applied ; applicable. Ap-pli'AN£E, n. Act of applying or thing applied ; instrument or means. Ap'PLI-€A-b1l'I-TY, ) n. Quality of Ap'pli-€A-ble-ness, j beingappli- cable or suitable. Ap'pli-ga-ble (147), a. Capable of being, or fit to be, applied ; suitable ; fit. [petitioner. Ap'PLI-€ANT, n. One who applies ; a Ap'pli-ea'tion, n. [See Apply.] 1 Act of applying. 2. The thing ap¬ plied. 3. Act of making request. 4. Act of fixing the mind ; intense¬ ness of thought. Ap'pli_-€A-T(ve, a. Applying. Ap-ply f ,v.t. [-ed; -ing, 142.] [Lat. applicare , from ad, to, and plirare, to fold.] 1. To lay or place ; to put, bring, or carry. 2. To use for a particular purpose. 3. To engage and employ diligently'. — v. ?. 1. To suit or to agree. 2. To have recourse. /LP-Pft&'GlA-TU’Rk (-pod'jii-), n. [It.] (Mas.) A passing tone preced¬ ing an essential tone or an accented part of a measure. Ap-point', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [L. Lat. appunclare, from ad, to, and punctum, a point.] 1. To fix ; to es¬ tablish. 2. To constitute ; to ordain. 3. To allot, assign, or set apart. 4. To provide with every necessary'. Ap-point'a-ble, a. Capable of being appointed. Ap'point-ee', n. A person appointed. Ap-point'ment, n. 1. Act of ap¬ pointing. 2. Stipulation ; arrange¬ ment. 3. Decree ; established order. 4. pi. Whatever is appointed for use an m anagement. Ap-por'tion, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [L. Lat. apportionare, from ad, to, and portio. a portion.] To divide and assign in just proportion. Ap-por'tion-ment, h. Act of ap¬ portioning. Ap'PO-site, a. [Lat. appositus , from ad, to, and ponere, to put, place.] Very applicable; well adapted. Ap'PO-glTE-LY, adv. Properly; fitly. Ap'po-sBtion (-zTsh'un), n. 1. Act of adding. 2. State of two nouns (one of which explains the other) put in the same case, without a con¬ necting word between them. Ap-prais'al, n. A valuation by au¬ thority. I a - AP-PRAIgE', V. t. [-ED; -ING, 144.] [Lat. appretiarr, fr. ad, to, and pre- tium, value, price.] To estimate the worth of, particularly by persons ap¬ pointed for the purpose. AP-PRAlgE'MENT, n. Act of apprais¬ ing ; valuation. Ap-prais'er, n. One who appraises. Ap-pre'ci-a-ble (-prG'shT-), a. Ca¬ pable of being estimated or appre¬ ciated. Ap-pre'ci-ate (-pre'shl-, 95), v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. appretiare. See Appraise.] To set a price or value on ; to estimate justly. Svx. — To esteem; estimate; value.— We estimate things when we learn by cal¬ culation their real amount, us profits, Sic.; we appreciate when we prize them ac¬ cording to their true value or worth, as a man’s services; we esteem when we regard them with moral approbation. Ap-pre'ci-a'tion (-pre-shi-), it. A just valuation or estimate. Ap-PRE'CI-A-tIve (-shl-a-t.iv), Ap-pre'ci-a-to-ry (-shT-a-), Having or imply ing a just apprecia¬ tion. Ap'TRE-HEnD', V. t. [-ED ; -ING .] [Lat. apprehendere, from ad, to, and prehendere, to seize.] 1. To seize or lay hold of. 2. To understand. 3. To entertain suspicion or fear of. Syx. — To catch; arrest; conceive; imagine; believe; fear; dread. — v. i. To be of opinion ; to believe. Ap'pre-hEn'si-ble, a. Capable of being apprehended. Ap'pre-iiEn'sion, n. 1. Act of seiz¬ ing. 2> A taking by legal process. 3. Mere contemplation of things. 4. Opinion ; conception ; idea. 5. Dis¬ trust or fear at the prospect of evil. Ap'pre-iiEn'sYve, a. Fearful; sus¬ picious ; perceptive. Xp'pre-iiEnvsive-ness, n. Quality of being apprehensive ; fearfulness. Ap-PREN'TICE, n. [L. Lat. appren- ticius. See Apprehend.] One bound to another to learn a trade or art.— v.t. [-ed; -ing.] To bind out as an apprentice. Ap-prEn'tY^e-siiip, n. Condition of an apprentice ; time for which he serves. Ap-prIse' (162), v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Fr. apprise. See Appehend.] To inform; to give notice, verbal or written ; to make known. Syx. — To acquaint; communicate. Ap-prTze', v. t. See Appraise. Ap-PROACH',v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. ad, to, and propiare, to draw near.] 1. To come or go near. 2. To ap¬ proximate. — v. t. To come near to. — «. 1. Act or opportunity of draw¬ ing near; access. 2. A passage by which buildings are approached. 3. pi. (Fori.) Works thrown up to cover an approach. Ap-proach'a-ble, a. Capable of be¬ ing approached ; accessible. Ap'PRO-ba'tion, n. Act of approv¬ ing ; consent to a thing on the ground of its propriety ; approval. Syn. — License; liking; attestation. Xp'pro-ba'TO-ry, 1 a. Approving. Ap'pro-ba'tIve, \ containing ap¬ probation. Ap-pro'pri-a-ble, a. Capable of being appropriated. AP-PRO'PRI-ATE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. appropriare, from ad, to, and proprius, one’s oyn.J To set apart for a particular purpose, or for one’s self, to assign. Ap-pro'pri-ate, a. (45) Set apart fora particular use or person ; hence, belonging peculiarly. Syn. — Fit: suitable; proper; adapted; pertinent; well-timed. Ap-pro'pri-ate-ly, adv. In an ap¬ propriate manner. [ness. Ap-pro'pri-ate-ness, n. Suitable- Ap-pr5'pri-A'tion, n. 1. Act of set¬ ting apart for a purpose. 2. Any thing, especially money, thus set apart. Ap-pro'pri-a/tor, n. 1. One who appropriates. 2. One who is pos¬ sessed of an appropriated benefice. Ap-prov'a-ble, a. Worthy of ap¬ probation. [probation. Ap-prov'AL, n. Act of approving ; ap- AP-PROVE', v. t. [-ED;-ING.] [Lat. approbare , from ad, to, and probus, good.] 1. To think well of. 2. To prove. 3. To commend. 4. To sanc¬ tion officially. Ap-prox'i-mate (45), a. Near to. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. approx - imare , fr. ad, to, and proximare , to near.] To carry or advance ; to cause to approach.— v. i. ap- come near To come near; to approach. Ap-pr6x / i-ma'tion, n. An proach ; a coming near. Ap-prox'1-ma-tIve, a. Approxi¬ mating ; approaching. Ap'pulse, or Ap-pOlse', n. [Lat. appulsus , from ad, to, and pellere, pulsum , to drive.] 1. Act of striking against. 2. A touching, or very near approach. [a moving body. Ap-pul'sion, n. A striking against by Ap-pOr'te-nance, ti . That which appertains to something else ; ad¬ junct. [by right. Ap-pDr'te-nant, a. Belonging to AP'ri-got, n. [From Lat. prtecoquus or prsecox (early ripe), through the Arab.] A fine fruit, allied to the plum. A'PRIL, n. [Lat. aprilis, from aperire, to open.] Fourth month of the year. A'prjl— FOOL, n. One sportively im¬ posed upon on the first of April. A'PRON (a'purn or a/prun), n. 1. Something worn on the fore part of the body, to keep the clothes clean. 2. A co_yer ; a boot. Ap'RO-pos' ('ap'ro-po'), adv. [Fr.] 1. Opportunely. 2. By the way ; to tho purpose. A p's is, n.; pi. AP'- SI-DEg. [Gr.] 1. ^_ One of the two \" points in an ellipti- cal orbit which are Apsides, at the greatest and least distance from the central body. 2. Domed part of a church. OR, DO, WOLF, TOO, TO"bK ; Orn, rue, pull ; E,i, o, silent; 9,G ,soft; €,&,hard; as; exist; n as NG ; this APT 22 ARDUOUS Apt, a. [Lat. ciptus, from apere , to fasten, fit.] 1. Fit ; suitable. 2. Having a tendency ; liable. 3. Dis¬ posed customarily. 4. Ready; quick ; prompt. Syx. — Appropriate ; qualified ; in¬ clined ; disposed; dexterous; fitted.— One who is disposed or inclined to any thing is apt to do it. He who is apt at any employment is qualified or dexterous. An apt quotation is one which is appro¬ priate, suitable, or fitted to the case. j-P'TER-AL, a. [Gr. amepos, from a priv. and nrepov, wing.] 1. Des¬ titute of wings. 2. Having columns only in front. AP'TER-oPs, a. Destitute of wings. APT'I-TTJDE (53 a), n. 1. Natural or acquired disposition or tendency. 2. Readiness in learning ; docility ; w aptness. APT'ly, adv. Properly ; fitly ; readily. Apt'ness, n. Fitness; readiness. AP't5te, n. [Gr. anTwros.] An in- _ declinable noun. A'QUa For’tis. [Lat.] Nitric acid. A-QUa'ri-um, n.; pi. a-qua'ri-a. [Lat.] 1. An artificial pond for aquatic plants. 2. A tank of glass for aquatic animals. A-QUAT'ie, 1 a. Pertaining to, or A-quat'ic-al, } inhabiting water. A'QUA-t'int, 1 n. [It. acqua tinta, A / QUA-tint'a, i dyed water.] Etch- _ ing on copper by means of aqua fortis. AQ'ue-duct (alt/we-). [Lat. aqute- ductus , fr. aqua , water, and ductus , a leading ] An artificial conduit for _ water. A'QUE-OUS (a'kwe-us), a. Partaking of the nature of water, or abound- w ing with it; watery. AQ'UI-LINE -(-lin or -lln), a. [Lat. aquiiinus, from aquila, eagle.] 1. Belonging to the eagle. 2. Curving; hooked ; like the beak of an eagle. AR'AB, n. A native of Arabia. Ar'A-bksque (-besk), n. A species of ornamentation after the Arabian manner, often intricate and fantastic. A-RA'bi-an, ) a. Pertaiuing to Ara- Ar'A-bic, j bia, or to its inhabit- w ants. [Arabians. AR'A-BIC, n. The language of the Ar'A-bIst, n. One versed in Arabic literature. Ar'a-ble, a. [Lat. arabilis, from ar- are, to plow.] Fit for tillage or plow- _ ing; plowed. AR'bi-ter, n. [Lat.] Any person who has the power of judging and de¬ termining, without control. AR'BI-TRA-BLB, a. 1. Arbitrary. 2. Determinable. Ar-bIt'ra-ment, n. [L. Lat. arbi- tramentum.] 1. Will; determina- tion. 2. Award of arbitrators. AR'bi-tra-ri-ly, adv. By will only. AR'BI-TRA-RY, a- [Lat. arbitrarius.] 1. Depending on will or discretion. 2. Founded on mere will or choice. 3. Despotic; bound by no law. Syn. — Tyrannical ; imperious; un¬ limited i capricious. — When a ruler has absolute, unlimited, or arbitrary power, he is apt to be capricious, if not imperi¬ ous, tyrannical, and despotic. AR'BI-TRATE, V. i. [-ED ; -ING, 144.] 1. To decide; to determine. 2. To judge or act as arbitrator. Ar'bi-tra'tion, n. The hearing and determination of a cause between parties in controversy, by a person or persons chosen by the parties. Ar'bi-tra/tor, n. 1. A person chosen by contending parties to de¬ termine their differences. 2. An umpire. 3. One who has the power of deciding without control. AR'BOR, n. [Lat.] 1. A bower; a seat shaded by trees. 2. A spindle or axis. Ar-bo're-ous, I a. Belonging to. or AR'BOR-AL, j having the nature of, trees. [blance of a tree. Ar'BO-rEs'^EN^E, n. The resem- AR'BO-Kassh.iENT, a. [Lat . arborescere, arborescens, to become a tree.] Re- sembling a tree. A r'bo-ret, n. A small tree ; a shrub. AR'BOR-I-C<'URE, ii. [Lat. arbor , tree, and cultura , culture.] Art of _ cultivating trees and shrubs. ARE, n. [Lat. arcus.] ' . Part of the circum- fercnce of a circle or .. cur I e - Arc. Ar-cade', n. [L. Lat. areata , fr. Lat.. arcus, bow,arch.] 1. A series of arches. 2. A walk arched above; a range of shops along an arched passage. pi. AR-eA'NA Ar-ga'num, ii. ; [Bat.] A secret. Arcii (68), a. [From Gr. prefix apxt-.] Chief; of the first class ; principal ; — much used as a prefix; cunning or sly ; mischiev¬ ous in sport ; roguish. — n. 1. A curve line or part of a circle. Arch. 2. Any work in that form,or covered by an arch. — v. t. or i. [-ED ; -ING.] __ To form an arch. AR^eiijE-o-EOG'ic-AL, a. Relating __ to archaeology. Ar'cHjE-oe'o-gist, n. One versed in archaeology. Xr'CHJE-OI/O-GY, n. [Gr. apxcuo- Aoyia, fr. apxaios, ancient, and Aoyos, discourse.] Science of antiquities ; a treatise on antiquities. Ar-cha'ie, 1 a. Ancient ; anti- Ar-cha'ic-ae, j quated. Ar'CIIA-Ism, n. [Gr. apxaios, ancient.] An ancient or obsolete word, ex- _ pression, or idiom. AREH-AN'GEL, n. An angel of the highest order. [a metropolitan. Arcii-bIsfPop, n. A chief bishop; Arch-bish'op-ric, ii. Jurisdiction _ or diocese of an archbishop. ARCH-dea'eon (-dS'kn), n. An ec¬ clesiastical dignitary next in rank below a bishop. ARCH-de a'con-ry, ) ii. Office and ARC h-dea'c on-ship, } jurisdiction of an archdeacon. Arch-dOch'ess, n. A princess or _ the house of Austria. Arch-duch'y, n. The territory or jurisdiction of an archduke or arch- _ duchess. Arch-duke', n. A grand duke; a chief prince; now, strictly, a son of an Emperor of Austria. [bow. I ARCH'ER, n. One who shoots with a Arch'er-y, n. Art of shooting with a bow and arrow. Ar'CHE-TYP'al, a. Of or pertaining __ to a model or pattern ; original. Ar'CHE-TYPE, n. [Gr. dpxervTTOv, fv. apxp, begining, and rihros, type.] Original pattern; the model from _ which a_thing is made. Arcii-fiend', 11 . The chief of fiends. ARCHG-DI-Sc'O-NAL, a. Pertaining to an archdeacon. ArchG-e-pis'CO-pal, a. Belonging to an archbishop. Ar-chim/e-de'an, a Pertaining to Archimedes. Archimedean screw, or Archimedes' screw, an instrument for raising water, formed by winding n flexible tube round a cylinder in the form of a screw. AR'CTiT-PEL'a-GO, n. [Gr. apxc-, chief, and 7reAayos, sea.] Any water interspersed with many isles, or a group of isles. ARCIl'I-TECT, n. [Gr. apxirenTuiv , from apxt-, chief, and t4ktwv, work¬ man.] 1. One who plans and super¬ intends the construction of a build¬ ing. 2. A contriver. AR'CIII-TECT'IVE, a. Adapted to use in architecture AR/CHI-TE€T'UR-AL, a. Of, or per¬ taining to, architecture. AR'CHI-TECT'URE, n. 1. Art or science of building. 2. Frame or __ structure. AR'cni-TRAVE, ii. [Gr. and Lat. ar- chi-, chief, and Lat. trabs , bearnf] Lower division of an entablature, or that part which rests immediately on the column. JiR'CHlVEg, n. [Lat. archivum .] 1. Place in which public records are _ kept. 2. Public records and papers. ARCII'ly, adv. With sly humor; __ shrewdly. [ness. ARCH'ness, n. Slyhumoi;; shrewd- AR^'o-grapii, n. [Lat. arcus, bow, and Gr. ypdeiv, to write.] An in¬ strument for drawing arcs of circles _ without the use of a central point. ARC'tic, a. [Gr. ap/ertKos-] Northern; _ lying far north. Arc'U-ate, 1 a. [Lat. arcuatus.] Arb'u-a'ted, | Bent like a bow. ARC'u-a'tion, n. A bending; con- _ vexity ; incurvation. [zeal. .Xr'den-^y, n. Ardor; eagerness; AR'dent, n. [Lat. ardens, burning.] 1. Hot or burning. 2. Having the quality of fire. 3. Passionate ; af¬ fectionate. Syx. — Fiery; fierce: vehement; eager; zealous; fervid; fervent. AR'dor, n. [Lat.] 1. Heat. 2. Warmth, or heat of passion or affec- __ tion; eagerness. ARD'u-otls (29, 52), a. [Lat. ardmts.] A, e, i, o, U, Y ,long; A, e, 1,5,0, short; care, far, Ask, ffLL, what ; Ere, veil, t£RM ; pique, firm ; son, ARE 23 ARRAIGNMENT 1. High or lofty. 2. Attended with j great labor; difficult. ARE (air). Present indicative plural of _ the substantive verb to be. A'RE-A, ». [Lat.] 1. Any plane sur-i face. 2. The inclosed space on which a building stands ; a sunken space around the basement of a building. ^3. Superficial contents of any figure. -XR'E-FAC'TION, n. [Lat. arefar.ere.] Act of dryiug; dryness. £.-ke'na, n. [Lat., sand, a sandy place.] 1. (Rom. Antiq.) The area for gladiators, &c., iu the ceutral part of an amphitheater. 2. Any place of public contest. Xr 7 e-NA'ceoOs, a. [Lat. arenaceus.] Having the properties of sand; fri¬ able. A-REJ O-LA, n. ; pi. A-RbV O-LJE. [Lat.] The colored ring around tne nipple, and around certain vesicles. A-re'O-uar, a. Pertaining to, or like, an areola ; filled with interstices. Ar/E-op'A-GJTE, n. A member of the Areopagus. X.R 7 E-OP'A-GUS, n. [Or. ’Apeiorrayos, lit., hill of Ares, or Mars.] A sovereign __ tribunal at Athens. AR'gal, n. Unrefined or crude tartar. AR'gand Lamp. A lamp in which a hollow wick is surrounded by a glass ^ chimney ; — invented by A. Argarid. AR'gent, a [Lat. argentum, silver.] Silvery ; bright like silver. — n. The white color on a coat of arms. Ar-g-Lnt'ai,, a. Pertaining to, like, or containing, silver. [silver. AR 7 gen-t1'f'er-ous, a. Containing AR'gen-tine, a. Pertaining to, or m like, silver ; silvery. AR'GIL., n. [Or. apytAAos or apyiAo?.] Clay or potter’s earth; sometimes _ pure clay. Xr/Oil-lX'CEOOs, a. Partaking of the properties of clay. Ar-gIu'loDs, a. Clayey. AR'GOL, n. Crude tartar. AR'GO-NAUT, n. [Or. ’ApyovavTi)?.] 1. One of the persons who sailed to Colchis with Jason, in the Argo, in quest of the golden fleece. 2. The _ nautilus. [Argonauts. Ar 7 go-naut'I€, a. Pertaining to the AR'GO-SY ,’n. [From Argo. See AR¬ GONAUT.] A large ship, either for merchandise or war. AR'GUE, v. i. [-E L>; -ING, 144.] [Lat. arguere.] 1. To use arguments; to reason. 2. To contend in argument; to dispute. — v. t. 1. To debate or discuss. 2. To prove. 3. To per¬ suade by reasons. Xr'gu-er, n. A disputer ; a reasoner. Xr'gu-MENT (139), n. 1. A proof or means of proving. 2. Process of reasoning. 3. Subject-matter, or an abstract of the subject-matter, of a discourse, writing, &c. Mugu-men-ta'tion, n. Process or act of reasoning. Xr'GU-ment'a-tIve, a. 1. Contain¬ ing argument. 2. Addicted to argu- ..ment. [tune. A'RI-a, 7i. [It.] An air or song; a A'RI-AN, a. Pertaining to Arius, or to his doctrines. — n . A follower of Arius, who held Christ to be only a a superangelic being. A'Rl-AN-IgM, n. Doctrineof the Arians. Xr'id, a. [Lat. arid us.] Dry ; parched up with heat. A-ri'd'i-ty, I n. Absence of moisture ; Ar'id-ness,) dryuess. A-right' (a-rlt 7 ), adv. Rightly ; duly ; without mistake. A-RIgE', v. i. [imp. AROSE ; p. pr. & vb. n. ARISING; p. p. ARISEN.] [A.-S. arisan.] 1. To come or get up higher ; to mount; to ascend; to rise. 2. To come into action, being, w or notice. 3. To proceed ; to issue. XiUlS-TOe'RA-9Y, 71. [Gr. apicrroKpa- Tta, fr. aptcrTOs, best, and Kpareiv, to rule.] 1. A government in which the supreme power is vested iu a privileged order. 2. The chief per¬ sons in a state. A-rIs'to-crXt, or ar'is-to-erXt, n. 1. One who favors an aristocracy. w 2. A proud or haughty person. AR / ls-TO-eRAT'l€, ) a. Pertain- Xr 7 is-to-€rXt 7 I€-AL, j ing to, con¬ sisting in, or partaking of, aris¬ tocracy. XrGS-to-Te'LI-AN, a. Pertaining to Aristotle, a Greek philosopher. XR'ITH-MAN'CYjOr A-RlTH'MAN-^Y, n. [Gr. api0p.6<;, number, and pav- reCa, divination.] The foretelling of future events, by means of numbers. A-RtTH'ME-Tl€, n. Science of num- w bers ; art of computation by figures. ARGth-met'IU-AL, a. According to arithmetic. A-rit h 7 ME - TI'C I AN (-tTslPan), n. One skilled in arithmetic. ARK, 7i. [Lat. area, A.-S. ark.] 1. A small, close chest. 2. The vessel in which Noah was preserved during the deluge. 3. A large boat for transporting produce. ARM, n. [A.-S. arm , Lat. armus.] 1. The limb which extends from the shoulder to the hand. 2. Any thing resembling an arm. 3. Power; might. 4. (Mil.) (a.) A branch of the military service, (b.)pl. An in¬ strument of warfare.— v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] 1. To furnish or equip with weapons. 2. To furnish with what¬ ever will add strength, force, security, or efficiency. 3. To furnish with 1 means of defense.— v. i. To be provided with arms or weapons ; to take arms. [armed ships. Ar-ma'd\, n. [Sp.] A fleet of Xr 7 MA-DII/LO, 71. ; pi. AR-MA- d!l / lo§. [Sp., dim. of armado, armed.] An animal peculiar to South America, having the body encased in _ armor. Ar'MA-MENT, n. [Lat. armamenta .] 1. A body of land or naval forces equipped for war. 2. All arrange¬ ments made for the defense of a forti¬ fication with musketry and artillery. 3. Guns and other munitions of a _ ship. AR'3IA-TURE (53), n. [Lat. armatura , | from armare, to arm.] A piece of iron used to connect the two poles of a magnet, or electro-magnet, in order to complete the circuit. ARM'FUL, 71. ; pi. ARM'FpLg. As much as the arms can hold. AR'MILi-ua-ry, a. [L. Lat. armilla- rius.] Of, or resembling, a bracelet; _ consisting of rings or circles. AR-MlN'l-AN, 7i. A follower of Ar minius, who denied predestinatio' and the kindred doctrines. AR-MIN'I-AN-I§M, n. Tenets of the _ Armiuians. AR'MIS-tI^E, n. [Lat. arma, arms, and stare , to stand still.] A tempo- __ rary cessation of arms ; a truce. Arm'LET, 71. A kind of bracelet. ARJI'OR, 7i. [Lat. armatura.] 1. De¬ fensive arms for the body. 2. Steel or iron covering of ships. ARM'OR-BEAR'ER, n. One who car¬ ries the armor or arms of another. AR'MOR-ER, 7i. One who makes or has care of arms or armor. Ar-mo'ri-al, a. Belonging to armor, _ or to the escutcheon of a family. AR’mo-ry, n. 1. A place where arms, &c., are kept. 2. A place in which __ arms are manufactured. ARM'PIT, n. The hollow under the " shoulder. ARMS, n. pi. [Lat. arm.a.] 1. Instru¬ ments or weapons of offense or de¬ fense. 2. Deeds of war. 3. Ensigns _ armorial. Ar'my, n. [From Lat. arrnatus.] 1. A body of men armed for war. 2. __ A great number ; a host. [cine. Xr'ni-EA, n. A plant used in medi- A-KO f MA, n. [Gr.] The fragrant quality in plants. Xr 7 0-MAT'I€, ) a. Of,orcontain- Ar / o-mat'ie-al, j ing, aroma ; fragraut; spicy. Xr 7 o-mXt'I€, ti. A fragrant plant, drug, or medicine, having usually a warm, pungent taste. A-ro'ma-tIfe, or ar'o-ma-tize, v. t. [-ED; -ing.] To impregnate with aroma. A-ROgE'. Past or preterit tense of arise. A-ROUND', prep. 1. On all sides of. 2. From one part to another of. — adv. 1. On every side. 2. Here and there. [awaken suddenly. A-ROUgE', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To Syn. — To excite; animate; rouse. AR'QUE-bTjse (-bus). 7i. [I), haak-bus, a gun with a hook, or forked rest.] A sort of hand-gun. AR / QUE-BUS-IER , J 7i. A soldier armed with an arquebuse. Ar-RACK/, n. [Ar. araq, from or nan, to sweat.] A spirit obtained from rice or the cocoa-nut-tree, &c. Ar-raign' (-ran 7 ), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [From Lat. ad and ratio, reason, in Low Lat. cause, judgment.] 1. To call or set to answer at the bar of a court. 2. To call in question. Syn.— To accuse; impeach; charge; censure. Ar-RA'GN'MENT (-ran 7 -), n. Act of arraigning. OR, DO, WOLF, TOO, took ; Orn, rue, pyuL ; E, I, o, silent; 9 , 6 , soft; €, u, hard; A§; e^ist; ^ as ng; this. ARRANGE 24 ASCENDENCY AR-RAN&E', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Fr. arranger, from ad, to, and rang, rank.] 1. To put or plage in proper order. 2. To adjust or settle. Ar-ran6e'ment, ji. 1. Act or result of arranging ; classification ; state of being arranged. 2. Preparatory measure. 3. Settlement; adjust¬ ment. Xr'RANT, a. [From Eng. errant , wandering.] Very bad ; notorious. Xr'ras, n. Tapestry; hangings; — first made at Arras in the French Netherlands. Ar-ray', n. [0. Fr. arrai, from ad, to, and rot, order.] 1. Order ; dis¬ position in regular lines. 2. An or¬ derly collection. 3. Dress ; raiment. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] 1. To place in order, as troops for battle. 2. To deck or dress. 3. To set in order, as a jury. AR-REAR', ?i. sing. ) That which is Ar-rear %',n.pl. | behind in pay- Ar-rear'age, n. ) ment, or re¬ mains unpaid, though due. Ar-regt', 1 a. [Lat. arrectus .] Ar-re€T'ed, j Lifted up; raised; erect. Ar-rLst', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lnt.ad, to, and restare, to remain.] 1. To check or hinder the motion or action of. 2. To seize by authority of law. 3. To engage. Syn. — To check; 6top; apprehend. — To arrest, like seize, denotes a forcible and usually a sudden act, by which we check, stop, or detain. When we arrest a criminal, we seize and detain him; when we apprehend , we lay hold of, for the same purpose. — n. 1. The taking of a person by authority of law. 2. Any seizure, or taking by power. A r / res-ta , tion, n. Arrest or seizure. Ar-ri'VAL, n. 1. Act of arming. 2. Attainment of any object. 3. Person or thing arriving. Ar-RIVE', V. i. [-ed ; -ING.] [L. Lat. arrivare, from Lat. ad, to. and ripa, bank, shore.] 1 To come in progress by water, or by land. 2. To gain an object by effort, practice, study, &c. Ar'ro-Gan£e, n. [Lat. arroganlia, fr. ad, to, and rogare, to ask.] Un¬ due assumption of importance. Syn. —Haughtiness; lordliness. — Ar¬ rogance disgusts by its assumption, haughtiness and lordliness by their con¬ temptuous claims to superiority. Ar'ro-gant, a. 1. Assuming undue importance. 2. Containing, or char¬ acterized by, such assumption. Syn. — Magisterial; lordly; overbear¬ ing; presumptuous; haughty. Ar'ro-gant-ly, adv. Haughtily; very proudly. Ar'ro-gate, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To claim unduly ; to assume. Ar'ro-ga'tion, ji. Act of arrogating. Ar'RO-ga'tive, a. Making undue pretension. Ar'rSw, n. [A.-S. arewe, arewa .] A weapon ^o be shot from a bow. Ar'row-root, n. A tropical plant, and the starch which it yields. Xr'se-NAL, n. [Ar. dhrcinah, lit. house of industry.] A public estab¬ lishment for the manufacture and storage of arms and military equip¬ ments. AR'SE-NIC (123), Ji. [Gr. apaevutov, from apppv, male, on account of its strength.] 1. A metal of a steel gray color, and brilliant luster. 2. A virulent poison. Ar-s£n'I€, ) a. Belonging to, Ar-sen'IC-al, ) composed of, or containing, arsenic. Ar-se'ni-ous, a. Composed of, or , containing, arsenic. AR'sls,n. [Gr.] (Pros.) Tart of a foot distinguished from the rest by a __ greater stress of voice. Xr's ON, ji. [From Lat. ardere , arsum , to burn.] Malicious and voluntary _ burning of buildings and ships. ART. Second person, indie, mode, pres, tense, of the substantive verb to be. — ji. [Lat. ars.) 1. Employ¬ ment of means to accomplish some desired end. 2. A system of rules. 3. Acquired power of performing certain actions. 4. Cunning ; artifice. Ar-te'RI-al, a. Pertaining to, or contained in_, the arteries. Ar-te'ri-al-Ize, v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To communicate the qualities of ar- _ terial blood to. Ar'TER-Y, ji. [Gr. aprgpia, fr. atpetv, to raise, to lift.] One of the vessels which convey the blood from the heart. Ar-te'§IAN, a. Pertaining to Artois (anciently Artesium), in France. Artesian wells, wells made by boring into the earth till the instrument reaches water, which, from internal pressure, flows spontaneously like a fountain. ART'ful, a. 1. Made, performed with, characterized by, or using, art. 2. Practicing art or stratagem. Syn.— Cunning; crafty; dexterous. Art'ful-ly, adv. With art; cun- _ ningly. [ty. Art'ful-ness, n. Cunning; dextepi- Ar-thrit'IC, 1 a. Pertaining to, Ar-tiikit'ic-AL, j or affecting, the joints. Ar-thrP tis, n. [Gr.] Tnflamma- _ tion of the joints ; the gout. AR'TI-CHOKE, jt. [Ar. ardi schauki, lit., earth-thorn.] An esculent plant _ somewhat resembling a thistle. AR'TI-CLE (ar'tl-kl), n. [Lat. arti- cidus, dim. of artus , a joint.] 1. A distinct portion of any writing, con¬ sisting of two or more particulars; hence, a clause in a contract, ac¬ count, &c. 2. A distinct part. 3. A particular commodity or substance. 4. ( Gram.) One of the three words, a, an, the. — r. t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To set forth in distinct articles. 2. tfo bind by articles. Ar-tie'u-lar, a. Of or belonging to joints. Ar-tic'u-late, a. 1. Formed with joints. 2. Distinctly uttered.— v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To unite by means of a joint. 2. To form into ele- 1 mentary sounds. — v. i. To utter articulate sounds ; to enunciate. Ar-tig'u-late-ly, adv. Distinctly; clearly. Ar-TI€ / u-la'tion, ji. 1. Junction, as of bones. 2. A joint, as in cane. _ 3. Utterance of elementary sounds. AR'Tl-FlyE, n. [Lat. artificium, from ars, art, and facere, to make.] Art¬ ful or skillful contrivance ; device. Syn. — Stratagem; finesse; deception; cheat; fraud. Ar-tYf'i-cer, ji. 1. A skillful work¬ man. 2. One who constructs and _ contrives. AR'ti-fPcial (-f!sh / al), a. 1. Made or contrived by art. 2. Feigned; fictitious. 3. Cultivated. Ar'ti-fi'cial-ly, adv. By art. Ar-til'ler-ist, n. One skilled in gunnery. Ar-TIL'ler-Y, n. [L. Lat. artilleria, from Lat. ars, art..] 1. Offensive weapons of war. 2. Cannon ; great guns. 3. Those who manage cannon " and mortars. ART'l-gAN, n. One skilled in any m mechanical art. ART'IST, n. One who professes and practices one of the liberal arts. Ar-tist'I€, ) a. Pertaining to, or Ar-tIst'ie-al, ) marked by, art. ART'less, a. 1. Free from art or craft ; ingenuous. 2. Contrived without skill or art. [naturally. Art'less-ly, adv. Without art ; Art'less-ness, ji. Quality of being artless. A-RtjN''DI-NA'CEOlTS,a. [Lat. arundi- naceus, from arundo, reed.] Of or v like a reed or cane. Ar/un-din'e-ous, a. Abounding in reeds. A-Rtrs'PiyE, n. [Lat. aruspex .] A priest, in ancient Rome, who fore¬ told the future by inspecting the en¬ trails of victims killed in sacrifice. , adv. [A.-S. ase.] 1. Like; simi¬ lar to. 2. While; during. 3. In the idea, character, nature, or condi- ^ tion of. 4. For instance ; thus. As''a-fLt'i-da, In. [N. Lat. asa Is'A-FCET'I-DA, j and Lat. feetidus, fetid.] A fetid, inspissated sap from the East Indies. [asbestus. As-bes'tine, a. Pertaining to As-BES'TUS, j n. [Gr. dcr/3e<7TOs, fr. a As-bEs'TOS, ) priv. and tr/3evvvvai, to extinguish.] A fibrous variety of hornblende and pyroxene. As-yEND', v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. ascendere, from ad, to, and seandere , to climb.] To mount; to go up; to rise. — v.t. To go or move upward upon ; to climb. [ascended. As-yEND'A-BLE, a. Capable of being As-yEND'ANT, a. 1. Above the hori¬ zon. 2. Superior; predominant.—- n. 1. Superior influence. 2. (Astrol.) The horoscope, or that degree of the ecliptic which rises above the horizon at the time of one’s birth. As-yEND'EN-yY, n. Superior or con- trolling influence. Syn. — Authority; sway; control. A, E, I, O, U, Y, long; X, E, I, 6 ( 0, ¥, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT ; Lre, veil, t£rm ; PIQUE, fIrm; son. ASCENSION 25 ASSERTOR As*9EN'siON, n. Act of ascending. As-yENT', n. 1. Act of rising. 2. Way by which one ascends. 3. A hill, or high place. 4. Inclination. As^ER-TAIN', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. ax /, to, and certum , sure.] 1. To make certain. 2. To find out for a certainty. Xs^er-tain'a-ble, a. Capable of being ascertained. As^er-tain'ment, n. Amakingor gaining certainty. As-££t'ic, n. One who practices un¬ due rigor or self-denial in religious things. — a. [Gr. davojrucos, from acriceiv , to exercise.] Unduly rigid in religious things. As-^fiT'l-^lgM, n. Practice of ascetics. As-£lT'I€, ) a. [Gr. ao-farr)?, from As-ia, from a priv. and Tpeeiv, to nourish.] A wasting away from lack of nourish¬ ment. At-tXch', V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Fr. attacker ; Eng. lack, to fasten.] 1. To bind, fasten, or tie. 2. To take by legal authority. 3. To take or seize by force. 4. To connect. Syx.— To fasten; affix; win. Attache (;'it / ta / sha'), n. [Fr.] One attached to the suite of an embassa¬ dor. At-tacii'ment, n. 1. Act of at¬ taching or state of being attached. 2. Any affection that binds a person. 3. That which attaches. 4. An adjunct. 5. Seizure by legal process or a writ for this purpose. At-tXck', v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [See Attach.] To fall upon with force. S yx. — To assail; assault. — To attack is to commence the contest; to assail (lit¬ erally, spring at) is to attack suddenly; to assault (literally, leap upon) is to at¬ tack violently; to invade is to enter by force on what belongs to another. — n. Assault; onset; inroad; charge. At-tain', v. i. [Lat. attinere, to hold to, and attingere, to touch, reach.] To come or arrive, by motion or ef¬ forts; to reach.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To reach by efforts; to gain; to compass. 2. To equal. Syx. — Obtain; acquire. — To obtain is generic, viz._, to get possession of ; to attain, is to arrive at or reach something aimed at and thus obtained, as knowl¬ edge, or one’s object; to acquire is to- make one’s own by progressive advances, as property or a language. AT-TAIN'A-BLE, a. Capable of being attajned. At-tain'der, n. [Fr. atteindre. See Attain.] Act of attainting. At-tain'MENT, n. 1. Act of attain¬ ing, or obtaining. 2. That which is attained, or obtained. At-taint', v. t. [-ED; -ING. See Attainder] 1. To stain ; to dis¬ grace. 2. (Law.) (a.) To taint or corrupt, as blood, (b.) To taint, as the credit of jurors.— n. A stain, spot, or taint. At-tem'per, v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. attemperare, fr. ad, and temper- are, to temper.] 1. To reduce or qualify, by mixture. 2. To soften. 3. To make suitable ; to adapt. At-tLmpt' (84), v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. atlentare, from ad, to, aud ten- tare, to try.] 1. To make trial or experiment of. 2. To make an attack upon. — n. An essay, trial, or endeavor; an effort to gain a point. Syx. — Trial Is the generic term; at¬ tempt is specific, being directed to some definite object; an endeavor is a con¬ tinued or repeated attempt; an effort and exertion is a straining of the facul¬ ties, the latter being the stronger term. At-tend', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. attendere, fr. ad, to, and tendere, to stretch.] To go or stay with ; to wait on; to serve; to accompany; to be united to. — v. i. 1. To pay attention; to heed. 2. To wait or be in waiting. Syx. — To listen; hearken. — We at¬ tend with a view to hear or learn; we listen with a view to hear correctly or to consider. Hearken is to hear with in¬ terest, and with reference to obeying. At-tend'an^e (159), n. 1. Act of attending or being in waiting. 2. Persons attending; a train; a ret¬ inue. At-tend'ant, a. Accompanying or connected, as consequential.— n. Or.e who, or that which, attends. At-ten'TION, n. 1. Act of attend¬ ing. 2. Act of civility. Syx.— Care; heed; consideration; re¬ spect; regard; notice. At-TENT'Ive , a. Full of attention. Syx. — Heedful: intent; regardful; mindful; civil; polite. At-TENT'IVE-LY, adv. Cheerfully ; heedfully; diligently. At-tent'Ive-ness, n. State of being attentive ; carefulness. At-ten'u-ant. a. Making less viscid; thinning. — n. A medicine that thins or dilutes the fluids. At-ten'tj-ate, r. t. [-yd; -ing.] [Lat. attenuatus, fr. ad, to, and tenu¬ is, thin.] _ To make thin, or slender. At-ten'u-A'tion, n. A making thin, or slender. At-test', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. attestari, from ad, to, and testis, wit¬ ness.] 1. To bear witness to. 2. To give proof of. 3. To call to wit¬ ness. AT'test-A'tion, n. Official testi- w mony. AT'tig, a. Pertaining to Attica, in Greece. — Attic wit, Attic salt, a poignant, delicate wit. — ». A story in the upper part of a house. AT'TI-ClgM, n. Peculiar style or idiom of the Greek language. At-tIre', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [O.Fr. attirer.) To dress ; to array. — n. 1. G, hard ; A§; E^IST; ijasNG; THIS. OR, do, wpLF, TOO, took ; Brn, RUE, ppLL ; E, I, o, silent; G ,so/t;€, ATTITUDE 28 AUTHENTICITY Clothes; ornamental dress. 2. Horns of a buck. Xt'ti-TUDE (53), n. [For aptitude.] Posture or position of a person. Syn. — All attitude , like a gesture , is suited, and usually designed to express, some mental state, as an attitude of wonder, &c.; a posture is either not ex¬ pressive, as a reclining posture , or is less dignified and artistic. At-tor'ney (-tfir'nj) (148), n. [0. Fr. attorn# , fr. Lat. ad , to, and tor- nare , to turn.] One legally appointed by another to transact any business for him. AT-TOR'NEY-SHlP(at-tQr-ny-), n. Of¬ fice of an attorney. At-traet f ,v.t. [-ed;-ing.] [L. Lat. attractor?, from Lat. ad, to, and trahere , to draw.] To draw or cause to tend toward ; to draw to, or cause to adhere or combine. Syn.— To allure; to invite; to engage. At-traet'a-ble, a. Capable of be¬ ing attracted. At-tractTle, a. Having power to attract. At-tra€'TION, n. 1. An invisible power in a body by which it draws any thing to itself. 2. Act of at¬ tracting. 3. Power or act of allur¬ ing, or engaging. At-trXet'ive, a. Having the power of attracting. Syn. — Alluring; enticing; inviting. At-trXet'Tve-ly, adv. With the power of attracting. At-trXet'ive-ness, n. Quality of being attractive. At-traet^or, n. One who attracts. Xt'tra-iient, n. That which at¬ tracts. [being attributed. At-trIb'u-ta-ble, a. Capable of At-trib'ute, v. t. [-ED; -ing.] [Lat. attribuere, attributum, from ad, to, and tribuere, to bestow.] To con¬ sider as belonging to ; to ascribe to. Syn.—T o impute; refer; charge. Xt'TRI-BUTE (119), n. A thing that may be attributed; inherent quali¬ ty ; necessary property. At / tri-bu'tion, n. 1. Act of at- ^ tributing. 2. Quality attributed. AT / TRiB'u-TlVE, a. Relating to, or expressing, an attribute.— n. A word_ denoting an attribute. At-trite', a. [Lat. attritus, from ad, to, and terere, to rub.] Worn by rubbing or friction. At-tr1'tion (-trish'un), n. 1. Act of wearing by friction. 2. State of being worn. At-tune', v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [From ad, to, and tune.] 1. To put in tune. 2. To arrange fitly. Au'burn, a. [Low Lat. alburnus.] Reddish brown. Aue'TION, n. [Lat. audio, fr. augere, to increase. ] A public sale of property to the highest bidder ; a vendue. Aue^tion-a-ry, a. Belonging to an auction. Aue'tion-eer', n. One who sells by auction. — v. t. To sell by auction. Au-da'cious, a. [Lat. audax, fr. au- dere, to dare.] Contemning the re¬ straints of law ; bold in wickedness. Au-da'cioCs-LY, adv. Impudently. Au-dXc'I-ty, n. 1. Daring spirit or resolution. 2. Presumptuous im¬ pudence. Syn. —Hardihood ; boldness; impu¬ dence.— Hardihood and boldness may be used either in a good or bad sense, the former indicating a disregard of conse¬ quences, the latter more of spirit and en¬ terprise. Au'DI-BLE, a. [L. Lat. audibilis, fr. " audire, to hear.] Capable of being heard. Au'di-ble-NESS, n. Quality of be¬ ing audible. [heard. Au'Dl-BLY, adv. In a manner to be AU'di-EN^E, n. 1. Act of hearing. " 2. Admittance to a hearing. 3. As¬ sembly of hearers. Au'DIT, n. [Lat., fr. audire, to hear.] " An examination of accounts by pro¬ per officers.— v. t [-ED; -ing.] To examine and adjust, as accounts. Au'dit-or, n. 1. A hearer. 2. One authorized to adjust accounts. Au'di-to'ri-um, n. The portion of a public building in which the au dience is placed Au'dit-or-ship, n Office of auditor. AU'DIT-O-RY, a. Pertaining to the sense of hearing. — n. An audience. Au-ge'an, a. Belonging to Augeas " or his stable, which contained 3000 oxen ; hence filthy ; dirty. Au'ger, n. [A.-S. nafegar, lit., a nave- ’ borer.] A carpenter’s tool to bore holes with. Augiit (awt), n. [A.-S. auht, Goth. vai/its, a thing.] Any thing. Abg-ment', ^ t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. augmentare, fr. augere, to increase.] To enlarge or increase ; to make big¬ ger.— v.i. To grow larger. Aug'ment, n. 1. Enlargement; in¬ crease. 2. (ffr. Gram..) A sign of past time. Aug'men-ta'tion, n. Act of aug- ’ menting, or state of being augment¬ ed ; enlargement. Aug-ment'a-tive, a. Having the quality of augmenting. Au'gur, n. [Lat.] One who pretend¬ ed to foretell future events by the flight of birds, &c.; a soothsayer. — v. [-ED ; -ING.] To conjecture or foretell by signs or omens. Au'gu-RAL, ) a. Pertaining to au- Au-gu'RI-al, f gurs or augury. Au'GU-RY,n. 1. A foretelling of events by the actions of birds, &c. 2. An omen ; prediction. Au-gust', a. [Lat. augustus, fr. au¬ gere, to increase.] Creating extra¬ ordinary respect and veneration. Syn. — Grand; imposing; majestic. Au'GUST, n. Eighth month of the year. AU-gus'tan, a. Pertaining to Au¬ gustus or to his times. Au-gust'ness, n. Dignity ; majesty ; grandeur. Au-EET'IE, a. [Gr. avXrjToco?. from auA.d?, flute.] Pertaining to pipes. Au'LIE, a. [Gr. avAx/cos.] Pertain, ing to a royal court. Aunt (ant), n. [Lat. amita .] A fa¬ ther’s or mother’s sister. Au'ra, n.; pi. au'rje. [Lat.] Any subtile, invisible fluid, supposed to flow from a body. Au'ra-ted, a. [Lat. auratus.] Re¬ sembling gold. Au-re'o-la, ) n. [Lat. aureolus, dim. Au'RE-OLE, j of aureus, golden.] The circle of rays, with which paint¬ ers surround the body of Christ, saints, &c. Au'RI-ELE, n. [Lat. auricula, dim. of auris, ear ] 1. The external ear. 2. One of two sacs at the base of the heart. Au-rIe'u-lar, a. Pertaining to, or told in, the ear. [ear. Au-RI€'u-late, a. Shaped like an Au-RIF'ER-OUS, a. [Lat. aurifer, fr. aurum , gold, and ferre, to bear.] Yielding gold. Au'ri-form, a. [Lat. auris, ear, and formu, form.] Ear-shaped. Au'RIST, n. One skilled in disorders of the ear. Au-ro'ra, n. [Lat.] 1. The dawning light. 2. A species of crowfoot. Aurotra boreavlis, a luminous meteoric phenomenon, seen only at night; called also northern lights. Au-ro'ral, a. Belonging to, or re¬ sembling, the aurora. Aus'eul-ta'tion, n. [Lat. auscitl. tatio, fr. auris, ear.] Act of listening, especially to sounds in the chest, by means of a stethoscope. Au'spI'ce, n. ; pi. AU'sPi-CEg. [Lat. auspicium.] Omens; augury; fa¬ vor shown ; patronage. Au-spPcious (-spish'us). a. Having omens of success or favorable ap¬ pearances. Syn. —Prosperous; fortunate; lucky; favorable; propitious. Au-spi'cious-ly (-spish'us-), adv. With favorable tokens; prosperous¬ ly ; happily. Au-STERE', a. [Gr. avarrfpos.] 1. Sour with astringencv. 2. Severe in modes of judging, living, or acting. Syn. — Rigid; harsh; rough; stern. Au-stere'ly, adv. Severely : rigidly. Au-ster'i-ty, n. Severity of man¬ ners or living; strictness. Au'stral, a. [Lat. auster, south ’’ wind.] Of or tending to the south ; southern. Au-THEN'TIE, ) a. [Gr. avOfVTi- Au-thLn'tie-al, ) NO?.] Of ap¬ proved authority ; to be relied on. Syn.— True; certain; faithful: credi¬ ble; reliable; genuine. Authentic and genuine were once used as convertible terms, but a distinction is now made between them, the former being opposed to false, and the latter to spurious, as, an authentic history, a genuine manuscript. AU-THEN'TI-EATE, v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To establish by proof, [thenticafing. Au-thEn'ti-ea'tion, n. Act of au- AWthen-tic'I-ty, v. Quality of being authentic; reliability; gen¬ uineness. A F. • I, o, u, Y, long; X, fi, i, 6, 0, Y, short; cAre. FAR, Ask, ALL, WHAl Lrs, veil, t£rm; pique, firm; son. AUTHOR 29 AWARD Au'THOR, n. [Lat. auctor , fr. augere, to increase, produce.] 1. Beginner or former of any thing; creator; orig¬ inator. 2. One who writes a book. Au'thor-ess, n. A female author or writer. Au-thor'i-TA-tYve, a. 1. Having authority. 2. Positive. Au-tiior'i-ta-tive-ly, adv. With authority ; positively. AU-TIIor'i-tV, ti. 1. Legal or right¬ ful power; rule; influence; credit. 2. pi. Sayings which carry weight; persons in power. Syn.—F orce; rule; sway; command; dominion; control; influence; warrant. Au'thor-i-za'tion, ii. Establish¬ ment by authority. AU'THOR-IZE, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To clothe with authority. 2. To le¬ galize. 3. To establish by authority. 4. To give authority to. [author. Au'thor-ship, n. State of being an Au'to-bI-og'ra-piier, n. One who writes a life of himself. Au'to-bfo-grXph'io-al., a. Per- " taining to autobiography. Au'TO-BI-OG'RA-PHY, n. [Gr. avros, self, ami Eng. biography.] A memoir or biography of a person written by himself. Ai/-TO€'RA-; -ING.] [Lat. ad, to, and valere, to be strong, to be worth.] To profit; to assist: to promote. — v. i. To be of use or ad¬ vantage.— n. Advantage; use; — pi ., profits or proceeds. A-vail/a-bil'i-ty, In. State of be- A-vail/a-ble-ness, ] ing available. A-VAIL'A-BLE, a. 1. Capable of being used to advantage ; profitable ; able to effect the object; valid. A-vail/a-bly, adv. With success or effect. Av'a-lXn^iie', n. [Fr.,from Lat. ad, to, and vallis, valley.] A vast body of snow, ice, or earth sliding down a mountain. Xv'A-RlyE, n. [Lat. avaritia , fr. avere, to covet.] Excessive love of gain. Av'a-ri'cioOs (-rlsh'us), a. Greedy after wealth or gain. Syn.— Covetous; parsimonious; pe¬ nurious ; miserly ; niggardly. — The covetous eagerly desire wealth, even at the expense of others; the avaricious hoard it; the penurious, parsimonious, and miserly save it by disgraceful self- denial; and the niggardly, by meanness in their dealings. Xv'a-ri'cioDs-ly (-rlslPus), adv. Covetously ; greedily. Xv'a-rPcious-ness (-rTsh'us-), n. Undue love of money, [hold ; stop. A-VAST', inter j. [D .hand fast.] Cease; Av'A-tar', n. [Skr. avatara, descent.] An incarnation of a Hindoo deity. A -VAUNT', interj. Begone. A'VE-MA'RY, «. A prayer to the Virgin Mary, beginning Ave Maria \ [Hail, Mary.] Av'e-na'ceoOs, a. [Lat. avena, oats.] Relating to oats. A-ven&e', v. t. [0. Er. avengier , from Lat. vindicare.] [-ED ; -ING.] To vindicate by inflicting pain or evil on the wrongdoer. Syn. — Revenge. — It may be right to avenge injuries, but never to indulge revenge, which is a spirit of malicious resentment. A-venG'er, «. One w r ho takes ven¬ geance. Av'E-NUE,«. [Fr., from Lat advenire, to come to.] 1. An entrance to any place. 2. A shady alley or walk. 3. A wide street. A-v£r'(14 ), v. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Low Lat. averare , from ad, to, and verus, true.] To declare positively. Syn.—T o affirm; protest; avouch. Xv'ER-A&E (45), a. 1. Medial; con¬ taining a mean proportion. 2. Ac¬ cording to the laws of average. — ti. [0. Fr. See AVER.] A mean pro¬ portion ; medial sum, quantity, or estimate.— v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To reduce to a mean ; to proportion. — v. i. To be or form a medial sum or quantity. A-vEr'>ient, ti. Positive assertion. A-v£rse' (14), a. [See Avert.] 1. Turned away. 2. Having a repug¬ nance or opposition of mind. Syn. — Disinclined; backward: re¬ luctant.— Averse is stronger than disin¬ clined and backward , but not so strong as reluctant. A-vErse'LY, adv. 1. Backwardly. 2. Unwillingly. A-v£r'sion, ti. Opposition of mind ; dislike. Syn. — Disgust; reluctance; repug¬ nance; antipathy. — Disgust is a repug¬ nance of feeling or taste; antipathy is properly a constitutional disgust, though sometimes an acquired one. A-v£rt', v. t. or i. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. avertere , from a, ab , from, and vert ere, to turn. ] To turn or cause to turn off, aside, or away. A'vi-A-RY, n. [Lat. aviarium ] An inclosure for keeping birds. A-vYd'i-ty, n. [Lat. aviditas.] An intense desire ; strong appetite. Iv'O-OA'TlON, n. [Lat. avocado, fr. a, ab, from, and vocare, to call.] Aside; business that calls off. ©5f Sometimes improperly used for vocation. A-void', v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Prefix a and void.] 1. To keep at a distance from. 2. To make void. Syn. — To shun. — Avoid is negative; it is simply to keep away from. Shun is positive; it is to turn from. Prudence may induce us to avoid, fear or dislike lead us to shun. Vie avoid bad habits; we ought to shun vices. A-void'a-ble (157), a. Capable of being avoided. A-void'anc;e, ti. Act of avoiding. AV'OIR-DU-POIS' (iv'er-du-poiz'), n. or a. [Fr. avoir du poids, to have (a fixed) weight.] A weight of 16 ounces to the pound. A-VOUCH', v. t. [-ED ; -ING ] [Lat. advocare, from ad, to, and vocare, to call.] To declare positively. A-vow', v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Fr. avouer, fr. Lat. ad, to, and vovere, to vow.] To declare openly ; to own. A-VOW'AL, n. An open or frank declaration. A-vow'ed-ly, adv. In an avowed manner; openly. A-vow'er, ti. One who avows. A-vTjl'sion, ti. [Lat. avulsio, from a for ab, from, and vellere, to pluck.] A tearing asunder; forcible separa¬ tion. A-WAIT', V. t. [-ED : -ING.] 1. To wait for. 2. To be in store for. A-wake', V. t. [imp. AWOKE, A- WAKED ; p. p. AWAKED ; p. pr. & vb. 71. AWAKING.] 1. To rouse from sleep. 2. To put into action or new life. — v. i. To cease to sleep ; to come out of a state resembling sleep. — a. Not sleeping; in a state of wakefulness. A-wak'en, v. t. & i. [-ed; ing.] To rouse from sleep or torpor A-ward', 1 ). l. [-ED; -ING.] [0. Fr. awarder. See Guard.] To assign by sentence ; to adjudge. — v. i. To make an award.— r. 1. A sentence, g, hard ; A§ ; ejcist ; jf as NG ; this or, do, WQLF, TOO, took ; Orn,rue,PVLL; E, I, o, silent; €, AWARDER BADGER or final decision ; the decision of ar¬ bitrators. A-ward'ek, n. One who awards. A-ware', a. Apprised; cognizant. A-wav', adv. At a distance. — interj. Begone. ^we, n. [A.-S. og-a, fr. G<>th. agan, ogan , to fear.] Bear mingled with admiration or reverence. Syn.— Dread ; veneration.— Rever¬ ence is a strong sentiment of respect and esteem, sometimes mingled slightly with fear. Dread is strong personal fear; as, dread of punishment. Veneration is reverence in its strongest manifestation; it is the highest emotion we can exer¬ cise toward human beings. — v. 1. [-E-D; -ING.] To strike with fear and reverence. .Aw'ful, a. Striking with awe ; ter¬ rible. [ner. Aw'ful-ly, adv. In an awful man- j\ w'ful-ness, n. Quality of striking withawe. A-while', adv. Bor a short time. Awk'WARD, a. [0. Eng. aivk, left, and the termination ward.] Want¬ ing dexterity, readiness, or grace. Syn.— Clumsy; uncouth. — One who is clumsy is heavy, and, of course, un¬ graceful in everything; one who is awk¬ ward wants grace of movement; one who is uncouth is so for want of training. Awk'ward-ly, adv. In an awk- " ward manner. 30 Awk'ward-ness, n. Quality of be¬ ing awkward. Awl, n. [A.-S. tel, al .] A pointed instrument for making small holes. Awn, n. [Goth, ahana .] Beard of ’’ barley, oats, grasses, &c. Awn'ing, n. [Of. A.-S. helan , to " cover.] A covering from the sun, wind, or rain. Awn'less, a. Without awn or beard. A-woke', imp. & p. p. of Awake. A-wry' (a-rF), a. or adv. 1. To one side ; asquint. 2. Aside from truth ^ or reason. AX, I n. [A.-S. eax, wx; Gr. aijivr).] AXE, ) An instrument for hewing timber, chopping wood, &c. Ax-IF'er-OUS. a. [Lat. axis and fer- re , to hear.] Having an axis, without leaves or other appendages. AX'IL-LAR, ) a. Pertaining to the Ax'il-la-ry, ( armpit. AX'I-OM, n. [Gr. d^tcojaa.] A self- evident truth or proposition. Syn. — Maxim; aphorism; adage.— Axioms are the foundations of science; maxims are guiding principles in our practical concerns. An aphorism . is a detached sentence expressing a weighty sentiment; an adage is a saying of long- established authority. Ax'I-o-MXt'IE, a. Pertaining to, or having the nature of, an axiom. Xx'is, n.; pi. Xx'Eg. [Lat.] The straight line, real or imaginary, on which a body revolves, or may bf supposed to revolve. Ix'LE (aks'l), n. [A.-S. sr, eax.] A trans¬ verse bar or shaft on which wheels turn. Xx'le-tree (aks / l-), n. An axle. c, Axle . (ai), adv. Yes; — used to af- fii'm or assent. — n. 1. An affirmative vote. 2. A voter in the _ affirmative. AYE (a), adv. [A.-S. a, aa.] Always; ever ; continually. Iz'i-mOth, n. [Ar. as-samt , pi. as- sumht.] An arc of the horizon between the meridian of the place and a vertical circle passing through the centre of any object. — Magnet- ical azimuth , an azimuth from the M ) AYE )■ magnetic meridian. A-zote', n. [Gr. a priv. and life.] Nitrogen gas. A-ZOT'Icfa. Pertaining to, or con- ^ sisting of, azote. Xz'ure (Szh'ur or a'zhur), a. [Per. lajaward or lajuward , a blue color.] Of a sky-blue ; cerulean. — n. 1. Blue color of the sky. 2. The blue vault above. B. I > [be), is the second letter, and the F first consonant, in the English al¬ phabet. (See Prin. of Pron., § 62.) Baa, v. i. To crj r or bleat as sheep. BXb'ble, V. i. [-ed; -ING.] [D. babbelen.] 1. To utter words imper¬ fectly or unintelligibly. 2. To prate. BXb'ble, ( n. Idle talk ; un- BXb'BLE-MENT, ) meaning words. BXb'bler, n. An idle talker ; a tell¬ tale. [baby. Babe l «. [W. baban.] An infant; a Bab-oon', n. [Prob. akin to babe.] A kind of monkey. Ba'by , n. [See B abe .] 1. An infant. 2. A doll. — v. t. [ED; -ING, 142 ] To treat Jike a young child. Ba'ey-hood, n. State of being a baby. Ea'BY-isii, a. Like a Baboon, baby; childish. BXc'ca-lau're-ate, n. [See Bach¬ elor.] Degree of bachelor of arts. BXc'CA-TED, a. [Lat. baccatus.] Having many berries. RXc'cha-nal, )«. A noisy BXc'cha-na'li-AN, 1 drunkard. — a. Reveling in intemperance. Ba e'eifA- nA’li-a, n. pi. [Lat.] Feasts in honor of Bacchus ; drunk¬ en revels. • A, E, I, o, u, Y,Ion Bac-^if'er-oOs, a. ' [Lat. baccifer.] Producing berries. Bac-^IV'o-rous, a. [Lat. bacca, a berry, and vorare, to devour.] Sub¬ sisting on berries. BXch'e-lor, n. [L. Lat. baccalarius, from W. bach.] 1. A man who has not been married. 2. One who has taken the first degree in the liberal arts. 3. A young knight. [elor. BXch'e-LOR-ship, n. State of abach- Back, n. [A.-S. bsec, bac.] 1. Upper , or hinder part of an auimal. 2. The rear. 3. Outward or upper part of a thing. 4. The part out of sight. — adv. 1. To or toward a former place, state, or time. 2. Away from the front.— v. t. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To get on the back of. 2. To sup¬ port or strengthen. 3. To force backward.— v. i. To move or go back. — a. In the rear ; remote. Back'BITE, v. t. To speak evil of, in the absence of the person traduced. BXck'BIT-er, n. A secret calum¬ niator._ [Moral principle. BXck'bone, n. 1. The spine. 2. BXck-gXm'MON, n. [W. bach , little, and cammaivn , combat.] A game played by two persons, with box and dice. BXck'grotjnd, n. 1. Ground in the rear. 2. A place of obscurity. BXck'side, n. Hinder part; rear. Back-slIde', v. i. [imp. back¬ slid; p. p. backslidden, back¬ slid.] To fall back or off; to apos¬ tatize. _ [slides ; a renegade. Back-slId'er, n. One who back- BAck'staff, n. An instrument for talcing the altitude of heavenly bod¬ ies. _ [with one sharp edge. Back'sword (-sord), n. A sword Back'ward, ) adv. 1. With the BXcK'WARDg, ) back in advance. 2. Toward the back. 3. Toward or in past time. 4. From a better to a worse state. — a. 1. Unwilling; averse. 2. Dull. 3. Late or behind¬ hand. [luctance. BXck'vvard-ness, n. Aversion; re- BAcK-WOODSMAN, n. An inhabitant of the forest in new settlements. Bacon (bii'kn), n. [0. H. Ger. bacho , back.] Hog's flesh salted or pickled j and dried, usually in smoke. BXd, a. [comp. WORSE ; svperl. worst.] [Cf. Per. bad , Goth. bauths.] Wanting good qualities; | evil; ill ; vicious. BX de | (67)’ P ast tense of Bid. i BXdge, n. [A.-S. beag.] A mark of distinction. BXd'ger, n. [L. Lat. bladariv. s, from blada, coni.] A burrowing quadru¬ ped related to the bear. — v. t. [-E D ; -ING.] To pester or worry. g; X,£,I,o , ft,short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, what; Bre, VEIL, rlERM; PIQUE, FIRM ; s6n, BADINAGE 31 BANDIT Badinage (bXd'e-nazh'), n. [Fr.] Light or playful discourse. [well. BXd'LY, adv. Jn a bad manner; not BAd'ness, a. State of being bad ; want of good qualities. BXf'FLE,v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Prov. Ger. baffen, baffen.] To check by shifts and turns, or by perplexing. Syx.— To balk; frustrate: disappoint; confound; defeat; elude; foil. BAG, n. [Goth. balgs.] A sack or pouch.— v. t. [-EDJ-ING.] 1. To put into a bag. 2. To seize or intrap. — v. i. To swell like a full bag. Bagatelle (bag'a-tel'), n. [Fr.] 1. A tritle ; a thing of no importance. 2. A game played with balls and a ro l on a board with holes at one end. BXg'ga&e , «. [See Bag.] 1. Tents, clothing, utensils, Sec., of an army. 2. Trunks, carpet-bags, &c. ; lug¬ gage. 3. A playful, saucy young woman. [bags. BXg'GING, n. Cloth or materials for Bagn'io (bdn / yo), n. [It.] 1. A bath¬ house. 2. A brothel. BXg'pIpe, w. A musical instrument, used in Scotland. [bagpipe. BXg'pIp-ER, n. One who plays on a Bail, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. ba- julare , to bear a burden.] 1. To set free on giving security for appearance at a certaiu day and place. 2 To deliver, as sroods, upon a contract, ex¬ pressed or implied. 3. To free from water. — n. 1. One who becomes surety for a prisoner’s appearance iu court. 2. The security given. 3. Handle of a kettle, &c. Bail'a-ble, a. 1. Capable of being bailed. 2 Admitting of bail. Bail'-bond, n. A bond or obligation given by a prisoner and his surety. Bail-ee', n. One to whom goods are committed in trust. Bail'er I (126), n. One who delivers Bail'or j goods to another iu trust. Bail'iff, n. [See Bail, v. t.] A sheriff's deputy. Bail'i-wIek, n. [0. Fr. baillie, juris¬ diction of a bailiff, and A.-S. wic, station, abode.] Precincts in which a bailiff has jurisdiction. - [trust. Bail'MENT, n. A delivery of goods in Bait, n. 1. Any substance to catch • fish, &c. 2. Temptation. 3. Re¬ freshment on a journey. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [A.-S. batan, fr. bitan, to bite.] 1. To put on or in, to al¬ lure fish, See. 2. To give food and drink to, upon the road. 3. To pro¬ voke and harass. — v.i. To stop to take refreshment. Baize, n. A coarse woolen stuff. Bake, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. bacan.] 1. To heat, dry, and harden, to prepare for food, in an oven. — v. i. To be baked. Bake'iiouse, n. A house for baking. Bak-er, n. One whose occupation is to bake bread, biscuit, &c. Bak'er-y, n. 1. Trade of a baker. 2. A place for baking. Bak-ing, n. Quantity baked at onee. BXl'AN. BE¬ REAVED, BEREFT.] 1. Todeprive. 2. To take away from. Be-reave'ment, n. State of being bereaved; deprivation. B£r'ga-mot, n. [From Bergamo, in Italy.] I. A species of orange-tree. 2. An essence or perfume obtained from it. 3. A variety of pear. BErg'mas-ter, n. Chief officer among the Derbyshire miners. Be-rhvme' (-rim 7 ), v. t. To mention in rhyme ; — used in contempt. BEr'RY, n. [A.-S. beria, berie .] A small pulpy fruit containing seeds scattered through it. BErtii (14), n. [From the root of bear.] 1. Place where a ship lies at anchor, or at a wharf. 2. A place in a ship to sleep in. 3. Official situation or employment. Ber'YL,w. [Or. /3>)pvAAo?.] A green¬ ish mineral of great hardness. Be-seech', v. t. [imp. & p. p. be¬ sought ] [Pref. be and seek.] To ask with urgency. Syn. — To entreat; solicit; implore; supplicate. — Beg supposes simply a shite of want: to beseech, entreat, and solicit, a state of urgent necessity; to im/ilore and supplicate, a state of overwhelming distress. Be-seem', v. t. To become ; to befit. Be-set', v. t. [imp. & p. p. beset.] 1. To put or place, on, in, or around. 2. To waylay ; to blockade. 3. To hem in or press on all sides. Be-set'TING, p. a. Habitually at¬ tending, or pressing. [curse to. Be-siirew' (-shrjj 7 ), v. t. To wish a Be-sIde', prep. 1. At the sideof. 2. Aside from ; out of. Be-side§', adv. More than that; moreover ; in addition. — prep. Over and above ; in addition to. Be-siege', v. t. [-ED; -ing.] To beset or surround with armed forces. Be-sieg'er, n. The party that be¬ sieges. Be-smear', v. t. To smear with any viscous, glutinous matter. BE'gOM, n. [A.-S. besma.] A brush of twigs ; a broom. BE-SOT', V. t. [-TED ; -TING.] To make sottish by drink; hence, to make dull or stupid. Be-SOUGHT' (be-sawt 7 ), p. p. of Be¬ seech. [spangles. Be-span'gle, v. t. To adorn with Be-spat'ter, v. t. 1. To soil by spattering. 2 To asperse. G, hard; Ag; E^CIST; N as NG; THIS BESPEAK 38 BICIPITOUS Be-speak', v. t. [imp. bespoke ; P p. BESPOKE, BESPOKEN.] To apeak for beforehand ; to betoken. Be spread', v. t. To spread over. Be-sprInk'le, v. t. To sprinkle over. Bes'se-mer Steel. [From the in¬ ventor, Bessemer.] Steel made di¬ rectly from cast-iron, by forcing a blast of air through the molten metal. BEST, a. superl. [A.-S. besta, best.] 1. Most good. 2. Most advanced; most complete.— n. Utmost; highest endeavor.— adv. 1. In the highest degree. 2. To the most advantage. Bes'TJAL (best'yal), a. [Lat. bestialis', bestia, beast.] Belonging to a beast, or having the qualities of a beast. Syn.— Brutish; beastly; brutal; sen¬ sual. Bes-tial'i-ty (best-ySF-), n. 1. Quality of a beast. 2. Unnatural connection with a beast. Bes'tial-ize (best'yal-), v. t. To make like a beast. Be-stir', v. t. To put into brisk or vigorous action. Be-stow',d. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [See Stow.] 1. To deposit for safe keep¬ ing. 2. To make use of; to apply. S. To give, confer, or impart. Be-stow'al, In. 1. Act of be- Be-stow'ment, j stowing. 2. That which is bestowed; donation. Be-strad'dle, v. t. To bestride. Be-STREW' (-strii' or -stro'), v. t. [imp. bestrewed; p. p. be¬ strewed, bestrown.] To scat¬ ter over ; to strow. Be-stride', v. t. [imp. bestrid or BESTRODE ; p. p. BESTRID, BE¬ STRIDDEN.] To stride over; to stand or sit with the legs extended across^ Be-strode', imp. of Bestride. Be-stud', v. t. To set with studs. B£t,)(. [A.-S. bad , pledge, stake.] That which is staked, or pledged, to be won or lost on certain conditions ; a wager.— v. t. [-TED ; -TING.] To stake upon the event of a contest; to wager. Be-take', v. t. [imp. betook ; p. p. betaken.] To have recourse to; to resort. Be'tel (be'tl), n. A species of pep¬ per, the leaves of which are chewed in the East Indies. Beth'el, n. [Ueb., house of God.] 1. A chapel for dissenters. [Eng.] 2. A house of won-hip for seamen. Be-think', v. t. [imp. & p. p. be¬ thought.] To call to mind; to recall. Be-tide', v. t. [imp. BETID or BE- TIDED ; p. p. BETID.] To happen to; to befall. — v.i. To come to pass ; to happen. Be-time', 1 adv. 1. In good time ; Be-time§', ) seasonably. * 2. In a short time; soon. Be-to'ken (-to'kn), v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To signify by some visible object. 2. To foreshow by present signs. Bet'o-ny, n. A plant used to dye wool of a dark-yellow color. Be-TOOK', imp. of Betake. Be-tray', v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [From be and Lat. tradere, to give up.] 1. To give up treacherously or faith¬ lessly. 2. To discover in violation of trust. 3. To show or to indicate. Be-tray'er, n. One who betrays. Be-troth', v. t To contract to any one; to affiance. Be-troth'ment, n. A mutual en¬ gagement for a future marriage; espousals. Bet'TER, a.; compar. of Good- [A.-S., bett, betera; Goth, batiza, from bats, good.] 1. Having good qualities in a greater degree than another. 2. Preferable in any respect. 3. Im¬ proved in health. — n. 1. Advant¬ age or victory. 2. A superior. — ado., compar. of Well. 1. In a more excellent manner. 2. More correctly. 3. In a higher degree. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To increase the good quali¬ ties of. Sy.v.—T o improve; meliorate; amend; correct; advance. BEt'ter-ment, n. A making bet¬ ter ; improvement. Bet'TOR, n. One who bets. Bet'TY, n. A short bar used by thieves to wrench doors open. BE-TWEEN', 7 ?/rp. [Pref. be, equiv. to Eng. by, and twain, two.] 1. In the intermediate space of. 2. From one. to another of. 3. Shared by two or both of. S yx.—A mong .—Between applies prop¬ erly to only two parties ; as, a quarrel between two men, two nations. Among always supposes more than two. BEV'EL, n. [Fr. beveau.] 1. A slant of a surface. J™/' 2. An instrument for ad- justing surfaces to the same inclination. — a. Bevel (2). Slanting.— v. t. [-ED, -ING; or -led, -ling, 137.] To cut to a bevel angle. — v. i. To slant oil. BEv'er-a6e, n. [From Lat. bibere, to drink.] Liquor for drinking. Bev'y, n. 1. A flock of birds, especial¬ ly quails. 2. A collection of ladies. Be-wail', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To grieve for ; to mourn ; to lament. Be-ware', v. i. To be cautious ; to take care ; to take heed. Be-wil'der, v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To lead into perplexity or confusion ; to lead astray. [bewildered. Be-wIl'der-ment, ii. State of being Be-witcii', v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To affect by witchcraft or sorcery. 2. To charm or fascinate. [nation. Be-witch'er-y, ii. Charm; fasci- Be-wItch'ing-ly, adv. In a man¬ ner to bewitch. Be-witch'ing-ness, n. Quality of being bewitching. Be-witch'ment, n. Powerof charm¬ ing ; fascination. Be-wray' (-ra/), v. t. To betray. B®y (ba), n. A Turkish governor. See Beg. Be-YOND', prep. [A.-S. begeond.] 1. On the further side of. 2. Before, in place, or time. 3. Further than ; past. 4. Above, as in excellence, or quality of any kind. — adv. At a distance ; j onder. Bez'el, n. Part of a ring which holds the stone. Bi'AS, n. [Fr. biais, N. Catalan biax, slope.] 1. A weight on the side of a bowl which turns it from a straight line. 2. A leaning of the mind; propensity. 3. A wedge-shaped piece of cloth taken out of a garment. Syx. — Bent; prejudice; preposses¬ sion. — V. t [-ED, -ING ; or - SED, - SING, 137.] To incline to one side; to pre¬ possess. BIb, n. [Lat. bibere. to drink.] Acloth worn by children over the breast. BI-ba'CIOUS, a. [Lat. bibax.] Ad¬ dicted to drinking. Bib'ber, n. A drinker ; a tippler. Bi'BLE, n. [Gr. /SijSAi'ov, dim. of /St/3- Aos, book.] The Book, or that which contains the Scriptures. Bib'LI€-al, a. Pertaining to the Bi¬ ble. Bib'LI-og'ra-PHER, n. [Gr. /SqSAi- oypd(jio<;, fr. /St^Aioe, look, and ■ypd- to write.] One versed in bib¬ liography. Bie'li-o-graph'ic, ] a. Pertain- Bib'li-o-graph'io-al, ) ing to bibliography, or the history of books. Bib'li-og'ra-phy, n. An account of books and manuscripts. BIb'li-ol'a-try, n. LGr. /3\elv, to sell.] A book¬ seller. Bib'LI-O-THE'CAL, a. [Gr. /3i|3Aio- 6 rjKrj, library.] Belonging to a li¬ brary. Bib'list, n. A biblical scholar. Bib'U-LoOs, a. [Lat. bibulvs, fr. bi¬ bere, to drink.] Spongy ; porous. Bl-CA p'su-lar, a. [Lat. bis, twice, and Eng. capsular.] Having two capsules to each flower. BicE, In. A pale blue paint or pig- Bise, I ment. Bi-c£PH'A-Lot;s, a. [Lat. bis, twice, and Gr. ke^oAt?, head.] Having two heads. BI-^Ip'i-TAL, la. [Lat. biceps; b,;, Bi-^ip'I-toOs, ) twice, and caput, head.] Having two heads or ori¬ gins. Syn.— To presage; portend; indicate. A, E, I, O, U, Y, long; A, K,I, 6, U, f, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT ; ERE, VEIL, TERM ; PIQUE, FIRM; s6N, BICKER 39 BIOGRAPHER BYCK'ER, v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [W. birre, conflict, skirmish.] 1. To con¬ tend in words. 2. To quiver. Syw. — To quarrel; scold; wrangle; _contond; quiver. BI-€6l'or, 1 a. [Lat. bicolor .] Of Bi-o6r.POR.ED, | two colors. Bj'oorn, 1 «. [Lat. bicomis.] BT-€6r'NO0s, I Having two horns. Bi-cor'po-ral, a. [Lat. bis, twice, and co>~pus, body.] Having two bodies. BT-otis'PlD, la. [Lat. bis, twice, BT-oOs'pid-ate, ) and cuspis, point.] Having two points. BP 9 Y-OLE, n [Lat. bis, twice, and Low L. cyclus, circle.] A two¬ wheeled velocipede. Bid, v. t. [imp. bid or bXde ; p. p. BID, BIDDEN.] [A.-S. biddan, to ’ pray, ask, beodan, to olTer, to com¬ mand.] 1. To offer to pay. 2. To declare. 3. To order ; to direct. 4. To invite. — n. An offer of a price. Bid'der, n. One who bids. Bide, v. i. [Goth, beidan.] To dwell permanently; to inhabit. — v. t. 1. To endure; to suffer. 2. To wait for. Bi-dEn'tal, a. Having two teeth. Bi-£n'NI-al, a. [Lat. biennalis ; bis, twice, and annus, year.] 1. Happen¬ ing once in two years. 2. Continu¬ ing for two years, and then perishing. — n. A plant lasting for two years. Bi-en'ni-al-ly, adv. Once in two years. Bier, n. [Same root as to bear.] A carriage for the dead. BlEST'lNGg, n. pi. First milk given by_a cow after calving. Bi-fa'cial, a. [Lat. bis, twice, and facies, face.] Having the opposite surfaces alike. Bl-FA'Rt-ofJS, a. [Lat. bifarius.] 1. In two rows. 2. Pointing two ways. Bif'er-oOs, a. [Lat. bifer, from bis, twice, and ferre, to bear.] Beariug fruit twice a year. Bi'fid, la. [Lat. bifidus, fr. bis, Bif'id-ate, I twice, and findere, to cleave.] Opening with a cleft. Bi-flo'rate, [ a. [Lat. bis, twice, Bi-flo'roOs. ) and .flos, flower, flo- rere, to bloom.] Bearing two iiow- _ers 1 Bi-fo'li-ate, a. Having two leaves. Bi'form, la. [Lat. biformis.] Ilav- IIi'formsd. \ ing two forms. Bl-FORMH-TY, n. A double form. BT-fOr'oate, la. [Lat. bis, twice, Bi-fOr/CA-TE d, I and Eng. furcate, furcated.] Having two branches. BT'fur-oa'tion, n. A forking, or division into two branches. BYg, a. [W. baick, burden.] 1. Hav¬ ing largeness of size. 2. Pregnant. SYN. — Bulky; large; great; proud. BYg'a-mist, n. One who has com¬ mitted bigamy. BYg'a-MY, n. Crime of having two wives or husbands at once. BYg'gin, n. [Prob. from the cap worn by the Beguines.] A child’s cap or hood; a small wooden vessel. Bight (bit), n. [Goth, bivgan, to bend.] 1. A bend in the sea-coast. | 2. Double part of a rope when fold¬ ed. BYg'ness, n. Quality of being big. I BYg'ot, n. [Fr. bigot; Cf. Sp. bigote, a whisker ; hombre de bigote , a man of spirit and vigor; ft. s-bigottire, to terrify, appall.] One obstinately and unreasonably wedded to a particular creed, opinion, pnictice, or ritual. BYg'OT-ED, a. Obstiiiately and un¬ duly wedded to a system or party. BYg'OT-ED-ly, adv. In the manner of a bigot. Big'ot-ry,m. Perverse or blind at¬ tachment to a particular creed, or to certain tenets. Bijou (be'zhJb'), n.; pi. bijoux (be'zhiTo'.) [Fr.] A trinket; a jewel. Bi-JOU'try (-zhdtP-), n. Small arti¬ cles, such as jewelry, trinkets, &c. Bi-la'bi-ate, a. Having two lips. lll-LXM'EL-L ATE, la. Formed of Bi-lXm/el-la'ted, ) two plates. Bl-LAT'ER-AL,a. Having two sides. Bil'ber-ry, n. [Corrupted fr. blue¬ berry.] A shrub and its berry. Bil'bo, ii.; pi. bil / boes. [From Bilboa, in Spain, where they were fabricated.] 1. A kind of shackle or fetter. 2. A rapier. Bile, n. [Lat. bilis.] A greenish, bit¬ ter fluid secreted by the liver. Bilge, n. [Another form of bulge.] 1. Protuberant part of a cask. 2. Broadest part of a ship's bottom. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To suffer a frac¬ ture iu the bilge. BYlge'-wA/ter, n. Water lying on a ship's bilge or bottom. Bil'ia-ry (blPya-rY), a. Pertaining to, or Conveying, the bile. Bi-LIN'GUAL, a. [Lat. bilinguis, fr. bis, twice, and lingua, language.] Containing two languages. Bil'ioOs (biPyus). a. Pertaining to the bile ; disordered in respect to the bile. Bi-lit'er-AL, a. [Lat. bis, twice, and litera, letter.] Consisting of two letters. BYlk, 'c. t. [-ed; -ING.] [Cf. Goth. bilaikan, to mock or deride.] To dis¬ appoint, or defraud, by non-fulfill¬ ment of engagement. Bill, n. 1. [A.-S. bile.] Beak of a fowl. 2. [A.-S. bill, bil; Skr. bhil, to split.] A hook-shaped cutting in¬ strument. 3. An ancient kind of battle-ax. 4. [Lat. bulla, any thing rounded.] A written declaration of some wrong or fault,&c. 5. An ob¬ ligation given for money. 6. A pro¬ posed law. 7. Advertisement posted in some public place. 8. An ac¬ count of goods ; a statement of par¬ ticular's. Bill of Exchange ..— A written order from one person to another, desiring the latter to pay to some person designated a specified sum of money. — v. i. To join bills, as doves; to caress. Bill'-book, n. A book in which a person keeps an account of his notes, bills of exchange, &c. BYl'let,h. [Fr. See Bill, a writ¬ ing.] A small paper or note ; a short letter.— v.t. [-ed; -ing.] To quar¬ ter, as soldiers in private houses. Billet-doux (bIFle-ddb'), n. [Fr.] A love-note or letter, [curved edge. Bill'-ho'ok, n. A small hatchet with BILlGards, n. pi. [Fr. billard, from bille, ball.] A game played with ivory balls, on a rectangular table. BYl'LINGS-GATE, n. [From a fish- market of this name in London.] Foul or profane language; ribaldry. BYll'ion (blPyun), n. [Lat. bis, twice, and L. Lat. millio ,a million.] According to the French method of numeration, a thousand millions; according to the English method, a million of millions. BlL'LOW, n. [Ger. bulge, fr. root bei¬ ge n, to swell.] A great wave or surge of the sea. [into large waves. Bil'low-y, a. Swelling, or swelled Bii/LY, n. A watchman's club. BPlobed, 1 a. Divided into two Bi-lo'bate,) lobes. Bi-ma'noOs, a. [Lat. bis, twice, and manus, hand.J Having two hands. Bi-mLn'sal, [a. Occurring once in BI-month'ly, I two months. Bin, n. [A.-S. binn.] A box or in¬ closed place, to hold any commodity. BPna-RY, a. [Lat. binarius , fr. bini,. two by two.] Compounded of two ; double. [couples. Bi'nate, a. Being double or in Bind, v. t. [imp. bound; p. p. BOUND, formerly bounden.] [Goth, bindan, Skr. bandh.] 1. To tie together. 2. To confine, restrain, or hold in any way. 3. To sew or fasten together, and inclose in a cover. 4. To oblige.— v.i. To con¬ tract ; to grow hard or stiff. Bind'er,«. 1. One who binds books. 2. Auv thing that binds ; a bandage. Bind'er-y, n. A place where books are bound. [An Americanism.] BlND'iNG,a. Having power to bind or oblige ; obligatory. — n. Any thing that binds, as a bandage, the cover of a book, or something used to secure the edge of cloth from rav¬ eling. BlN'NA-OLE, 7t. [Lat. habi- taculum , habitation, from habitare, to dwell.] A ship's compass-box. Bin'o-ule (bin'o-kl), n. [Lat. bini, two and two, and oculus, eye.] A tele¬ scope, fitted with two tubes joining. Bi-noo'U-lar, a. 1. Having two eyes. _2. Adapted to the use of both eyes. Bi-NO'MI-AL, n. [Lat. bis , twice, and nomen, name.] An algebraical ex¬ pression consisting of two terms con¬ nected by the sign plus or minus. — a. Consisting of two terms; — per¬ taining to binomials. Bi-og'ra-pher, n. One who writes Binnacle. a person's life. OR, DO, WOLF, TOO, TOOK ; Orn, RUE, PULL ; E, I, o, silent; 9,G ,so/t; €, G, hard; As; exist: n as NG ; THIS. BIOGRAPHIC 40 BLACKvLEAD BI'C* GRAPH'ie, 1 a. Pertaining to BI'o-graph'ie-al, ) biography. BI-6g'ra-phy, n. [Gr. |3tos, life, and ypd<}>eip, to write.] The history of the life and character of a person. BI-ol'o-gy, n. [Gr. jSios, life, and Aoyos, discourse.] Science of life. Bi-pA'rous, or Bip'a-rous, a. [Lat. bis, twice, and par ere, to bring forth.] Bringing forth two at a birth. Bi-PAR'TITE, or BlP'AR-TITE, a. [Lat. bipartire, from bis, twice, and partire, to divide.] Having two cor- Act of Respondent parts. Bl / PXR-Tl'TioN(-tish / un), n. dividing into two parts. Bl'PED, n. [Lat. bipes, fr. bis, twice, and pes, pedis, foot.] An animal haying two feet, as man. Bi-pe'dal, [ a Having two Having two feet. wings. Having two flmver- Twice pinnate. Bi'pe d Bi-pen'nate, 1 Bi-pe n'na-ted, ) Bl PET'AL-OUS,a. leaves or petals. Bi-pIn'nate, 1 Bi-pIn'na-ted, J u Bi-pli'cate, a, [Lat. bis, twice, and plicare, to fold.] Twice folded to¬ gether. Bi-QUAD'rate, In. The power Bi'QUAD-rat'ie, ) arising from the multiplication of a square number by itself. [fourth power. BVquad-rXt'ie, a. Pertaining to the By-RA'Di-ATE, 1 a. Having two Bi-ra'di-a'ted, ) rays. BTroii (18), n. [A.-S. birce, Icel. biOr/c .] A tree of several species. Birch Bircii'.en Made of birch ; con¬ sisting of birch. BIRD (18). n. [A.-S. bird, or brid, young of any animal, brood.] A two-legged, feathered, flying animal. BTrd'-eaGe, n. A cage for birds. BTrd'-eall, n. An instrument for calling birds. BTRD’g'-EYE, a. Seen from above, as if by a flying bird ; hence, general. BIrd’j/nEst, n. The nest in which a bird lays eggs. Bl'REME, n. [Lat. biremis; bis, twice, and remus, oar.] A vessel with two tiers of oars. BIrtii (18), n. [A.-S. beordh, byrd. fr. beran, beoran, to bear, bring forth.] 1. Act of coming into life. 2. Line¬ age ; extraction. BTrth'day, n. 1. Day in which any one is born. 2. Anniversary of one’s birth. BIrtii'-mark, n. Some peculiar mark on the body at birth. BIrth'pla^e, n. Place where one is born. BTrth'right (-rlt), n. A right to which one is entitled by birth. BIs'EUIT (bls / kit), n. [Lat. bis, twice, and codas, baked.] 1. A kind of bread variously made. 2. Earthen¬ ware baked but not glazed. Bi s£et', v. t. [-ed ; -jng.] [Lat. bis, twice, and secure, to cut.] To divide into two equal parts. Bi-seg'tion, n. Act of bisecting. BT-SEG'MENT, «. One of the parts of a line, or other magnitude, divided into two equal parts. [both sexes. Bi-sex'ij-al (-sek'shi}-), a. Being of BIsh'op, n. [A.-S. bisceop, biscop, fr. Gr. eniaKonos, inspector.] The high¬ est of the three orders of the Chris¬ tian ministry. Bish'op-rie, n. A diocese; the juris¬ diction of a bishop. Bismuth, n. A metal of a reddish- white color, somewhat harder than lead. Bis'jVLUTH-AL, a. Consisting of bis¬ muth, or containing it. Bl'SON (or bl y sn),n. [Gr, ]StVwr.] A quadruped in¬ habiting the in¬ terior of North America; popu¬ larly, but er¬ roneously, call¬ ed the buffalo. Bis-sex'tIle (-seks'til), n. American Bison. [Lat. bissextilis, from bissextus, sixth of the calends of March, or Feb. 24, which was reckoned twice every fourth year.] Leap year ; every fourth year, in which a day is added to the month of February. — a. Per¬ taining to leap year. Bis'TER, In. [Fr. bistre .] A darlc- BIS'TRE, ) brown pigment. Bis'tou-ry, n. [From Pistoria, where it was first manufactured.] A surgi¬ cal instrument for incisions. Bl-stJL'EOUS, a. [Lat. bisulcus, from bis, twice, and sulcus, furrow.] Cloven-footed, as swine or oxen. Bit, n. [From A.-S. bitan, to bite.] 1. The iron mouthpiece of a bridle. 2. A morsel: a bite ; hence, a small piece of any thing ; a small coin. 3. A small instrument for boring.— v. t. [-TED ; -TING.] To put a bit in the mouth of. — imp. & p. p. of Bite. Bitch, n. [A.-S. bicce.] The female of the canine kind. Bite, v. t. [imp. & p. p. bit, bit¬ ten.] [Goth beitan .] 1. To cut, crush, or seize with the teeth 2. To cause sharp pain to. 3. To cheat; to trick.— n. 1. Act of seizing with the teeth. 2. The wound made by the teeth. 3. A morsel. 4. A trick. Bit'er, n. One who, or that which, bites. [caustic. Bit'ing. a. Sharp; severe; sarcastic; Bit'ta-ele, n. See Binnacle. Bit'ter, a. [A.-S. biter; fr. bite.] 1. Having a peculiar, acrid, biting taste. 2. Causing pain or distress to the mind. 3. Mournful; distressing. Syn. — Sharp ; severe ; cruel ; poign¬ ant; reproachful; pitiable. Bit'ter-ish, a. Somewhat bitter. Bit'ter-ly, adv. In a bitter man¬ ner. Bit'tern, n. [N. Lat. botaurus, bos- taurus, Lat. taurus .] 1. A wading- bird, related to the herons. 2. [From bitter .] The brine which re¬ mains in salt works after the salt is concreted. BPiVter-ness, n. State or quality of being bitter. Bit'ters, n. pi. A liquor in which bitter herbs are steeped. Bit'ter-sweet, n. A plant, whose root produces first a bitter, then a sweet taste. Bi-tu'men, n. [Lat.] Mineral pitch; an inflammable substance having a pitch-like odor. Bl-TU'MI-NlZE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] Tojmpregnate with bitumen. Bi-tu'mi-noCs, a. Having the quali¬ ties of bitumen. Bi'valve, n. [Lat. bis, twice, and ralva, valve.] A molluscous ani¬ mal, having a shell consisting of two parts or valves. Bi'valve, i a. Having two Bi-Val v'oDs, ( valves which open Bi-v^lv'u-lar, ) and shut, as the oyster. Biv'l-ous, or Bl'vi-ous, a. [Lat. bivius; bis, twice, and via , way.] Having, or leading, two ways. Blv'ouAe (biv'wak), n. [Fr.] 1. Guard or watch of a whole army. 2. An encampment without tents.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To encamp without tents or covering. Bi'-week'ly, a. Occurring once in every two weeks. Bizarre (be-zar / ), a. [Fr.] Oddin manner or appearance. Blab,u. t. [-BED : -BING, 136.] [Ger. blappen.] To tell unnecessarily.— v. i. To talk without discretion ; to tattle. — n. A babbler : a telltale. Black, a. [A.-S. blsec. See Bleak.] 1. Destitute of light. 2. Very dark or gloomy.— n. 1. Darkest color. 2. A negro. — v.t. [-ed; -ING.] To make black ; to blacken. Black'-art, n. Conjuration; magic. Black'a-moor, n. A negro ; a black. Black'ball, n. A composition for blacking shoes, boots, &c. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To reject by black balls or ballots. [bramble. Black'ber-ry, n. The berry of the Black'bird, n. In England”, a spe¬ cies of thrush; in America, this name is given to different birds. Black'board, n. A board used t® write or draw on with chalk. Black'-eat'tle, n. Cattle of the bovine genus reared for slaughter, whatever their color may be. BlXcK'£N, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To make black. 2. To sully, as reputation. — v. i. To grow* black. Black'fish, n. A fish caught on th# shores of New England ; tautog. Black'-frCar, n. A friar of the Dominican older. Black'guard (blitg'gfird), n. [Orig. the guard of the devil.J A person of low character and scurrilous lan¬ guage.— v.t. [-ED; -ING.] Tor®' vile in scurrilous language. Black'ing, n. A preparation used for blacking shoes, boots, &c. , Black'isii, a. Somewhat black. Black-lead', n. [From its color, and fr. making a mark like lead.] A A, E, I, Q,U,Y ,long; A, E, I, 6, U, t, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT; ERE, VEIL, TERM ; PIQUE, FIRM; SON, BLACKLEG 41 BLIND-WORM mineral composed of carbon ; plum¬ bago ; graphite. [and cheat. BlXck'l£g,». A notorious gambler BlXck'-lEt'TER, 7i. The old Eng¬ lish or modern Gothic letter. — a. Written or printed in black-letter. BlXck'-MAIL, n. Extortion of money from a jtersou by threats. [black. BlXck'ness, n. Quality of being BlXck'-pvd'ding, n. A kind of sausage made of blood, suet., &c. BlXck'-rod, n. The usher belonging to the order of the Garter. [Eng.] BlXck'smitii, n. A smith who works in iron. BlXck'th6rn, n. A spiny plant bearing a small black fruit. BlXd'der, n. [A.-S blu'd re, bl&rldre .] A sac in animals, serving as the re¬ ceptacle of some secreted liuid. Blade, n. [A.-S. blxd, that which springs forth.] 1. The leaf, or hat part of the leaf, of any plant. 2. Cutting part of an instrument. 3. Broad part of au oar. 4. A sharp- witted, dashing fellow. Blade'-bone,>i. Upper bone in the shoulder. [blades. Bead'ed, p. p. Having a blade or BLAINjW. [A.-S. blegen.) Aninflam- matory swelling ; a blister. Blam'a-ble, a. Deserving of cen¬ sure ; faulty ; culpable. Blam’A-bly, adv. In a manner de¬ serving of censure. Blame,!’, t. [-ed; -ing.] [Gr. ftAaaifirjfj.eii', to speak ill.] To cen¬ sure; to find fault with. — n. 1. Expression of disapprobation. 2. That whic h is deserving of censure. Syn. — Censure; reprehension; con¬ demnation; reproach; fault; sin; crime. Blame'ful, a. Meriting blame. Blame'less, a. Without fhult; not meriting censure. Blame'less-ly, adv. Innocently. Blame'LESS-ness, n. Freedom from blame: innocence. Blame'wor-thy (-wflr-), a. Deserv¬ ing blame ; censurable; culpable. Blancii, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Fr. blanchir, from blann, white.] 1. To take out the color of: to whiten. 2. To make white by stripping off the peel. — v. i. To grow white. BlAncti'er, n. 1. One who blanches or whitens. 2. One who anneals and cleanses money. Blanc-mange 1 (bla-monj'), n. Blanc-manger ) [Fr., lit. white food.] A preparation of dissolved isinglass, or sea-moss, milk, sugar, cinnamon, &c., boiled. BlXnd. a. [Lat. bland us.] Marked by soft or soothing qualities. Syn.—M ild; soft; gentle; courteous. Blan-dil'o-Quence, n. [hat .blan- diloquentia.] Fair, mild, flattering speech. Bland'ish, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. bland iri, fr. bland us , mild.] To flat¬ ter by kind words or affectionate ac¬ tions ; to caress. BlXnd'ish-ment, n. Soft words; artful caresses. BlXnd'ness, n. State of being bland. I BlXnk, a. [Ger. blank, bright, white, allied to blinken, to shine, glitter.] 1. Of a white or pale color. 2. Dis¬ pirited; dejected. 3. Lacking some¬ thing ; empty. 4. Without mixture , pure.— n. I. Any void space. 2. A ticket in a lottery on which no prize is indicated. 3. A paper unwritten. Blank verse, verse without rhyme. BlXnk'et, n. [Fr. blanchet, from blanc, white.] A coarse woolen cover, to protect from cold. — v. t. [-ed; -ING ] To toss in a blanket. Blare, v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] [Ger. blar- ren, D. blnrtn, to bleat, to cry, to weep.] To roar. — n. Noise; loud sound. Blar'ney, n. [Cf. Ir. bladar, flat¬ tery.] Smooth, deceitful talk. Blas-pheme', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Gr. p\o.o-(frr]fj.eiv.] To speak impiously of, as of God or Christ. — v. i. To utter blasphemy. Blas-piiem/er, n. One who blas¬ phemes. Blas'piie-moBs, a. Containing blas¬ phemy. Blas'phe-mous-LY, adv. In a blas¬ phemous manner. BLys'phe-MY, n. An indignity of¬ fered to God by contemptuous words. BlAst, n. [A.-S. blxst,n puff, fr. blx- san, to blow.] 1. A destructive wind. 2. Forcible stream of air from an orifice. 3. Sound made by blowing a wind instrument. 4. The rending of rocks by gunpowder. 5. A blight. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To wither; to blight. 2. To confound,or strike with force, by a loud blast. 3. To split, as with gunpowder. Bla'tant, a. [Frov. Eng. blate, to bellow.] Bellowing, as a calf; noisy. Blaze, n. [A.-S. blxse.] 1. Flame. 2. Light, as from flame. 3. A white spot on the face of a horse. 4. A spot on trees made by chipping off bark. Syn. — Flame.— A blaze and aflame are both produced by burning gas, but the former gives light and the latter heat, — the one shines and the other burns. — v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To shine with flame. 2. To send forth a bright light. 3. To be conspicuous.— v. t. 1. To make public. 2. To mark, as atree, by chipping ofF bark. Bla'zon, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To display’. 2. To deck; to adorn. 3. To explain, as the figures on armo¬ rial ensigns.— n. [From blaze , torch, %. e., splendor.] 1. Art of drawing or explaining coats of arms. 2. Osten¬ tatious display. Bla'zon-ry, n. Art of describing coats of arms in proper terms. Bleach, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] A.-S. blxcan. See Bleak.] To make white by removing the original color. — v. i. To grow white in any way. Bleach'er, n. One who bleaches. Bleach'er-y, n. A place for bleach¬ ing. Bleak, a. [A.-S. blac, blaec, pale, wan, from blican, to shine.] 1. Des¬ olate and exposed. 2. Cold ; cheer, lejss. [wind. Bleak'ly, adv. Openly as to cold and Bleak'ness. n. Quality of being bleak. Blear, a. Dim or sore with water or rheum. — v.t. [-ed; -ing.] To affect with soreness of eyes, or a watery humor. [eyes. Blear-eyed (-Id), a. Having soro Bleat, v. i. [A.-S. blxtan.] To cry as a sheep. — n. Cry of a sheep. Bleed,!, i. [imp. & p.p. bled.] [A.-S. ble.dan.] 1. To lose blood. 2. To die a violent death. 3. To lose sap, gum, or juice. 4. To lose money. — v. t. 1. To take blood from. 2. To lose, as blood, sap, or gum. Bleed'ing, n. A running or issuing of blood ; a hemorrhage. BlBm'isii, v.. t. [-ed; -ing.] [0. Fr. blemir, blesmir , bleme, blesme , pale, wan.] 1. To mark with deformity; to mar. 2. To tarnish, as reputa¬ tion ; to defame. — n. Any mark of deformity. Syn. — Spot ; flaw : fault ; taint ; re¬ proach; dishonor ; disgrace. Blench, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [See Blanch.] To shrink ; to start back; to flinch. Blend, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Goth. blandan , to mix.] To mix together ; to confound. — v. i. To be mixed or united. Blende, n. [Ger., fr. blenden , to daz¬ zle.] An ore of zinc. Blent, p. p. of Blend. Bless, v. t. [imp. & p. p. blessed or blest.] [A.-S. blctsjan , blessjan, fr. blidhe, blithe.] 1 To make hap¬ py. 2. To invoke a blessing on. 3. To praise, or glorify. Bless'ed (60), a. Enjoying happiness or bliss; happy; prosperous. Bless'e d-ness, n. State of being blessed. Syn.—H appiness; felicity; bliss; joy. Bless'ing, n. A wish of happiness pronounced ; a benediction. Blest, a. 1. Made happy. 2. Mak¬ ing happy. Blew (blu), imp. of Blow. Blight (blit), n. 1. Mildew; decay. 2. That which frustrates one’s plans or hopes.— v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To affect with blight; to blast. Blind, a. [A.-S. blind, Goth, blinds.] 1. Destitute of sight. 2. Hidden; unseen ; obscure. — v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] To deprive of sight or discernment. — n. Something to hinder sight. BlInd'fold, a. Having the eyes cov¬ ered ; blinded. — v.t. [-ed; -ing.] To cover the eyes of; to hinder from seeing. Blind'ly, adv. Without sight, un¬ derstanding, or discernment. BLiND'-MAN’g-BiJFF, n. A play in which one person is blindfolded. BlInd'ness, n. Want of sight. Blind'-side, n. Side on which one is most easily assailed. Blind'-worm (-wffrm),n. A small reptile without feet, like a snake. or, do, wqlf, too, took; Orn, rue, pyLL ; e,i, o, silent.; q,(i,soft; €,H,hard; A§; exist; NaiNG; this. ELINIv 42 BLUNT BlTnk, v. i. [Ger. blinken , blicken , to I glance.] To wink ; to see with fre- | quent winking. — v.t. [-ED ; -ing.] To shut out of sight; to avoid. — n. 1. A glimpse or glance. 2. A daz- j zling whiteness about the horizon. Bi.Ink'ARD, n. [From blink.] One who blinks. BlInk'er, n. 1. One who blinks. 2. A blind for horses. Bliss, n. [See Bless.] Highest de¬ gree of happiness. Syn. — Blessedness : felicity ; joy. BlYss'ful, a. Supremely happy. Bliss'ful-ly, adv. In a blissful manner. [ness ; bliss. I Bliss'ful'ness, n. Exalted happi- Blis'ter, ?t. [From plaster.] A thin, watery bladder on the skin.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To raise blisters on.— ] r_. i. To rise in blisters. BlIthe, a. [Goth, bleiths.] Gay; merry ; joyous ; sprightly. BlIthe'ly, adv. In a joyful manner. BlIthe'NESS, n. Quality of being blithe. [blithe. Blithe' so ME, a. Gay; merry; Bloat, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To cause to swell or become turgid. — v i. To grow turgid ; to puff out; to swell. Blob'bee-lip, n. A thick lip. Block, n. [Ger. block, Icel. blokkr.] 1. A solid mass of wood, stone, See. 2. A connected row of buildings. 3. A sys¬ tem of one or more pulleys arranged in a frame. 4. Any obstruction. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To stop; to obstruct. Block (3). Block-ade', n. [It. bloccata. See Block.] The shutting up of a place by troops or ships. — v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To shut up, as a town or fortress, by troops or ships. Block-ad'er, 3i. One who block¬ ades. [dolt. Block'head, n. A stupid fellow ; a Block' - house, n. A kind of fortress of heavy timber or logs. Block'isii, a. Stupid; dull. Block'ish-ness, n. Stupidity. Block-house. Block'-tin, n. Tin in blocks or in¬ gots. Blom'a-ry (blcTom'-), n. The first forge through which iron passes after j it is melted from the ore. Blonde, n. [Fr.] A person with fair complexion, light hair, and light blue eyes. Blonde, _ ) n. [Fr. blonde , from 1 Blond'-lace, J its color.] A fine kind of lace made of silk. Blood (blud), n. [A.-S. Mod, Goth. bloth.] 1. The fluid which circulates through the arteries and veins of animals. 2. Kindred; consanguin¬ ity. 3. Descent; lineage. 4. Mur¬ der 5. Temper of mind. 6. Excited feeling; passion. 7. A man of fire or spirit.— v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To let blood from ; to bleed. 2. To stain with blood. Blood'-guilt'i-ness, «. Guilt or crime of shedding blood. BlOOD'-HEAT, 3 i. Heat equal to the temperature of blood, or about 98° Fahr. Blood'-hound, n. A ferocious, bloodthirsty va¬ riety of dog, of keen scent. Blood'i-ly, adv. In a bloody man¬ ner. BLOOD'I-NESS, n. Blood-hound. State of being bloody. [dead. Blood'less, a. Without blood; Blood'shed, n. Slaughter; waste of life. Blood'-shed'der, n. A murderer. Blood'-shot, 1 a. lied and in- i-LOOD'-SHOT'TJEN, J flamed by a turgid state of the blood-vessels. BLOOD'-SUCK'ER, n. An animal that sucks blood; the leech. Blood'-thirst'y, a. Desirous to shed blood ; murderous. [vein. Blood'—ves'sel, n. An artery or a Blood'y (blud'-), a. 1. Stained with blood. 2. Murderous.— v. t. To stain with blood. Blood'y-flux, n. The dysentery. Blood'y-mInd'ed, a. Cruel; fero¬ cious. Bloom, n. [A.-S. blovan , to blow, blossom.] 1. A blossom ; flower of a plant. 2. Opening of flowers. 3. An opening to higher perfection. 4. Powdery coating on certain newly- gathered fruits. 5. [A.-S. blbma, a mass or lump.] A mass of crude iron undergoing the first hammering. — v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To produce blossoms ; to flower. 2. To flourish. Bloom'er, n. [From the introducer, Mrs. Bloomer.] A peculiar costume for ladies. Bloom'ING, a. 1. Flowering. 2. Thriving in health, beauty, and vigor. BLOOM'Y, a. Full of bloom ; flowery. Blos'som, n. [A.-S. blOsma.] The flower of a plant.— v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] To put forth blossoms; to bloom ; to blow; to flower. Blot, v. t. [-ted ; -ting, 136.] [Icel. bletta.] 1. To spot or stain. 2. To disgrace. 3. To obliterate; to ob¬ scure.— n. 1. A spot or stain ; blur. 2. Disgrace; reproach. Blotch, n. [Of. Blot.] A pustule or eruption upon the skin. BBot'ter, 3i. A waste-book. Blou§e, ) n. [Fr.] A light, loose Blow^e, ( over-garment. Blow, 31 . 1. [0. II. Ger. pluohi.] A blossom; a flower. 2. [Goth, bligg- van.] A stroke. 3. A calamity. 4. Egg of a fly in flesh. 5. A violent wind. — v.i. 1. To flower; to blos¬ som. 2. [imp. blew ; p. p. blown.] [A.-S. blavan.] To produce a cur¬ rent of air with the mouth ; hence, to move, as air. 3. To pant; to puff. — v. t. 1. To drive by a current of air. 2. To sound, as a wind instru¬ ment. 3. To deposit, as eggs by flies. 4. To inflate. 5. To put out of breath. Blow'er, 31 . A contrivance for se¬ curing current of air. Blow'-pTpe, 31 . A tube with a small orifice for blowing an intense flame on any substance. Blowze, 31 . [Same root as blush.] A ruddy, fat-faced woman. Blow'zy (blou'zy), a. Coarse and ruddy-faced. Blub'ber, 3i. Fat of whales and other large sea animals. — v. i. [-ED; -ING.] To weep noisily, or so as to disfigure the face. BlOd'geon, n. [Cf. Blow, n.] A short stick, with one end loaded. Blue, n. [A.-S. bleoh, bled.] 1. O110 of the seven primary colors. 2. pi. Low spirits ; melancholy. — a. 1. Of the color called blue. 2. Low in spir¬ its ; melancholy.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To make blue. [berry. Blue'ber-ry, 31. A kind of whortle- Blue'-book, 31 . 1. A parliamentary publication, so called from its blue paper covers. [Ung.] 2. A register of all persons in the employment of the government. [Amer.] Blue'-bot'tle, 31. A fly with a large blue belty. BLUE'-Dfiv'iLg (-dfv'lz), 31 . pi. Low¬ ness of spirits; hypochondria. [ Col- loq.] Blue'-ligiit (-lit), 31. A compo¬ sition, burning with a blue flame, used as a night signal in ships, See. BLUE'NESS, 31 . Quality of being blue. Blue'-pe'TER, 31 . [Corrupt, of blue repeater.] (British Marine.) A blue flag with a white square in the center. Blue'-stock'ing, 31. A literary lady ; a female pedant. BlOff, a. 1. Rude or coarse in man¬ ner. 2. Roughly frank. 3. Steep ; bold.—3i. 1. A high, steep bank. 2. A game of cards. — v. t. To frighten from accomplishing one’s ends. Bi.u'ing, 31 . Something to give a blu¬ ish tint, as indigo. Blu'isii, a. Blue in a small degree. Blu'n'der, v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] [Allied to blend.] To mistake grossly. — n. A gross mistake. Syn. — Error; mistake; bull. — An error is a wandering from the right : a mistake is the taking of one thing for another, through haste, &c.; a bluniler is something more gross, a blending or con¬ fusion of things through carelessness, ig¬ norance, or stupidity. An error may be corrected; a mistake may be rectified ; a blunder is always blamed or laughed nt. A bull is a verbal blunder, containing a laughable incongruity of ideas. Blijn'der-bDss, 31. [Prob. fr. D. don- derbus, thunder-tube.] 1. A short gun, with a large bore. 2. A stupid, blundering fellow. BlOn'der-er, 1 31 . One apt to Blun'der-hEad, j blunder; a stu¬ pid fellow. Blunt, a. 1. Having a thick edge or point; dull. 2. Abrupt in address. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To dull the A, E, I, O, U, Y, long; A,E, I, O, 0, J, short ; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT ; ERE, VEIL, TERM ) PIQUE, FIRM ; SON, BLUNTLY 43 BOND edge or point of. 2. To repress or weaken. BlBnt'LY, adv. Unceremoniously. BlDnt'ness, h. 1. Want of edge or point; dullness. 2. Abruptness of address. 331^0 K., n. 1. A stain ; a blot. 2. A dim, confused appearance. 3. In¬ jury. as to character, &c. — v. t. [-RED; -RING, 13d.] 1. To ob¬ scure. 2. To dim. 3. To blemish. Stn. — To spot; blot; stain; sully. BlOrt, v. t. [-ED; -ing.J To utter suddenly or unadvisedly. BlCsii, v. i. [-Ed; -ing.] [A.-S. ablisian, to blush, blysa , torch.] To redden in the face, as from a sense of shame, &c. — n. 1. A red color suffusing the face. 2. Glance; view. BlOs'TER, r. i. [-eu; -ing.] Allied to blast.] 1. To blow fitfully. 2. To talk with noisy violence. — n. 1. Fit¬ ful noise an. I violence, as of a storm. 2. Noisy, threatening talk. Blus'ter-er, n. One who blusters ; a swaggerer: a bully. Bo'A, n. [Lat.] 1. A genus of ser¬ pents 2. A round fur tippet. BS'a-gon-strig'tor, n. [N. Lat. constrictor, from Lat . constringere, to draw together.] A large and power¬ ful serpent, sometimes thirty or forty feet long. [not castrated. BOAR./;. [A.-S. bUr.] The male of swine Board, n. [A.-S. bord, Goth, baurd.] 1. A piece of timber sawed broad and thin. 2. A table. 3. Food ; enter¬ tainment. 4. Any authorized assem¬ bly or meeting. 5. Deck of a vessel. 6. pi. The stage in a theater. — v. t. [-Ed ; -ing.] 1. To lay or cover with boards. 2. To go on board of. or enter. 3. To furnish with food, for compensation. — v. i. To obtain food statedly for compensation. BOARD'ER, n. 1. One who has his meals for pay. 2. One who boards a ship. [boarders. B5ard'inG-hous_e, n. A house for Board'ing-sgiiool (-skwtd), n. A school in which the scholars board with the teacher. BSar'ISII, a. Swinish ; brutal; cruel. Boast, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] To exalt, or extravagantly praise one’s self. Svn. — To brag; vaunt; vapor; elorv. — v. t. To speak of With pride orexul- tation. — n. 1 Expression of pride, or vanity. 2. Cause of boasting. BoAST'ER, n. One who boasts. Boast'ful, a. Given to boasting. Boast'ful-ness, n. State or quali¬ ty of being boastful. JSoat (20), n. [A.-S. bat.] A small open vessel, usually moved by oars. — v.t. [-ED; -ing.] To transport in a boat. Boat'a-bi.e , a. Navigable for boats. BOAT'-ifOOK. n. A long pole, with a hook, to pull or push a boat. Boat'man (150), n. A man who manages a boat. Boat'swain (colloq. bo'sn), a. An of¬ ficer who has charge of a ship’s boats, sails, rigging, colors, &c. Bob, n. 1. Any thing that plays loose¬ ly, as at the end of a string. 2. Bait used in angling. 3. A short, jerking action.— v. t. [-ED; -ING, 13G.J To move in a short, jerking manner. — v. i. To have a short, jerking motion. Bob'BIN, n. [Lat. bombus,n humming, because it makes a humming noise.] A kind of spool. B6 b bin-£t', or Bob'bin-et', n. A kind of lace. Bob'O-link, n. An American sing¬ ing-bird. / Bob'tail, n. 1. A short tail, or a tail cut short. 2. The rabble. Bock/ing, ». A kind of baize or drugget; — from Booking, Eng. Bode, r. t. or i. [-ed;-ing.] [A.-S. bodian. See Bid.] To presage ; to foreshow. Bod'ice, I n. [Prop. pi. of body.] Bod'dI^e, ) Stays; a corset. Bod'i-LESS, a. Having no body. BoD'I-IiY, a. Having or containing a body; corporeal. — adv. 1. Corpore¬ ally. 2. Completely. Bod'kin, n. bidog , short [VV. bidogyn, a dim. of word.] A pointed in¬ strument for making holes, &c. Bod'y, n. [A.-S. bodig.] 1. Material substance of an animal. 2. Princi¬ pal part, as of an animal, tree, army, &c. 3. A human being. 4. A col¬ lective mass of individuals. 5. A number of things taken together. 6. Any mass. 7. ( Pai nt.) Consistency ; thickness.— v.t. [-ed; -ing, 142.] To produce in definite shape ; to em¬ body. [tect the person. Bod'y—guard, n. A guard to pro- Bod'y-snatch'er, n. One who robs graves for the purposes of dissection. Bog, n. [Ir. & Gael, bog, soft, moist.] A marsh; a morass. — v. t. To whelm or plunge, as iu mud. Bog'gle, v. i. [-ED; -ING.] [See Bug.] To exhibit hesitancy. Bog'gY, a. Full of bogs; swampy. Bog'-ore, n. An ore of iron found in bogs. Bog'-trot'ter, n. One who lives in a boggy country. Bo'GUS, a. [A corruption of Borghese, a noted swindler.] Spurious. [Aimr.j Bo-hea', n. [From Ww-t, the hills where this kind of tea is grown.] An inferior kind of black tea. Boil, v. i. [Lat. bullire.] 1. To be agitated by heat; — used of liquids. 2. To bubble ; to effervesce. — v. t. -ed; -ING.] To cook or form by boiling. —n. [A.-S. byle, bile, sore.] A painful, suppurating tumor. Boil'er, n. A vessel in which any thing is boiled. | Boil'e r-y, n. A place for boiling. Boil'ing, n. Agitation by heat; eb¬ ullition. Bois'ter-oOs, a. [0. Eng. boistous, Icel. bistr, stormy, furious.] 1. Ex¬ hibiting tumultuous violence. 2. Noisy; turbulent. Syn.— Loud; violent; furious; tumul¬ tuous ; vehement. Bois'TER-oOs-LY, adv. In a bois¬ terous manner. [boisterous. Bois'ter-oDs-ness, n. State of being Bold, a. [Goth, ballhs.] 1. Forward to meet danger. 2. Lacking proper modesty or restraint; rude. 3. Tak¬ ing liberties iu composition or expres¬ sion. 4. Markedly conspicuous. Syn. — Courageous ; daring ; brave ; intrepid ; valiant; manful ; audacious; forward ; impudent. Bold'ly, arf». In a bold manner. Bold'ness, n. Quality of being bold. Bole, n. [Sw. bal.] 1. The body or stem of a tree. 2. A measure. Boll,«. [Cf. Bowl, «.] Pod or capsule of a plant, as of flax; peri¬ carp. — v. i. To form into a seed- vessel. Bol'ster (20), n. [A.-S.] 1. Along under-pillow. 2. A pad or support. — v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] 1. To sup¬ port with a bolster. 2. To hold up ; to maintain. Bolt (20), n. [A.-S. bolt, Teel, bolti.] 1. An arrow. 2. A strong piu to fasten or hold something. 3. Light¬ ning. 4. Twenty-eight ells of canvas. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To secure with a bolt. 2. To fasten. 3- To swallow without chewing. [0. Fr. bulter, JVI. II. Ger. biuteln.] To sift; to separate or assort.— v. i. 1. To move abruptly. 2. To spring sud¬ denly aside. [bolts. Bolt'er, it. One who, or that which, Bolt'-head, n. A long glass vessel for distillations. Bo'lus, n. [Lat.] A large pill. Bomb (bum), n. [Gr. /3op./3os, a hollow, deep sound.] A hollow ball of cast iron filled with explosive materials, to be fired from a mortar. Bom'bard', v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To attack with bombs. B6m'bar-dier', n. A ployed in throwing bombs, [bombs. Bom-bard'ment, ». An attack with Bom'bAst (bilm'bast, 114), n. [L. Lat. bombax, cotton.] An inflated style ; fustian. [flated. B6m-bast'I€, a High-sounding; in- Bom-BAST'I€-AL-LY, adv. With in¬ flation of style. BoM'BA-zet', ) n. A sort of thin B6 m'ba-zette', ) woolen cloth. B6 m'ba-zine', I n. [Gr. /3op.[3vf, silk " E', ] Bomb. person em- B6 m'ba-£INE', ) cotton.] A twilled fabric of silk and worsted. Bom'big, a. [Lat. bombyx, silk-worm.] Pertaining to the silk-worm. Bomb'-ketcii ) (bum'-), n. A Bomb'-ves'sel ) strong vessel, carrying mortars for bombs. BQmb'-prcTof (bum'-), a. Secure against the force of bombs. Bomb'-shEll (bhm'-), n. A bomb. Boiv'BdN {or boug'bOng), n. [Fr.] A sugar-plum. Bond, n. [A.-S. bond, bound.] 1. That which binds. 2. A binding force or influence 3. A legal writ- OK, DO, WQLF, TOO, TOOK; CRN, RUE , pyLL ; E,i,o, silent; £,6, soft; €, g, hard ; Ag ; exist; n as NG ; this BONDAGE 44 BOTTLE ing under seal. 4. Union of stones forming a wall. — a. In a state of servitude.— v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To secure payment of, by giving a bond. Bond'age, n. luvoluntary servitude. Syn.— Thralldom; captivity; slavery. Bond'ed-vvAre'house, n. A ware¬ house for storing bonded goods in. Bond'maid, n. A female slave. Bond'MAN, n. A man slave. Bond'-sCrv'ant, n. A slave; a bondman. [of slavery. Bond'-slave, n. A person in a state Bonds'man, n One who gives secu¬ rity for another. Bond'wom'an, n. A woman slave. Bone (20), n. [A.-S. ban, Goth, bain.] A hard, whitish substance, compos¬ ing a skeleton. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To take out bones from. 2. To put whalebone into. Bone'set, n. A medicinal plant; thoroughwort. Bone'-set'ter, n. One who sets broken and dislocated bones. Bone'-spav'in, n. A bony excres¬ cence on the hock of a horse’s leg. Bon'fire , n. [Fr. bon. good, and Eng. fire.] A fire to express public joy. Eon-mot (bong'nm'), ». [Fr.] A witty repartee ; a jest. Bon'net, n. [Fr.] 1. A covering for the head. 2. Addition to a sail. 3. A dome-shaped casing or appendage. Bon'ni-ly, adv. Gayly ; handsomely. Bon'ny, a. [Fr. bon, bonne, good.] Handsome; beautiful. Bon'ny-clab'Ber, n. [Tr. bainne, baine , milk, and clabar, mud.] Thick part of milk that has become sour. Eon Ton (bdng t5ng). [Fr., good tone.] Fashionable society. Bo'nus, n. [Lat., good.] A premium given for a loan, charter, or other privilege. Bon-vivant (bong've-vong'), n. [Fr. ton, good, and vivant , living.] A jovial companion. Bon'y, a. 1. Full of, or pertaining to, bones. 2. Having large or promi¬ nent bones. Bon'ze, n. [Japan, busse , a pious man ] A priest of different Oriental sects. Boo'by, n. [Fr. bonbie.] 1. A water- fowl allied to the pelican. 2. A dunce ; a stupid fellow. Boo'EY-IiDt, n. A kind of sleigh, with a covered top. Book (27), n. [A.-S. bbe , from bbee, beech, because the ancient Saxons wrote on beechen boards.] 1. Sheets of paper bound together, whether printed or not. 2. A sub-division of a work. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To enter in a book. Book'-bInd'er, n. One who binds books. [shelves for books. Bck)K'-gase (109), n. A case with Book'ISH, a. Given to reading. Book/isit-ness, n. Addictedness to books ; fondness for books. Bo'ok , -keep / er (109), n. One who keeps accounts. [accounts. Book'-keepJng, n. Art of keeping j Book'-l£arned (60), a. Versed in books; ignorant of men. Book'-lBarn'ING, n. Learning ac¬ quired by reading only, [books. Book'-sEll/er, n. One who sells Book'-store, n. A shop where books are kept for sale. [Amer.] Bo'ok'worm (-wurm), n. 1. A worm or mite that eats holes in books. 2. A student addicted to books. Boom, n. [See Beam.] 1. ( Nant.) A spar to extend the bottom of a sail. 2. A line of spars across a river or other water. 3. A hollow roar, as of waves or cannon. — v. i. [-ED; -ing.] 1. To rush with violence. 2. To make a hollow sound or roar, as of waves. 3. To cry, as the bittern. Boom'er-ang, n. A remarkable mis¬ sile weapon used by the natives of Boomerang. Australia. Boon, n. [Lat. bonus, good.] Gift; grant; present.— a. 1. Gay; mer¬ ry. 2. Kind; bountiful. Boor, n. [A -S. gebur , D. boer; fr. A.- S. bflan, to inhabit, cultivate.] A clown ; a rude and illiterate person. Bo'orGsh, a. Clownish; rustic. Bo"ost, v. t. [Cf. Boast, v. ?'.] To lift from behind ; to push up. Bo“o'sy, I a. A little intoxicated; Bo~o'ZY r , j fuddled. Boot, v.t. [-ed ; -ing.] 1. [A.-S. bat, compensation.] To profit; to advantage. 2. To put boots on.— n. 1. Profit; gain , advantage. [Fr. botte, A.-S . butte, bijtte.] 2. A cov¬ ering for the foot and leg. 3. An apron for a carriage, to defend from rain and mud. 4. pi. A servant at hotels who blacks the boots. Boot-ee', n. A half or short boot. Booth, n. [Icel. bftdh, W. bivth.] A temporary shelter of boards or boughs of trees. Boot'-jack, n. An instrument for drawing off boots. [itable. Bo~bT'LESS, a. Unavailing; unpr’of- BooT f -TREE, 1 it. An instrument to Boot'-Last, j stretch the leg of a boot. Bo'ot'y, ii. [Teel, bi/ti, byta, to dis¬ tribute.] Spoil taken in war, or by violence; plunder. Bo-peep', «. A child’s play. Bor'age (bur'rej), n. [Low Lat. bo- rago.] An annual garden plant, for¬ merly esteemed as a cordial. Bo'rax, n. [Ar. bfiraq, niter, salt¬ peter.] A salt formed by a combina¬ tion of boracie acid with soda. Bor'der,ji. [A.-S. bord. See BOARD.] Outer part or edge of any thing. Syn. — Verge; brink; margin; brim; rim; boundary. — v. i. To touch at the edge. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To make a border for. B6 r'der-er, n. One who dwells on a border. Bore, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. bo- rian.] 1. To penetrate with an au¬ ger, gimlet, or the like. 2. To weary by iteration. — v. i. To pierce or enter by boring. — n. 1. Hole made by boring; cavity of any fire-arm ; caliber. 2. One who, or that which, wearies. — v., imp. of Bear. Bo'RE-AL, a. [Lat. borealis, fr. Bore - as, the north wind.] Northern ; per¬ taining to the north. Bor'er, n. 1. One who bores ; an in¬ strument for boring. 2. A worm that pierces wood. BoRN_and Borne,/).?*, of Bear. Bor'ougii (bur'o), n. [A.-S. bvruh, burh , burg, fr. beorgan, to hide, de¬ fend, be prominent.] .An incorpo- rated_town that is not a city. Bor'row (bSr'ro), v. t. [-ed ; -:ng.] [A.-S. borgian, fr. borg, both, pledge.] 1. To take from another on trust, with intention to return or give an equivalent for. 2. To appropriate. Bor'row-er, n. One who borrows. Bosc'AGE, n. [From 0. Eng. busk, Eng. bush.] Wood ; underwood. Bosii, n. [Prov. Eng. bosh, dash, show.] Nonsense; foolishness. [ Col - BosK'Y, a. Woody ; bushy. [/o1d, n. 1. Limit; confine; ex¬ tent; boundary. 2. A leap ; a jump. — v. t. (-ED; -ING.] 1. To limit; to restrain ; to confine. 2. To men¬ tion the boundaries of. — v. i. [Gr. /3a hollow, deep sound.] 1. To move forward by leaps ; to leap ; to jump. 2. To rebound. — imp. Sep. p. of Bind. — a. Destined ; tending ; going. Bound'A-ry, n. That which fixes a limit; esp. a visible mark. BOUND'EN (bound'll), n. [From bind.] Made obligatory ; binding. Bound'less, a. Without bounds or confines; iufinite. Boun'te-oOs (6G), a. Disposed to give freely; generous; munificent. BOUN'TE-OUS-LY, adv. Liberally. Boun'te-oOs-ness, n. Liberality. Boux'ti-fvl, a. Free in giving ; mu¬ nificent ; generous. Boun'ti-fi,JL-ly, adv. In a bounti¬ ful manner. Boun'ty, n. [Lat. bpnitas , fr. bonus , good.] 1. Liberality; generosity. 2. A premium to encourage some object. Bou-QUET' (bJo'kil' or bdb'ka), n. 1. A nosegay ; a bunch of flowers. 2. A perfume or aromatic odor. Bo0r-6eois' (bur-jois / ), n. [Prob. from a type-founder of that name.] A small kind of type. Bourgeois type. Bourn, 1 n. [Fr. borne.] 1. A limit; Bourne, ) goal. 2. Stream or rivulet. Bourse (b(7orss),«. [Fr.,fr. Gr./3dp- cra, skin, because a purse was made of leather.] A French exchange. Bout, n. [0. Eng. bought , bend. See Bight.] 1. A contest; trial. 2. As much of an action as is performed at one time. Bo'vine, a. [Lat. bos, bovis, ox.] Pertaiuing to cattle of the ox kind. Bow (bou), v. t. or i. [-ED; -ing.] [A.-S. btigan, bedgan, Skr. bhudj , to be bent.] To bend ; — used esp. of the head or body. — n. 1. An incli¬ nation of the head,or the body. 2. Rounded part of a ship forward. Bow (bo), n. [See supra , and cf. Bough.] 1. A weapon for shooting arrows. 2. An instrument having a curved form. Bow'el (bou'el), n. [Lat. boteUus , a small sausage.] 1. One of the in¬ testines ; a givt; —chiefly in the pi. 2. Interior part of any thing. 3. Ten¬ derness ; compassion. — t. (137) To take out the bowels of. Bow'ef. (bou'er), n. [From bow.] 1. An anchor at the bow of a ship. 2. [Ger. bauer , a peasant, the knave in cards.] One of the two highest cards in the game of euchre. 3. [A.-S. btir, from Goth, bauan , to dwell.] A cot¬ tage. 4. An arbor. Bow'er-y, a. Covering, as a bower; containing bowers. Bow'ie-Knife (-nlf), n. A peculiar kind of knife, worn as a weapon ; — from its inventor, Col. Bowie. Bowl, n. [A.-S. bolla , any round vessel.] 1. A concave vessel. 2. Hollow part of any thing. 3. [Lat. bulla , any thing rounded by art.] A ball for rolling on a level surface. — v.t. [-ed; -ING.] To roll as a bowl.— v. i. 1. To play with bowls. 2. To roll the ball on a level. Bowl'der, n. [See Bowl, ball.] A mass of rock, transported by natural agencies from its native bed. Bow'-legged (bo'legd), a. Having crooked legs. [at bowls. Bowl'er (boF-), n. One who plays Bow'lIne, n. [Prop, the line of the bow, or bend.] A rope to keep the weather-edge of the sail tight for¬ ward. Bowl'ing-Xl'ley, n. A covered place for playing at bowls. Bowl'ING-GREEN, n. A level piece of ground for bowling. Bow'-shot, n. Space which an ar¬ row may pass when shot. Bow'sprTt (bd'sprit or bou'sprit), n. [Boro (of a ship) and sprit.] A large spar projecting over the stem of a vessel, to carry sail. Bdw'STRiNG, n. 1. String of a bow. 2. A string used by the Turks for strangling offenders. Box, n. [Gr. Trust's, a box, esp. of box-wood.] 1. A case or receptacle. 2. Inclosed space with seats in a place of amusement. 3. A hollow iron in which an axle-tree runs. 4. Buck¬ et of a lifting pump. 5. Driver’s seat on a carriage. 6. [Gr. 7 tv£o?.] A tree or a shrub. 7. [Cf. Gr. 7nJf, with clenched fist.] A blow on the head or ear.— v.t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To inclose in a box. 2. To fur¬ nish with boxes. 3. To strike with the hand. — v. i. To fight with the fist. [fist. Box'er, n. One who fights with hie Box'iiaul, v. t. [-ed; -ing] To wear, as a ship, in a certain manner. BOY, n. [Prov. Ger. bua, hue, D. boef. Cf. Lat. pup us ; A.-S. & Dan. plge, a little girl.] A male child ; a lad. BoY'lldbu (27), n. State of a boy- BoY'lsii,a. Childish; puerile. Boy'isii-ness, n. Manners or behav¬ ior of a boy. Brae'CATE , a. [Lat. braccatus, wear¬ ing breeches.] Furnished with feath¬ ers which conceal the feet. Braise, n. [Lat. brar.hia, the arms (stretched out).] 1. A prop or sup¬ port. 2. That which holds any thing firmly. 3. A character connecting two or more words or lines, thus, boll, 14. A pair. 5. A strap.— v.t. bowl.) [-ed; -ing.] 1. To sup¬ port ; to prop. 2. To tighten. Bra^e'let, n. [Fr., fr. Lat. brachi- um, arm.] Ornament for the wrist. BrXgii'i-AL, or Bra'€HI-al,u. [Lat. brachialis; brachium, arm.] Belong¬ ing to, or resembling, an arm. Bka-€ii?g'ra-phy, n. [Gr. /Spax^s, short, and ypdetu, to write.] Art of writing in short hand; stenogra¬ phy- BrXcic'en, n. Fern. BrXck'ET, n. [0. Fr. braquet, from Lat. brachium , arm.] 1. A small projecting support. 2. One of two hooks, [ ], used to inclose an expla- nation, note, &c. — v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To place within brackets. BrXck'ISII, a. [D. & L. Ger. brak, brackish.] Saltish ; salt, [brackish. BrXck'isH-ness, n. Quality of being BrXgt, n. [Lat. bractea, a thin plate.] A small leaf or scale, from the axil of which a flower proceeds. BrXd, n. [Cf. Dan. brand, prick, sting.] A kind of nail, with a slight projection at the top on one side. BrXg, v. i. [-ED; -ING.] [Cf. Icel. bragga, to adorn, W. bragiaw, to swell out.] To swagger; to boast. — n. 1. A boast. 2. A game at cards. BrXg'ga-do'ci-o (-do'shl-o), n. [From Braggadocchio, a character in Spenser's Faery Queen.] 1. A boaster. 2. Empty boasting. BrXg'GART, n. [0. Fr. bragord, vain bragging.] A boaster ; a vain fellow. — a. Boastful; vainly ostentatious. BrXg'ger, n. One who brags. BrXh'mA, n. First person in the trinity of the Hindoos ; the creator. BraiFMan, I n. One of the upper caste Brah'min, ) among the Hindoos. Braid, v.t. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. bre- dan.] To weave ; to plat.— n. A cord or other texture, formed by weaving. BRAlLg, n. pi. [Lat. braca, bracx , breeches.] Ropes to haul up sails. BRAIN, n. [A.-S. bragen.] 1. The OR, DQ, WQLF, TOO, TCK)K; Orn, RUE , PULL; E, I, o, silent; (j,&,soft; €,5, hard; Ag; E£IST; B aiNfi; THI3. BRAINLESS BREECHES 46 soft whitish mass in the upper cavity of the skull. 2. The understanding. — -v. t. To dash out the brains of. Brain'less, a. Without understand¬ ing ; witless. Brain'-pan, n. Skull; cranium. Brain'-sTck, a. Disordered in the understanding. Brake, n. [L. Ger. brake , brushwood.] 1. A fern. 2. A place overgrown with brakes. 3. A thicket. 4. [From root of break.] An instrument to break tiax. 5. Handle by which a pump, &c., is worked. 6. Mechanism to retard the motion of a carriage. Brake'jian (150), n. One whose busi¬ ness is to mauage a brake. BrXm'ble, n. [A.-S. brcmbel.] 1. The raspberry or blackberry shrub. 2. Any rough, prickly shrub. Bran, n. Coat of the seed of wheat, rye, &c., separated from the flour. Branch, n. [Ger. branke, claw, W. braich , arm.] 1. A limb ; a bough. 2. Any part extended from the main body of a thing. 3. A subdivision ; a department.— v.i. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To spread in branches. 2. To divide into separate parts. — v.t. To divide as into branches. Brancii'let, m. A little branch. Branch'Y, a. Full of branches. BrXnd, n. [A.-S., from brinnan, to bum.] 1. A burning or partly burnt stick. 2. A sword. 3. An iron for burning a mark on something. 4. Quality ; kind. 6. A stigma. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To burn with a hot iron. 2. To stigmatize. BrXnd'-gcTose, n. [See Brant.] A species of wild goose. BrXn'dish, V. t. [-ed; -ing] From brand , a sword.] To wave, as a weapon; to shake or flourish. — n. A flourish, as with a weapon. BranDOLING, n. A small red worm. Brand'-new. a. [See Brand.] Quite new, as if fresh from the fire. BrXn'dy, n. [0. Eng. brandwine , i. e., burned wine.] A spirit distilled from wine, &c. BrXn'GLE, n. [Probably a modif. of wrangle.] A wrangle; a squabble.— v. i. To wrangle ; to squabble. BrXnk, n. 1. Buckwheat. 2. [Cf. Branch.] A bridle for scolds. BrXn'-new (109), a. See Brand- new. [bling, bran. BrXn'ny, a. Consisting of, or resem- BrXnt, n. [It. branta.] A species of wild goose. Bra'sier (bra/zher), n. [From 6rass.] 1. One who works in brass. 2. [Fr. brasier , braisier , from braise , live coals.] A pan for holding coals. BrAss, n. [A.-S. 6ras.] 1. A yellow alloy of copper and zinc. 2. Impu¬ dence. Bra ssG -NESS, n. Quality or appear¬ ance of brass. BrAss-Y, a. 1. Pertaining to brass; hard as brass. 2. Impudent. BrXt,r. [A.-S. bratt, cloak, rag.] A child ; — in contempt. Bra-va'do, n. [See Brave.] 1. An arrogant menace; a boast. 2. A boasting fellow. Brave, a. [Fr. brave , Sp. and It. bravo, courageous.] 1. Of noble or admirable courage. 2. Excellent; beautiful. Syn. — Courageous; gallant; valiant; valorous; bold; intrepid; fearless. — n. 1. A brave person; esp.,an Indian warrior. 2. A hector; a bul¬ ly. — v.t. [-ED; -ing.] To en¬ counter with courage ; to defy. BRAVE'LY, adv. In a brave manner. Brav'ER-Y, n. 1. Quality of being brave. 2. Ostentation. Syn. — Courage; heroism; intrepidi¬ ty ; gallantry ; valor ; dauntlessness ; audacity.— Courage is that firmness of spirit which meets danger without fear; bravery defies or braves it, and shows it¬ self in outward acts; audacity is bravery running out into rashness. Bra'vo, n.; pi. BRA'voEg. [It. See Brave.] A daring villain ; an assas¬ sin. — interj. Well done. Brawl, v. i. [W. bragal , to vocifer¬ ate, brag; brawl , boast.] 1. To quarrel noisily and indecently. 2. To complain loudly. 3. To roar; as water. — n. A noisy quarrel. Brawl'er, n. A noisy fellow. Brawn, n. [0. II. Ger. brato, fatness.] 1. Flesh of a boar. 2. Muscular strength ; hence, the arm. BRAWN'Y, a. Having large, strong muscles. Bray, v. t. [-ED; -ing.] [Icel. braka, to break, A.-S. bracan , to rub.] To pound or grind small. — v.i. [Fr. hr air e.] To utter a harsh cry, as an ass. — n. Harsh sound of an ass. Br AY'ER, n. One who brays like an ass. — n. [From bray , to grind.] An instrument for mixing or spreading ink. Braze, v.t. [From brass.] 1. To solder with an alloy of brass and zinc. 2. To harden to impudence. Bra'ZEN (bra/zn), a. 1. Pertaining to, or made of, brass. 2. Impudent. — v. i. To be impudent. Bra'ZjEN-fa^ed (-fast), a. Impu¬ dent ; shameless. [manner. Bra/ZjEN-ly, adv. In an impudent Bra'ZIER (bra'zber), n. [See Bra- sier.] 1. An artificer who works in brass. 2. A pan to hold coals. BREACH, n. [A.-S. brire, bryce. See Break.] 1. Act of breaking. 2. Opening made by breaking. 3. In¬ fraction, as of a law. 4. A breaking up of amicable relations. Syn.—R ent; cleft; chasm; break; difference; misunderstanding. — v.t. To make a breach in the walls of. Breach' Y, a. Apt to break fences ; — applied to unruly cattle. Bread, n. [A.-S.] 1. Food made of flour or meal. 2. Provisions in gen¬ eral. [bread is made. Bread'-gorn, n. Grain of which Breadth (108), n. [A.-S. brado, braed , from brctd, broad.] Distance from side to side ; width. Break, v. t. [imp. broke (brake, obs.)] p. p. BROKE or BROKEN.] [A.-S. & Goth, brikan.] 1. (a.) To strain apart; and (Fig.) to disclose. (6.) To violate, (c.) To interrupt; to terminate. 2. To dash to pieces. 3. (a.) To bruise, (b.) To weaken, impair, or subdue. (Fig.) To im. part cautiously, (c.) To make bank¬ rupt. (d.) To cashier. — v.i. 1. To come to pieces. 2. To open spon¬ taneously. 3. To appear ; to dawn. 4. To burst forth violently. 6. To fail in business. — n. 1. An open¬ ing. 2. Interruption. 3. The dawn. Break' AGE (45), n. 1. A breaking. 2. Allowance for things broken. Break'er, n. 1. One who, or that which, breaks. 2. pi. Waves break¬ ing into foam against, the shore, &c. Break'fast (brek'fast), n. The first meal in the day. — v. i. [-ED ; -ing.] To eat the first meal in the morning. Break'wa-ter, n. Any structure to break the force of waves. Bream, v. t. To burn filth, as grass, seaweed, &c., off from. Breast, n. [A.-S. breost. The root is A.-S. berstan , Eng. burst.] 1. Fore part of the body next below the neck. 2. The glands, in females, in which milk is secreted. 3. Seat of consciousness, the affections, &c.; the heart. — v. t. To meet with the breast, or manfully. Bre AST'-bone , n. Bone of the breast to which ribs are attached. Breast'knot (-not), n. A knot of ribbons worn on the breast. Breast'pin, n. A pin worn for orna¬ ment on the breast. Breast'plate, n. 1. Armor worn upon the breast. 2. A strap that runs across a horse’s breast. Breast'-plow, In. A kind of Breast'-plough, ) plow, driven by the breast, for cutting turf. Bre AST' work (-wurk),«. A defen¬ sive earthwork breast-high. Breath, n. [A.-S. brsedh.] 1. Air respired. 2. Act or power of breath¬ ing. 3. Time to breathe ; respite. 4. A single respiration or act; an in¬ stant. 6. A slight breeze. Breath'a-ble, a. Capable of being breathed. Breathe, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To respire ; hence, to live. 2. To take breath ; to rest. 3. To pass, as air ; to exhale ; to emanate. — v.t. 1. To respire. 2. To utter softly. 3. To emit, as breath. 4. To suffer to take breath. 5. To put out of breath. Breat-h'ing, n. 1. Respiration. 2. Aspiration. 3. Tent. Breatii'less, a. 1. Out of breath. 2. Dead; expired. Breatii'less-ness, n. State of bo- ing breathless. BRECCIA (brgt'cha), n. [It.] A party- colored rock composed of angular fragments, united by a cement. Breech, n. [See Breeches.] 1. Lower part of the body behind. 2. Hinder part of any thing. BREECH'Eg (brlch'ez), n. pi. [A.-S A, E .1, O, U, Y ,long; if, £,I, 6, i), short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WH£T ; £re, VEIL, t£rm; PIQUE, FIRM ; 86n. BREECHING 47 BRISTLE brec, brier, Lat. bracse, braccx.] A garment worn by men, covering the hips and thighs. Breech'ing (br'ich'ing), n. Part of a harness round a horse’s breech. BREECH'—LOAD'ING, a. Receiving the charge at the breech instead of the muzzle. Breed,!'. «. [imp. Ik p. p. bred.] [A.-S. brddan.] 1. To procreate; to beget. 2. To bring up. 3. To in¬ struct. 4. To produce. — v.i. To bear and nourish young. — n. 1. A race from the same stock. 2. Off- spring; progeny. Breed'er, n. One who breeds. Breed'i.ns, n. 1. Formation of man¬ ners. 2. Deportment or behavior. Breeze, n. A light wind. — v. i. To blow gently. [winds. Breez/y, a. Fanned with gentle Brent, n. A brant, or brand-goose. Bret-H'ren (152), n.; pi. of Brother. Breve, n. [Lat. brevis, short.] 1. ( Mas.) A note, equivalent to i —I two semibreves. 2. A curved I I mark [^] to indicate the short quan¬ tity or sound of a vowel. Bre-vet', n. [Fr.] A commission entitling the officer to take rank above his actual rank or pay.— v. t. To confer rank or title upon by bre¬ vet. — a. Taking rank by brevet. BRE'VI-A-RY, n. [Lat. breviarium, fr. brevis, short.] 1. An abridgment; a competed ; a summary. 2. A book containing the daily service of the Roman Catholic or Greek church. 13RE-VIER', n. [Prob. from beingorig. used in printing a breviary .] A small kind of printing type. This type is brevier. BrEv'i-ty, 7i. [Lat. brevitas, from brevis, short.] 1. Shortness of dura¬ tion. 2. Conciseness. Brew (brq), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. breovan, allied to Gr. pvyeiv, to roast, fry, broil.] 1. To boil or seethe. 2. To prepare from malt or other materials, by steeping, boil¬ ing, and fermentation. 3. To plot. — v.i. 1. To carry on brewing. 2. To be forming, or gathering. Bre w'aGe (hr]]/-), n. Malt liquor. BRE w'ER(bri)'er), ti. One who brews. Brew'er-y ) (brq'-), n. A house Brew'-HOUSE J where brewing is carried on. Brewing (bribing), n. 1. Prepar¬ ation of liquors from malt and hops &c. 2. Quantity brewed at once. Brew'is (bryj / is), n. [A.-S., from breo¬ van, Eng. brew.] Bread soaked in gravy, or in water and butter. Bribe, n. [Fr. bribe, a hunch of bread, leavings of meals generally given to a beggar.] 1. A gift intended to cor¬ rupt. 2. That which seduces. — v. t. [-ED;-iNG.] 1. To corrupt by gifts. 2_. To gain by a bribe. Brib'er, n. One who bribes. Brib'Er-y, n. Act of bribing. BrIck, «. [Armor, priek, clayey, pri, clay.] 1. Clay and sand, tempered with water, molded into regular forms,and dried or burnt. 2. Bricks collectively. — v.t. [-ed; -ING.] To lay or pave with bricks. BrTck'BAT, 7i. A fragment of a brick. Brick'-kIln (-kTl), n. A kiln, in which bricks are burnt. BrIck'-lay'er, ti. One who builds with bricks. BrIck'-work (-wGrk), n. A struct¬ ure of bricks. BrId'al, a. Belonging to a bride; nuptial; connubial.—n. Nuptial festival; marriage. Bride, n. [A.-S. bryd , Skr. praudha. Cf. Skr. pri , to love.] 1. A woman recently married. 2. A woman con¬ tracted to be married. [wedding. BrIde'-cake, 7i. Cake for guests at a Bride'groom, ti. [A.-S. brydguma, fr. bryd, bride, and guma, man.] A man newly married, or about to be married. Bride'-maid, 1 n. A woman who at- Brides'-maid, J tends on a bride. BrIde'-MAN, In. A man who at- BrIde§'-man, ( tends upon a bride¬ groom and bride. Bride'well, 7i. A house of correc¬ tion ;— from a workhouse near St. Bride's well, in London. BrIdGe , 7i. [A.-S. brycg, brig.] 1. A structure on which to pass over a watercourse, ravine, &c. 2. Some¬ thing analogous to a bridge. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To build a bridge over. Bri'dle, n. [A.-S. bridel.] 1. An in¬ strument to govern and restrain a horse. 2. A restraint; a check. — v.t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To put a bridle upon. 2. To restrain. Bri'dle-path, I n. A path for BrI'DLE-way, J horsemen. BrI-doon', 7i. [Fr. bridon , fr. bride.] Snaffle and rein of a military bridle, acting independently of the bit. Brief, a. [Lat. brevis, short.] 1. Short in duration. 2. Short in ex¬ pression ; using few words. Syn.— Short; limited; concise; suc¬ cinct; summary; laconic. — n. 1. An epitome ; a concise writ¬ ing. 2. Abridgment of a client’s case. 3. A writ summoning a man to answer to any action. Brief'less, a. Having no brief; without clients. Brief'LY, adv. Concisely. Briefness, n. Conciseness. BRl'ER, n. [A.-S. brier, brer.] A prickly plant or shrub. BiiPer-y, a. Full of briers; rough. BRlG,n. [Abbrev. of brigantiiie.] A vessel with two masts, square- rigged. BrY-gade', n. [Orig. a contend¬ ing troop, fr. 0. Fr. brigue, trou- Brig, ble, quarrel.] A division of troops, commanded by a general officer, or brigadier.— v.t. [-ED; -ING.] To form into brigades. BrYg'a-dier'-GEn'er-al, ti. The officer who commands a brigade. Brig'and, n. [YV. brigant, summit, highlander, plunderer.J A robber ; a freebooter. [pluuder. Brig'and-age, n. Theft; robbery; BrIg'AN-TINE, ii. [Fr. brigant in, brig, a piratical vessel.] A kind of small brig. Bright (brlt), a. [A.-S. beorht,briht Skr. bhradsh, to shine.] 1. Shedding much light. 2. Having qualities that render conspicuous or attrac¬ tive. 3. Ilaviug a clear, quick in¬ tellect. Syn.—S hining ; luminous; resplen¬ dent; effulgent; radiant. Brigiit'en (brTt'n), v. t. [-ed ;-ing.] 1. To make bright. 2. To make il¬ lustrious. 3. To shed light upon. 4. To make acute. — v. i. To grow bright, or more bright. Bright'LY (brlt'-), adv. Splendidly. Brightness (brit'-), n. 1. Quality of being bright. 2. Acuteness. BrIll'IAN^E, In. Great brightness; Br!ll/IAN- 9Y, 1 splendor. BrIll'IANT (brll'yant), a. [Fr. bril- lant, p. pr. of briller, to shine or sparkle.] 1. Sparkling with luster. 2. Splendid; shining. — n. A dia¬ mond of the finest cut. BrIle'iant-ly, adv. In a brilliant manner. Brim, n. [A.-S. brymme.] Rim, or border, of any thing. — v. i. To be full to the brim. [pletely full. Brim'fvl, a. Full to the top ; com- Brim'mer, n. A bowl full to the top. BeIiW'ming, a. Full to the brim. Brim'stone, ti. [A.-S. bryne, fire, and stone.] Sulphur. Brin'DED, a. [Equiv. to branded.] Having different colors ; variegated. Brin'dle, n. [A dim. form of brind, the root of brind ed.] State of being brinded. [variegated. Brin'dled (brln'dld), a. Spotted ; BRINE, n. [A.-S. bryne , fr. brinnan, byrnan, to burn.] 1. YY'ater im¬ pregnated with salt. 2. The ocean or sea. 3. Tears. Brine'-pXn, n. A pit of salt-water, for evaporation. Bring, v. t. [imp. & p.p. brought.] [A.-S. bring an.] 1. To convey ; to fetch. 2. To make to come. 3. To induce ; to influence. [salt. Brin'ISH a. Like brine; somewhat Brink (82), n. [Icel. bringr , hillock, W. bryneyn.] Edge or border of a steep place ; verge. BrIn'y, a. Pertaining to brine ; salt. Brisk, a. [W. brysg, fr. brys, haste.] 1. Full of liveliness and activity. 2. Effervescing, as liquors. BrIsk'ET, n. [YY r . brysced.] That part of the breast of an animal that lies next to the ribs. BrI'sk'LY, adv. In a brisk mahner. Briskness, «. Quality of being brisk. BrIs'TEE (bris'l), n. [A.-S. bristl.] A short, stiff, coarse hair. — v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To erect the bristles of. — v. i. To stand erect, like bristles. g, hard; A§; EJIST; as NG; this. BRISTLY 48 BRUSH BrTs'tly (bris'ly), a. Thick set with bristles ; rough. Bri-tan'ni-a, n. A compound of tin, antimony, bismuth, and copper. Brit'isii, a. Pertaining to Great Britain or its inhabitants. BrIt'TLE (brlt'tl), a. [A.-S. bryltnn , to break.] Easily broken; apt to break ; fragile. Brit'tle-ness, n. Fragility. Broach, n. [Fr. broche, spit, It. brocca.] A tool for smoothing or en¬ larging holes in metal. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To pierce, as with a spit. 2. To tap ; to pierce, as a cask. 3. To make public. [who broaches. Broauh'er, n. 1. A spit. 2. One Broad (brawd), a. [-ER; -EST.] [A.’-S. brad.] 1. Wide; extended from side to side. 2. Diffused. 3. Having a large measure of any thing or quality. Syn.—A mple; extensive; comprehen¬ sive; vulgar; coarse. An ax with a broad edge, for liew- Broad'-Xx, ) n. Broad'-axe, ) 1 ing timber. Broad'cAst, n. A casting seed from the hand in sowing. — adv. By scat¬ tering at large from the hand. — a. 1. Dispersed upon the ground with the hand. 2. Widely diffused. Broadcloth, n. A tine kind of wool¬ en cloth more than 29 inches wide. Broad'en, r. t. To grow broad.— v. t. To make broad. Broad'ly, adv. In a broad manner. Broad'ness, n. Quality of being broad: breadth. Broad'-pie^e, n. A piece of gold coin broader than a guinea; in the reigns of James I. and Charles I. a 20s. piece. [country or state. Broad'—seal, n. Public seal of a Broad'side, n. 1. A discharge of all the guns on one side of a ship at once. 2. The side of a ship above the water. 3. A sheet of paper printed on one side only. Broadsword (-sord), n. A sword with a broad blade. Bro-cade', n. [It. broccare, to figure, to stitch.] Silk or other stuff, varie¬ gated with gold and silver, or en¬ riched with Powers, &c. Bro-uad'ed, a. Woven as brocade. Br5'ka4e| | n ' Brokera ge. Bro'ca-tel ', n. [Sp.] A kind of coarse brocade, commonly made of silk and cotton. BROE'-eo-Li, n. [It., pi. of broccolo , cabbage sprout.] A variety of the common cabbage. Brochure (bro-shpr'), n. [Fr., fr. brocher , to stitch.] A pamphlet. Brock, n. [A.-S. broc.] A badger. Bro'gan, or Bro-gan', n. A stout, coarse shoe. Brogue (brog), n. [Ir. & Gael, brog.] 1. A stout, coarse shoe. 2. A cor¬ rupt manner of pronunciation. BROIL, n. [Of Celtic origin.] Anoisy quarrel. Syn. —Affray; tumult; altercation. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To dress or cook over coals. — v. i. To be sub¬ jected to the action of heat. Broil'er, n. 1. One who excites broils. 2. A gridiron. Broke (20), imp. & p. p. of Break. Brok/jEN (brok/n, 20), p. a. [From break.] 1. Parted by violence. 2. Made weak ; infirm. 3. Subdued ; contrite. Brok'en-heSrt'ed, a. Crushed by grief or despair. Brok'en-ly, adv. In a broken, in¬ terrupted manner. Brok'en-wind'ed, a. Having short breath, as a horse. Bro'ker, n. One who transacts busi¬ ness for another for a certain com¬ pensation. Bro'ker-age, n. 1. Business of a broker. 2. Fee or commission for transacting business as a broker. Bro'mA, n. [Gr. /3pwp.a, food.] A chocolate preparation from the seeds of the cocoa. Bro'mine, n. [Gr. /3pfc>ju 09 , bad smell.] One of the elements, related in its chemical qualities to chlorine and iodine. Br oW'-CHT, ~in.pl. [Gr. jSpoyxta, BroH'-chi-a, 1 /3p°YX 0? > windpipe.] BroN'-chi-je, ) The ramifications of the windpipe in the lungs. Bron'-ciii-al (82), a. Belonging to Bron'chie j the bronchiae, or ramifications of the windpipe. Br on-chi' tis, 11 . Inflammation of any part of the bronchial mem¬ brane. Bron'cho-^ele, n. [Gr. jSpoyxos, windpipe, and xpArj, tumor.] A mor¬ bid enlargement of the thyroid gland ; goiter. BR 0 N-€H 6 T' 0 -MY, n. [Gr. / 9 poyxos, windpipe, and to pp, a cutting.] An incision into the windpipe. Bronze (br5nz or bronz), n. [Prob. fr. It. bruno, brown.] 1. An alloy of copper with tin. 2. A work 01 art cast in bronze. 3. A brown color. — v. t [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To give the appearance ox bronze. 2. To maxe haru or unfeeling. Brooch, n. [See Broach.] A bosom-pin. Brood, v.i. [-ed ; -ing.] [A.-S. brbd. See Breed.] 1. To sit on and cover eggs or young, as a fowl. 2. To remain in anxious thought; to muse. — v. t. To sit over, cover, and cherish. — n. 1. Offspring; progeny. 2. That which is bred or produced. Brook (27), n. [A.-S. brCc.] A small natural stream. — v.t. [A.-S. brhean, to eat, enjoy, use, bear.] To endure ; to be contented with. Broom (28), n. [A.-S. brum.] 1. A genus of plants. 2. A brush with a long handle, for sweeping floors, &c. Broom'~g6rn, n. A plant bearing a head of which brooms are made. Broom's tick, n. Handle of a broom. Broom'y, a. Full of broom ; con¬ sisting of broom. Broth (21), n. [A.-S. brodh , from breovan , to brew.] Liquor in which flesh is boiled. Broth'el, n. [A form of bordel , orig. a little hut.] A house of ill-fame. Broth'er (bruth'er, 152), n. [A.-S. brGdhor , brOdhur.] 1. He who is born of the same father and mother. 2 . One closely united to another by some common tie. 3. One who re¬ sembles another. Broth'er-iiood (27), n. 1. State of being a brother. 2. An association ; a fraternity. 3. A class of individu¬ als of the same profession. Broth'er-in-law, n. Brother of a husband or wife; also, a sister’s husband. Broth'er-ly, a. Pertaining to brothers ; kind ; affectionate. Brow, n. [A.-S. brav, brtiva, Skr. bhrii.] 1. The ridge and hair over the eye 2. The forehead. 3. Edge of a steep place. Brow'beat, v. t. [imp. browbeat ; p. p. BROWBEATEN.] To bear down with haughty, stern looks or arrogant assertions. Brown, n. A dark color inclining to red or yellow. — a. [-er; -EST.] [A.-S. brim. The root is A.-S. beorn- an , byrnan, Eng. burn.] Of a dark color, inclining to red or jellow.— v.t. [-ed; -ING.] To make brown. Brown'-stout, n. A superior kiud of porter. Brown'-stud'y, n. Mental abstrac¬ tion ; reverie. Browse, v. t. To eat off, as the ends of branches, &c. — v. i. [-ED; -ING.] To feed on the tender branch¬ es of shrubs or trees. Browse (browss), n. [0. H. Ger. broz, prozzen, to sprout.] Tender branches of trees and shrubs, fit for the food of cattle. Bru'IN, n. [D. bruin , brown, from his color.] A bear. Bruise (32), v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. brysan.] To injure or crush, as by collision ; to contuse ; to reduce to fragments. — n. An iniury to the flesh of animals, to plants, &c. ; a contusion. BRUlg'ER, n. A boxer. BRUIT (brjjt),«. [Fr.; W.brud,bnvth.] Report; rumor; fame.— v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To noise abroad Bru'MAL (32), a. [Lat. brumalis, fr. bruma, winter.] Belonging to winter. Bru-NETTE', n. [Fr., brownish.] A woman with a dark complexion. Brunt, n. [A.-S. bront , boiling, foam¬ ing, raging.] 1. Utmost violence of an onset. 2. Force of a blow ; shock. 3. A sudden effort. Brijsh, n. [0. II. Ger. brusta,bursta , burst , bristle.] 1. An instrument of bristles, &c., for various purposes. 2. Branches of trees lopped off. 3. A thicket or coppice. 4. A skirmish. — v.t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To apply a brush to. 2. To pass lightly over. 3. To remove or gather by brush¬ ing.— v.i. 1. To move nimbly. 2. To move over with a slight contact. £., e, I, o,u, Y,long; A,E,I, 6, D,$, short; cAre, fXr, Ask, ^ll, what; Ere, veil, t£rm; pique, fIrm; s6n, BRUSII-WOOD BULGE 49 BrBsh'-wood, n. 1. A thicket. 2. Small branches cut from trees. BrOsh'Y, a Resembling a brush. Bru'tal (32), a. 1. Pertaining to a brute. 2. Savage ; inhuman. Bru-T.Xl'I-TY, n. Inhumanity ; savageness ; cruelty. BRU'TAL-IZE, V. t. [-ED; -ING.] To make brutal. [ner ; cruelly. Bru'tal-ly, adv. In a brutal mau- BrDte (32), a. [Lat. fcruhzs.] 1. Sense¬ less ; unconscious. 2. Irrational. 3. Unintelligent ; animal. 4. Bestial. — n. 1. A beast; an animal desti¬ tute of reason. 2. A low-bred, un¬ feeling person. Bru'ti-fy, v. t. [Lat. brutus , brute, and facere, to make.] [-ied; -ING, 142.] To make a brute of. Bru'TISH, a. Pertaining to, or resem¬ bling, a brute. Syn. — Ignorant; insensible ; stupid; savage; cruel; brutal. Bru'TISH-LY, adv. In the manner of a brute. [tality. Bru'tish-ness, n. Stupidity ; bru- LRU'TISM, n. Nature or characteristic qualities of a brute. BRY'O-NY, n. [Gr. /3pvu)i/ia.] A genus of climbing plants. BOb'ble, n. [D. bobbel.] 1. A small vesicle of water or other fluid inflated with air. 2. Any thing that wants solidity; A delusive scheme. — v. i. |-Ed; -ING.] 1. To rise in bubbles. 2. To run with a gurgling noise. — v. t. To impose on. BffB'BLY, a. Abounding in bubbles. BDb'by, /i. A woman's breast. Bu'bo, n. ; pi. bu boes. [Gr- Povfiuv.] 1. The groin. 2. An inflammation, with enlargement, of a gland in the groin. Bu-BON'O-yKLE, n. [Gr. £ov/3di/, groin, and kjjAtj, tumor.] A tumor in the groin. BOe'eal, a. [Lat. bucca , cheek.] Per¬ taining to the cheek. BOe'EA-neer', ) n. [A word of Amer. BOe'A-nier', j origin.] A pirate; a freebooter. BU-yfiN'TAUR,». [Gr. ,8ot/?, ox and KeVravpos, a centaur.] 1. A fabulous monster, half ox and half man. 2. The state barge of Venice. Bu'EHU, n. A plant used for diseases of the bladder. BtlGK, n. [L. Ger. bilke , prob. fr. b'dke, book, beech, because formerly lye was made of the ashes of this tree.] 1. Lye in which ^ cloth is soaked in bleaching; also, the liquor in which clothes are washed. 2. The clothes soaked or washed. 3. [A.-S. Buck. bucca, hue, YV. bwch.] 4. Male of the fallow deer, goat, sheep, rabbit, and hare. 5. A gav, dashing young fel¬ low.— v. t. To soak or steep in lye. BOek'-bAs'ket, n. A basket to car¬ ry clothes in to the wash. BCck'et, n. [A.-5. buc.] A vessel for drawing or carrying water or other liquids. [gay ; foppish. BOck'ISH , a. Pertaining to a buck ; BOck'LE (bQk'l), n. [Lat. buccula , dim. of bucca, cheek.] An instru¬ ment attached to a strap. — v. t. [-Ei>; -ING.] 1. To fasten with a buckle. 2. To prepare for action. — v. t. 1. To bend; to bow. 2. To struggle. [of shield. BDck'ler, n. [See Buckle.] A kind BOck'-mAst, n. [For beech-mast.] Fruit of the beech-tree. BOck'ram, n. [Fr. bougran , fr. bou- racan, &c., by transposing the r.] A coarse linen cloth, stiffened with glue. Buck'skIn, n. 1. Leather of abuck. 2. pi. Breeches made of buckskin. Buck'tiiorn, n. A genus of plants. BDck'wheat, n. [Scot, buck, beech, and wheat.] A plant, the seed of which is used as a grain. Bu-eol'ie, 1 a. [Gr. /JovkoAikos, Bu-EOL'ie-AL, ) fr. /SovkoAos, cow¬ herd, herdsman.] Relating to shep¬ herds ; pastoral; rustic. — n. A pas¬ toral poem. BOd, n. [II. Ger. butze, butz, core of a fruit, bud.] An undeveloped branch or flower.— v. i. [-ded ; -ding.] 1. To put forth buds. 2. To begin to grow, as a horn. 3. To be in bloom. — v. t. To insert, as the bud of a plant, under the bark of another tree, to raise a different fruit. Bud'diiTsivi (bdodOzm), n. The doc¬ trine taught by the Hindoo sage, sur- named Buddha, in the Gth century B. c. [of Buddhism. By d'diiist (booddst), n. A votary ByD'DiilST, ) a. Relating to, or ByD-DHIST'IE, j connected Buddhism, or its founder. Bude'-ligiit (-lit), n. [From Bude, the residence of the inventqr.] Au intense white light, produced by burning purified coal-gas in a lamp of peculiar construction. Budge, v. t. [-ed;-ing.] [Fr. bou- ger, to stir ; move.] To move off; to stir. — n. [Lat. bulga, a leathern bag or knapsack.] Lamb-skiu fur. - BDdG'et, «. [See Budge, «.] 1. A sack, with its contents; hence, a stock or store. 2. Annual financial statement made in the House of Commons. Bud'let, n. A little bud or shoot. Buff, n. [Fr. bucuf, beef.] 1. A sort of leather, prepared in oil. 2. A color between light pink and light yellow. B0FF,a. 1. Made of buff leather. 2. Between light pink and light yellow. BIjf'fa-lo, n. ; pi. bCf'fa-loej, [Gr. /3oi>/3aAov, a wild ox.] 1. A kind of wild ox found in warm countries of _ _ , the East. Buffalo. The name is erroneously applied to the Bison of North America. See Bison. BOf'fa-lo-robe , n. The skin of the with, -- ^ ~ — j ~ ---- 1 -- *.~ ~ _ OR, do, WpLF, TOO, TO'OK ; flRN, RUE, pyLL ; E, I, O .silent; q,&,soft; E, 5, hard; Ag; bison, or so-called buffalo, prepared with the hair on. BDf'fer, n. A cush¬ ion, or apparatus,to deaden concussion. Buffer. BOf'FET, n. [Fr. buffet, It. buffetlo, orig. a wineskin, and then a table where wine in skins was placed and sold.] 1. A cupboard or sideboard at one side of a room. 2. [0. Fr., fr. buffe, blow.] 3. A blow with the hand ; a cuff. 4. Violeut force or re¬ sistance.— v. t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To box; to beat; to cuff. 2. To con¬ tend against. [actor in an opera. Buf'fo, n. [It. See infra.] Thecomio Buf-FOON', n. [It. buffone, buffo.] A droll; a harlequin ; a clown. Buf-foon'er-y, n. Low jests; vul¬ gar tricks and postures. BOff'y, a. Resembling buff. BffG, n. [Cf. W. bwg, hobgoblin, scare¬ crow.] An insect of many species. BUG, 1 n. [W. bwg , bivgnn, Bug'bear, [ from bw, a terrifying BCg'A-BOO', ) object.] Something frightful, as a specter. BOg'gY, a. Abounding with bugs. — n. 1. A light one-horse chaise. 2. A light one-horse, four-wheel vehicle. Bu'gle, ) n. [From bugle Bu'gle-horn, j (Lat. buculus, a young bullock, dim. of bos, ox), a sort of wild ox, buffalo.] A musical wind instru¬ ment. Bu'gle (bu'gl), n. 1 . [Ger. biigel, a bent piece of metal or wood.] An elon¬ gated glass bead. 2. [Lat. bugillo.] A plant used in medicine. . BU'GLOSS, n. [Gr. /SovyAwcrcro?, ox¬ tongue, from j3 oviovrj, sound.] A disagreeable sound of words. 2. A bad voice. GXg'tus, n. ; pi. ■eXc'TUS-Es, or cXe'ti. [Gr. kclktos , a prickly plant.] A genus of tropical Ameri¬ can plants. GXd, n. [Abbrev. of cadet.] One who stands at the door of an omnibus to open and shut it, &c. Ga-dXv'er-ous, a. [Lat. cadavero- * sus, fr. cadaver, a corpse.] Resem¬ bling a corpse ; pale ; wan ; ghastly. GXd'di^e, I n. The larva of the cad- GXd'dis, } dice-fiy. GXd'DICE-fly, n. A species of in¬ sect, frequenting marshy places. GXd'dy, n. [Dim. of cade, cask.] A small box for tea. [or cask. Gade, n. [Gr. (cafios, jar.] A barrel Ga'dence, n. [L. Lat. cadentia , fr. Lat. cad ere, to fall.] 1. A fall of the voice in reading or speaking. 2. A uniform time and pace in marching. Ga-det', n. [0. Fr. capdet, as if from N. Lat. capitettum, dim. of caput , head, top.] A young man in a mili¬ tary school. €a'di, n.; pi. CA'Dlg. [Turk.] The judge of a town or village among the Turks. [zinc. GXd'aii-UM, n. A metal related to €a-du'pe-its, n. [Lat.] Mercury’s rod or wand. Ga-du'^i-ty, n. [L. Lat. injej caducitas, from Lat. cadu- JLI/' cms.] Tendency to fall. Ga-du'cous, a. [Lat .cadu- cus, from cadere, to fall.] £$} Failing off quickly or early. (IjE-su'rA, or (/JE-su'rA, © n.; Eng. pi. GA£-EU'rA§ (or -su'-) ; Lat. pi. pdE- £ U'RJE. [Lat., from ex- Caduceus . dere, exsum, to cut off.] A pause or division in a vers?. (^JE-gu'RAL, or (^jE-su'ral, a. Per¬ taining to the caesura. Cafe (kSf'a), n. [Fr. See Coffee.] A coffee-house. Gaf-fe'io. a. [See Coffee.] Per¬ taining to, or obtained from, coffee. Gaf-fe'Ine, n. A white, bitter sub¬ stance, obtained from coffee. [keg. GXG,n. [I cel. kaggi.] A small cask ; a Gage, n. [Lat. cavea, cavity.] A box a, e, i, o, fi,Y,long; X, e, I, o, u, short; cAre, far, Ask, all, what; Ere, veil, t£rm; pique, fTrm; s6n. CAIMAN 53 or inclosure for confining birds or other animals.— v. t. [-ed ; -ING.j To confine in a cage. Gil'MAN, n. See Cayman. GA'IQUE, or Ga-IQUE', n. [Turk. qdiq, boat.] A kind of Turkish skiff or light boat. GXlRN, n. [\V. earn, heap.] A round¬ ed or conical pile of stones. Gais'SON, n. IFr., from caisse, case, chest.] A chest containing ammu¬ nition. Cai'tiff, n. [Lat. captivus, captive, fr. capere, to take.] A mean, despi¬ cable person. GXj'e-pOt, n. [Of Malayan origin, fr. kayb, tree, and pfitih, white.] An essential oil from the East Indies. Ga-JOLE', v. t. [-ed; -ing .] [Fr. cajoler , to flatter, orig. to allure one into a cage like a bird, fr. geble, dim. of cage..] To deceive bj' flattery. Syn. — To flatter ; wheedle ; deceive; delude; coax; entrap. Ca-jol'er, n. One who cajoles; a flatterer ; a wheedler. €a-jol'er-y, n. A wheedling ; coax¬ ing language ; flattery. Cake, n. [From Lat. coquere , to cook, bake.] 1. A composition of flour, butter, sugar, &c., baked in a small mass. 2. Any mass of matter flat and concrete. — v. t. To form into a cake, or mass. — v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] To concrete or form into a hard mass. GXl'A-bXsh, n. [Ar. gar ah , f., a kind of gourd , and aibas, f. aibasah, dry, i. e., a dry gourd scooped out.] 1. Fruit of the calabash-tree. 2. A vessel made from the gourd, or the gourd itself. CXl'a-boose', n. [A corruption of Sp. calabozo , dungeon.] A prison ; a jail. CAl/a-mXn'€0 (82), n. [L. Lat. cal- amancus , camelaucus, a head cover¬ ing made of camel’s hair, whence the name.] A woolen stuff, of a fine gloss, and either ribbed or plain. Cal/a-mif'er-oOs, a. [Lat. calamus, reed, and ferre, to bear.] Producing reeds; reedy. CXl'a-mine, n. [Lat. cadmia, d having been, as it often is, changed into /.] The silicate of zinc. Ca-lam'i-toOs, a. 1. Suffering ca¬ lamity ; miserable. 2. Producing calamity ; making wretched. Syn. — Deplorable ; distressful ; af¬ flictive; wretched; sad; grievous; bale¬ ful; disastrous; adverse ; unhappy. Ca-lXmT-toCs-ness, a. Wretched¬ ness ; distress. Ga-lXm'I-TY, n. [Lat. calamitas, orig. injury of crops, fr. calamus, reed, straw of grain.] Any great mis¬ fortune or cause of misery. Syn. — Disaster; misfortune; mishap; I mischance. — Calamity is either private or public, and is a somewhat continu¬ ous state ; disaster (lit., ill-starred) is a sudden and distressing event or stroke, as if from some hostile planet. Misfor¬ tune, mishap, mischance, are words which diminish in force according to the order in which they stand. €Xl'a-mus, n. ; pi. val’a-mt. [Gr. Kd.Aap.os.] The Indian cane ; a plant of the palm family. Ga-lXsh', n. [Of Slavonic origin.] 1. A light carriage having a top that can be raised or lowered. 2. Top of a carriage which can be thrown back at pleasure. 3. A kind of hood. Gal-€A'RE-ous, a. [Lat. calx, lime.] Of the nature of limestone. GXL'gE-A'TED, a. [Lat. calceatus.] from calceus, shoe.] Wearing shoes. Gal-cTf'er-oOs, a. [Lat. calx, lime, and ferre, to bear.] Containing car¬ bonate of lime. CXl/^I-FORM, a. [Lat. calx, lime, and forma, form.] In the form of chalk or lime. ’ Gal-cin'a-ble, a. Capable of being calcined. [calcining. GXl'ci-NA'tion, n. Operation of Gal-(/ine, or GXl'c'ine, v.t. [-Ed ; -ING.] [Lat. calx, lime.j To reduce, or to be reduced to a powder, or to a friable state, by heat. Cal'ci-um, n. Metallic basis of lime. Cal'cu-la-ble, a. Capable of being calculated. GXl'uu-late, v. t. [-ed; -ing]. [Lat. calculare, calculatus, fr. calcu¬ lus, pebble.] To ascertain by arith¬ metical or mathematical processes. — v. i. To make a calculation. Syn. — To compute ; reckon ; count; estimate; rate.— Calculate is generic, referring to the operation as a whole; compute relates to the obtaining of a gross sum or amount ; reckon and count to the details in so doing. 123?" In the U. S., calculate is often im¬ properly used for intend or purpose ; as, a man calculates to go a journey. GXl'cu-la'TION, 7i. Computation; reckoning. [calculation. GXl'UU-la'tive, a. Pertaining to Gal'uu-la'tor, n. One who com¬ putes or reckons. Gal'-GU-loOs, a. 1. Like stone ; grit¬ ty. 2. Affected with the gravel or stone. Gal'uu-lus, n.; pi. cal'cu-eT. [Lat. See Calculate.] 1. A concre¬ tion in any part of the body ; the stone in the bladder. 2. One of the branches of mathematics. Cal'dron (kawp-), n. [Lat. caldari- inn, from caldus, calidus, warm, hot.] A large kettle or boiler. GXl'E-FA'CIENT, a. [Lat. calefacere, calefaciens.] Making warm ; heat¬ ing. — 7i. A substance that excites warmth in the parts to which it is applied. [or heating. Gal'e-fXg'tion, n. Act of warming Gal'e-fXg'tTve, ) a. Making warm GXl'e-fXe'to-ry, ( or hot. GXl'e-FY, v. i. [Lat. colefieri, from calefacere.] To grow hot or warm. — v. t. To make warm or hot. CSl'en-dar, 7i. [Lat. caleiidarium, an interest or account book. See Calends.] I. An arrangement of the divisions of time, as days, weeks, months, &c. 2. An almanac.— v. t. To write in a calendar. ! GXl'en-der, n. [A modif. of cijlin- CALL der.] A hot press, to make cloths, paper, &c., smooth, even, and glos¬ sy, or to give them a wavy appear¬ ance.— v.t. [-E D ; -ING.] To pre s between rollers so as to make smooth, glossy, or wavy, GXL'ENDg, 71. pi. [Lat. calendw, from calare, to call, proclaim.] First day of each month among the Homans. €al'en-ture (53), n. [From Lat. calere, to be warm.] A furious deliri¬ um caused by the heat of the tropi¬ cal sun at sea. €a-l£s'CEN£E, n. [Lat. calescere, calescens, to grow warm.] Growiug warmth. Calf (kaf), n. ; pi. calves (kavz). [A.-S. ceaif.] 1. Young of the cow. 2. Thick, fleshy part of the leg be¬ hind, below the knee. GXl'I-BER, 1 7 i. [Lat. qua libra, of GXl'i-bre, j what pound or weight ?] 1. Diameter of a round body. 2. Di¬ ameter of the bore of any tube. 3- Mental capacity. Cal'i-co, n.; pi. calG-coes. [First imported from Calicut, in the E. I.] 1. Plain white cotton cloth. [Eng.] 2. Printed cotton cloth. [Amer.] -Gal'i-duct, ti. [Lat. calor, heat, and ductus, lead.] A pipe used to con¬ vey heat. Ga'lif, n. See Caliph. Ga-lig'i-noOs, a. [Lat. caliginosus , from caligo, mist, darkness.] Dark. GXlG-pXsh', ti. Part of a turtle which belongs to the upper shell. GXl'i-pee , n. Part of a turtle which belongs to the lower shell. •0Xl'i-per£, n. pi. Com¬ passes with curved legs for measuring the diameter of round bodies. GA'LIPII, 71. [Ar. khalifah, fr. khalafa, to succeed.] One of the successors of Mohammed. Calipers. GXl'iph-ate, 1 n. Office or dignity Gal'if-ate, ) of a caliph. GXlGs-thEn'IC, a. Pertaining to calisthenics. Gal'IS-THEN'ICS, n. sing. [Gr. xa- Aos, beautiful, and aOevos, strength.] Exercise of the body and limbs, to promote strength and grace. Ga'lix, 71. A cup. See Calyx. Galk (kawk), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] ] [Prob. fr. Fr. calfater, fr. Ar. galafa, to fill up crevices with fibers of palm- trees, or with moss.] To drive oak¬ um into the seams of, to prevent leaking. 2. [See infra.] To furnish the shoes of with sharp points ; —- said of a 'horse or ox. — n. [A.-S. calc, shoe, hoof. Lat. calx, heel.] A sharp-pointed piece of iron on a shoo for a horse or an ox. [calks. Galk'er (kawk'er), n. One who Galk'ing-Pron (kawk'ing-Purn), ti. An instrument like a chisel, used in calking ships. Gall, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Teel, kal- ’la, Gr. KoAecv.] 1. To invite or com¬ mand to be present; to summon ; to bid. 2. To name. 3. To designate, OR, dq, YVQLF, too, took ; Crn, RUE, pyLL ; E, I, o, silent; 9, 6, soft; €, G, hard; A§; EXIST; N as NG; THIS. CALLER 54 CAN as for an office, duty, &c. 4. To utter in a loud voice.— v. i. 1. To cry out. 2. To make a brief stay or visit. — n. 1. A summons or invita¬ tion. 2. Public claim or demand. 3. A short visit. €all'eh, n. One who calls. GXl.'li-grXph'IC, ) a. Of, or GXlli-graph'I€-al, ) pertaining to, caligraphy. [penman. Gal-lIg'ra-phIst, n. An elegant Gal-LIG'RA-PHY, n. [Gr. /caAAtypa- $i'a. from Kako s, beautiful, and ypd- faiv, to write.] Elegant penmanship. Gall'ing, n. 1. A summons or in¬ vitation. 2. Occupation; vocation; business. [of skin. Gal-los'i-ty, n. A horny hardness GXl'loCs, a. [Lat. callosus, fr. cal- lum, callus.] 1. Hardened; indu¬ rated. 2. Hardened in mind. GXL'LOUS-L\ r , adv. In a callous or hardened manner. [callous. GXl'lous-ness, n. State of being €al'low, a. [A.-S. calo.] Destitute of feathers ; unfledged. €al'lus,h. [Lat.] 1. A preternat¬ ural hardness of the skin. 2. New growth of bony matter between the extremities of fractured bones. Calm (kam), a. [-er ; -est.] 1. Not stormy. 2. Undisturbed by passion. Syx.— Still; quiet; tranquil; serene. — n. Freedom from motion or dis¬ turbance. Syx. —Tranquillity; stillness; quiet. — v. t. [-eb; -ING.] To render still or quiet. Syx. — To appease; allay; tranquillize. Calm'ly (kam/-), adv. In a calm or quiet manner. [calm. Galm'ness (kam/-), n. State of being Cal'o-mel, n, [Gr. koAos, beauti¬ ful, and pekas, black, in allusion to its color.] Mild chloride of mercury. Ga-LOR'I€, n. [Lat. color, heat.] The principle of heat and combustion. GXl/O-Rl'F're, a. [Lat. calorificus , fr. color , heat, and facer e, to make.J Causing heat; heating. Gal/o-rim'e-ter, n. [Lat. color , heat, and Gr. perpov, measure.] Ap¬ paratus formeasuring heat in bodies. Ga-lor/i-mo'tor, n. [Lat. color , heat, and motor, a mover.] A gal¬ vanic battery, producing powerful effects. Ca-loy'er, n. [Gr. koAo?, beautiful, and yepcor, an old man.] One of a sect of monks of the Greek church. Gal'trap, ) n. [It. Gal'trop, J cal- catreppo, calca- treppolo, star-this¬ tle, fr. calcare, to tread, and tribolo, star-thistle, steel- trap.] 1. A plant having a prickly fruit. 2. An in- Caltrop, strument with four iron points, so arranged that, three of them being on the ground, the other projects upward. Gal'u-met, n. [Lat. calamus, reed.] A kind of pipe, used by the Ameri¬ can Indians for smoking tobacco, and as a symbol of peace and war. Ga-l&m'ni-ate, v. t. [-ed; -iSfG.] [Lat. calumniari .] To accuse falsely and knowingly. Syn. — To asperse; slander; defame; vilify; traduce; libel. Ga-lum/ni-a'tion, n. False accu¬ sation of a crime or offense ; slander. Ga-lum'ni-a/TOR, 7 i. One who ca¬ lumniates. GA-LiJM'Nl-otJS, a. Slanderous ; de¬ famatory. [ously. Ga-lum'ni-ous-ly, adv. Slander- Gal'um-ny, n. [Lat. calumnia.] False accusation of a crime or offense. Syx. — Slander; defamation; libel.— Calumny properly denotes the originat¬ ing or first uttering of such a charge; the remaining words apply to this, and also to the circulation of the charge when originated by others. GXi/va-ry, n. [Lat. calvarium, cal¬ varia, skull.] The place of Christ’s crucifixion. [calf. Galve (kav), v. i. To bring forth a Gal'vin-ism, n. Doctrines of Calvin and his followers. [Calvinism. Ga l'vin-ist, n. One who adheres to GXL/viN-IsT're, ) a. Pertaining Gal/vin-ist'ic-al, ) to Calvin, or to his opinions in theology. Galx, n. ; Eng.pl. -cAlx/e^; Lat.pl. ■oXz,'pEfi. [Lat. calx, limestone.] Earthy residuum remaining after the calcination of a metal or mineral. Ga'LYX, n.; Eng. pi. CA'- LYX-E§ ; Lat. pi. €AL'- Y-PE$. [Gr. Kakvi fr. koAvT rretv, to cover.] The outer covering, or leaf¬ like envelope of a flower. GXm, n. [IV. cam, crook¬ ed, bent.] A projecting part of a wheel or other moving piece, to produce Caiyx. an alternating or variable motion. Gam'bee, n. [Lat. camera , vault, arch.] A convexity on the top of a beam, or of an aperture. GXm'bist, n. [Lat. cambire, to ex¬ change.] A banker. Gam-boose', n. See Caboose. Gam'BRIC, n. [From Cambray, in Flanders, where it was first made.] A fine, white fabric of flax, linen, or cotton. Game, imp. of Come. GXm'el, n. [Gr. Kapr\ko<; , Hebrew gamal.] 1. A large ruminant quadru¬ ped of Asia and Africa. 2. A con¬ trivance for lifting ships over shoals. Camel. Ga-mel'o-pard, or GAm'el-o- PARD/, n. [Gr. KapykonapSakis, fr. xapykos, a camel, and napdakts, pard, leopard ; so named because he has a neck and head like a camel, and is spotted like a pard.] A rumin¬ ant quadruped, inhabiting the deserts of Africa ; the giraffe. GXm'E-O (147), n. [It., from Lat. gem¬ ma, gem, jewel.] A precious stone, or a shell, carved in relief. GXm'e-ra, n. [Lat.] 1. An arched or vaulted roof. 2. Form of the came¬ ra obscura used by photographers. GXm/e-ra-lis'ties, n. sing. [Lat. camera, vault, arch, Low Lat. treas¬ ury.] Science of finance or public revenue. €am'e-ra Ob-seu'ra. [Lat., lit. dark chamber.] An apparatus in which the images of external objects are thrown upon a white surface placed on the focus of the glass with¬ in a darkened chamber or box. GaM'I-sade', ( n. [0. Fr. camise, G.Xm/I-sa'do, ) shirt.] An attack by surprise at night. GXm'let, n. A stuff originally made of camel’s hair, now frequently of hair and silk, or of wool and thread. GXm'O-MILE, n. [Gr. ^apal-pykov, strictly earth-apple.] A bitter plant used in medicine. GXmp, n. [Lat. campus.] 1. Ground on which tents, huts, &c., are erect¬ ed for shelter. 2. Arrangement of such tents, huts, &c. 3. Whole company encamped in the same spot. — v.i. To rest or lodge; to pitch tents, 8fc. Gam-PAIGN' (-pan/), n. [Lat. Cam¬ pania, the country about Naples, so called from its being level [campes- tris).] 1. A large, open plain. 2. Time that an army keeps the field. — v.i_. To serve in a campaign. GAM-PAIGN'ER (-pan/-), n. An old soldier; a veteran. Gam-pXn'i-form, a. [LowLat. cam- pana, bell, and forma, form.] In the shape of a bell. GXm/pa-nol/o-6y, n. [Low Lat. campana, bell, and Gr. Xoyov, dis¬ course.] Art of ringing bells. Gam-pXn'u-late (45), a. [Low Lat. campanula, dim. of campana , bell.] Bell-shaped. Gam-pes'tral, ) a. [Lat. campes- Gam-pes'tri-an. ) ter, campestris, from campus, field.] Pertaining to a field, or open ground. Gam-phene', n. [A contraction of camphogen.] Pure oil of turpentine. GXm'phor, n. [Ar. & Per. kajrti, Skr. karpttra.] The solidified sap of an East Indian tree. GXm'phor-ate, v. t. To impregnate with camphor. [phor. Gam-phorHc, a. Pertainingtocam- Gamp'-stool, n. A stool with cross¬ legs to fold up. Gan, n. [Lat. canna, reed, a small vessel, Gr. nawa.] A metal cup or vessel for liquors.— v. i. [imp. COULD.] [A.-S. cvnnav, Goth. kunnan.] To be able; to have power, either physical or moral. Syx. — Can but : can not but. — “7 can but perish if I try,” means it is the ut¬ most that can befall me: “7 can not but think,” Sec., means, “I can notfmorally) but do it” —that is, can not help it- This latter idea of constraint is a very common one, and should alway.j be ex- A, E, I, o, u, Y, long; X, E,I, 6, 0, Y, short; care, far, ask, all, what; ere, veil, tErm; pique, firm; son, CANAILLE 55 CANTILEVER pressed by the words can not but. Can out is properly used (as above) only where we refer to the worst that can happen. ■Canaille (ka-niiF or ka'na'y’), n. [Fr., fr. Lat. cant5, dog.] The rabble ; the vulgar. Ga-N.Xl', n. [Lat. canalis, fr. cumin, reed, pipe.] 1. An artificial water¬ course. 2. A duct for the passage of liquids or solids. [COAL. JXn'al-goal, n. See Cannel- Canaud (ka-n.ir' or ka-niird'), n. [Fr., a duck, in allusion to a certain absurd story about some ducks.] An extravagant and ridiculous fabri¬ cation . Ga-na'RY-bTrd (18), n. A small singing-bird of the finch family, a native of the Canary Islands. GXN'CEL.f. t. [-ED.-ING ; or -LED, -LING, 137 ] [Lat. cancellare , from cance.lli , dim. of cancer , lattice.] 1. To cross and deface the lines of. 2. To annul, or des’rov. — n. Suppression and reprinting of a page or more of a work, or the part thus altered. GXn'^el-la'tion, n. 1 Act of canceling. 2. Operation of striking out common factors. Canter, n. [Lat.] 1. The crab. 2. A .sign in the zodiac. 3. (Med.) A kind of tumor, usually terminating in an ulcer. [cancerous. GXn'^er-a'tion, n. A growing GXn'<,'ER-oOs, a. Like, or consisting of, a cancer. GXn'de-la'brum. n. ; Lat.pl. eAn'- de-la'bra ; Eng. pi. gXn'de- LA'BRUM^. [Lat., fr. candela , can¬ dle.] A branched, highly ornamented candlestick. CSN'DENT,a. [Lat. candens, -ends.] Heated to whiteness. GXn'did, a. [Lat. candidus, fr. can- dere, to be of a glowing white.] Free from undue bias. Syn. — Fair; open; ingenuous; frank. — A man is .fair when he puts things on a just or equitable footing; he is candid wnen he looks impartially on both sides of a subject, doing justice especially to the motives and conduct of an opponent; he is open and frank when he declares his sentiments without reserve; he is ingenuous when he does this from a no¬ ble regard for truth. GXn'di-da-£Y, n. The position of a candidate. GAn'di-date, n. [Lat. candidatus, from candidus , white, because those who sought offices in Rome were clothed in a white toga.] One who seeks, or is selected for some office. GXn'did-ly, ado. Openly; frankly. €’Xn'did-NESS,». Frankness ; candor. GXn'dle, n. [Lat. candela, from can- dere , to be white.] A cylinder of tallow, wax, spermaceti, &c.,used to furnish light. [candle. CXn'dle-light (-lit), n. Light of a GaN'DLE-MAS(146), n. The feast of the purification of the Virgin Mary, Feb. 2: — so called from the great number of lights used on that occasion. GXn'dle-stick, n. A utensil to hold a candle. GXn'DOR, ti. [Lat., fr. candere , to be white.] Freedom from prejudice or disguise; fairness; impartiality. Gan'dy, v. t. [-ED ; -ing, 142.] 1. To conserve in sugar. 2. To form into crystals, as sugar. — v. i. 1. To change into sugar. 2. To be formed into congelations or crystals.— n. [Skr. khandu , a piece, sugar in lumps, sugar-cane, treacle, fr. khand, khad, to break.] A preparation of sugar or sirup. Gane, 7i. [Lat. ca?i7ia.] 1. A plant of several species belonging to differ¬ ent genera. 2. A walking-stick ; a staff. — v. t. [-ED; -ing.] To beat with a cane. Gane'-brake, 7 i. A thicket of canes. GA-Nle'u-LAR, a. [Lat. cunicuta , a little dog.] Pertaining to, or meas¬ ured by, the rising of the Dog-star. Ga-nine', a. [Lat. caninus , fr. canis , dog.] Pertaining to dogs. Canine teeth, the sharp teeth, on each side, between the incisors and grinders. GXn'IS-ter, n. [Gr. Kavaarpov, from Kairq, Kawa, reed.] A small box or case for tea, coffee, &c. GXn'ker (82), 7i. [Lat. cancer.] 1. An ulcer in the mouth. 2. Any thing which corrodes, corrupts, or destroys. 3. A kind of wild, worth¬ less rose; dog-rose. 4. A caterpillar. — v.t. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To eat; corrode ; corrupt; consume. 2. To infect or pollute. — v. i. 1. To be or become venomous. 2. To waste away or grow rusty. [canker. GXn'ker-oijs, a. Corroding like a GXn'ker-rXsh, n. A variety of the scarlet fever. GXn'ker- worm (-wQrm), n. A worm destructive to certain trees and plants. GXn'nel-coal, ti. [A corruption of candle-coal .] A kind of hard black coal. It burns readily, with a clear, yellow flame. GXn'ni-bal, n. [Sp. Caribales (equiv. to Eng. Caribbees ), afterward changed into N. Lat. Canibales, to express their canine appetite for human flesh.] A human being that eats human flesh. GXn'ni-bal-ism, ti. Act or practice of eating human flesh by mankind. GXn'non,?;. [Lat. canna, reed, pipe, tube.] A large metal cylinder for throwing balls by- the force of gun¬ powder Gan'non-ade', n. Act of discharging cannon and throwing balls. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To attack with heavy artillery. GXn'non-ball, n. A ball to be thrown from cannon. Gan'non-eer', 1 7 i. A man who Gan'non-Yer', ) manages cannon. Gan'non-shot, n. 1. A ball for cannon. 2. The distance a cannon will throw balls. [able. GXn'NOT. [can and not.] To be un- Cannon. GXn'nu-lar (k:Wu-lar), a. [Lat cannula, dim. of canna, reed, tube.] Ilaviug the form of a tube ; tubular. Ga-noe' (ka-ndtP), ti. A boat formed of the trunk of a tree, excavated, or of bark or skins. Gan'ON, ti. [Gr. Kavixii'.] 1. A law or rule. 2. Genuine books the Scriptures. 3. A catalogue of saints. 4. An ecclesias¬ tical digni- Canon Type, tary. 5. The largest size of type having a specific name. Gan'ON-ESS, n. A woman who enjoys a prebend. Ga-non'ic, ) a. Pertaining to a CA-NON'I€-AL, j canon ; according to rule. [nonical manner. Ga-non'1€-al-ly, ado. In a ca- Ga-non'I€-al-ness, ti. Quality of being canonical. Ga-non'I€-AL§, n. pi. Full official dress of the clergy. Ga-non'ic-ate, n. Office of a canon. GXn'ON-Ic'I-TY,ti. State of belong¬ ing to the canon, or genuine books of Scripture. Gan'on-Ist, n. A professor of canon law. [a canonist. Gan'oa-ist'ig, a. Of, or relating to, Gan /, on-i-za'tion, n. 1. Ceremony of placing the name of a deceased person in the catalogue of saints. 2. State of being canonized. Gan'on-ize, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To-> place upon the catalogue of saints. Gan'on-law, n. The law sanctioned 7 by the church of Rome. GXn'on-ry, ) ti. A benefice, in a Gan'oN-SIILP, ( cathedral or collegi¬ ate church, having a prebend an¬ nexed. GXn'o PY, ti. [Gr. Kinvumeiov, a net over a bed to keep off gnats, from Kun'unfj, gnat.] 1. A covering over the head. 2. An ornamental pro¬ jection over doors, windows, arches, &c.— v.t. [-ed ; -ing, 142.] To cover with a canopy. Gant, v. t. To place on the edge, as a cask. — n. [Icel. kantr , edge, an¬ gle, Gr. uavQ6<;, corner of the eye, felly of a wheel.] 1. An inclination from a horizontal line. 2. A thrust or push, with a sudden jerk. 3. [Lat. cantus, chant.] A sing-song mode of speaking. 4. Affected religious phraseology. 5. Secret language of gypsies, thieves, &c.— a. Affected, inelegant, or vulgar. — v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To speak in an affected, singing tone. 2. To make whining pretensions to goodness. Gan'ta-leup, I 7i. [From Cantalu- GXn'TA-LOUPE, ) po, a castle in Italy.] A delicate variety of musk- melon. GXn'ta-lLv'er, ) ti. [From cant , an Gan'ti-lev'er, ( external angle, and lever , a supporter of the roof- timber of a house.] A bracket for OR, DO, WQLF, TOO, TOOK ; Orn, RUE, P(JLL ; E, I, O, silent; ?, G , soft; € } G, hard; A£; E^IST ; N as NG ; Tills. CANTATA 56 CAPTAIN supporting a balcony, the eaves of a house. &c. €an-ta'ta, or -Gan-Ta'tA, n. [It.] A poem set to music. Can-teen', n. [Sp. cantina.] A ves'sel for carrying liquor for drink. CAn'ter, v. i. {-ED ; -ing ] To move in a moderate gallop. — v.t. To ride upon a canter. — n. [From pilgrims riding to Canterbury at this pace.] A moderate gallop. CXn'ter-bur/y (-bSr'ry), n. A re¬ ceptacle for music, portfolios, &c., being a stand with divisions in it. CXn'ter-bur / y-tai.e, n. A fabu¬ lous story ; — fix the tales of Chaucer. ■&AN-THAR'I-DE$, n. pi. [Lat. & Gr.] Spanish flies used for blistering. Can'ti-ele, n. [Lat. canticulum , dim. of canticum, song.] 1. A little song. 2. pi. The Song of Solomon. CAN'TIL-LATE, v. t. [Lat. cantillare , from canere, to sing.] To chant. <3Xn'til-la'tion,«. A chanting. Can-tine', m. See Canteen. Cant'let, n. A piece. Can'to, n. ; pi. cXn'tSr. [It. canto, from Lat. cantus, singing, song.] 1. A chief division of a poem. 2. ( Mus .) The soprano, or highest part. Can'ton, n. [L. Lat. cantonus, corner, district. See Cant, n.] A small district constituting a distinct state or government. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING ] 1. To divide into distinct portions. 2. To allot separate quarters to, as to trocf s z [cantons. Can'ton IZE, v. t. To divide into Can'ton-ment, n. Part of a town or village, assigned to a particular regiment of troops. Can-to~on', n. A kind of strong stuff. CAN'VAS, n. [Gr. Kavva\ Si?, K<£i't'a/3os, hemp.] 1. A coarse cloth of hemp or flax. 2. The sails of a vessel. C*an'vas—back, 7i. A kind of sea-duck. Can'vass, v. t. [-ed;-ing.] [From canvas, in 0. Eng. a sieve.] 1. To sift; to examine thoroughly. 2. To debate. 3. To go through in the way of solicitation. — v. i. To solicit votes or interest.— n. 1. Close in¬ spection. 2. Discussion. 3. Solici¬ tation, or effort to obtain something. CXn'vass-er, n. 1. One who solicits votes or subscriptions. 2. One who examines the returns of votes. €aN-zo'NE, n. [It.] A soDg or air in two or three parts, with passages of fugue and imitation. Can'zo-net', n. [It. canzonetta, dim. of canzone.] A short song, in one, two, or three parts. Caout'ciiouc (kob'chcPok), n. [A South American word.] An elastic substance, obtained from the milky juice of several tropical plants ; — called also India rubber. CAP, n. [A.-S. cappe.] 1. A covering for the head 2. Any thing re¬ sembling a cap. — v. t. [-PE d ; -PING.] 1. To cover the top or end of. 2. To render complete. 3. To provide with a cap. [capable. CA'pa-bil'i-ty, n. Quality of being Ca'PA-ble, a. [L. Lat. capabilis , fr. Lat. capere, to take.] 1. Possessing ability or qualification. 2. Possess¬ ing intellectual power. Syn. — Able; competent; efficient. €a'pa-ble-ness, n. Capacity ; capa¬ bility ; competence. €!a-pA'cioijs, a. [Lat. capax.] Hav¬ ing capacity ; able to contain. Syn. —Large; spacious; broad; com¬ prehensive^ Ca-pa^'i-tate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To render capable ; to qualify. €a-PA£'I-ty, 7 i. 1. Extent of room or space. 2. Power of the mind to receive ideas, & c. 3. Solid contents of a body. Syn. — Ability ; faculty ; talent; capa¬ bility: skill; efficiency. Cap-A-pie (kilp'a-pee'). [0. Fr.] From head to foot. Ca-par'i-son, 7 i. [Sp. caparazon, cover for a saddle, coach, &c., fr. ca¬ p/a, cloak, cover, and arzon , bows of a saddle.] 1. A covering for a saddle or harness; trappings. 2. Gay or rich clothing. — v. t. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To cover with a caparison. 2. To dress richly. <3ape, n. 1. [Lat. caput, head, ex¬ tremity.] A headland. 2. [Fr. cape.] Neckpiece of a coat or other garment. ■Ga'PER, v. i. [Lat. caper, a lie-goat.] To leap or jump about; to spring.— n. 1. A frolicsome leap or spring. 2. [Gr. Kannapts, KannapL, Ar. al-kabar .] Flower-bud of the caper-bush. 4Aa'PI-as, 7i. [Lat., thou mayesttake.] A writ commanding the officer to ar¬ rest the person named in it. CXp'IL-la'ceous, a. [Lat. capilla- ceus, hairy.] Having long filaments. €a-pil'la-ment, 7 i. [Lat. capilla- 7 nentum, from capillu‘s, hair.] A fila¬ ment ; a fine hair-like thread or fiber. €Xp'il-la-ry, or €a-pil'la-ry, a. 1. Resembling a hair ; long and very slender. 2. Pertaining to capillary tubes. — n. A fine vessel or canal. ■0Xp'i-tal, a. [Lat. capitalis , fr. ca¬ put, head.] 1. Pertaining to the head or to forfeiture of the head or life. 2. First in importance. Syn.—C hief; principal; leading. — 71. 1. Upper part of a column. 2. Chief city or town ; metropolis. 3. Stock employed in trade, &c. 4. Means of increasing one’s power. 5. A letter of greater size than those ordinarily used in the body of the page. [property. €Xp'I-TAL-Ist, n. A man of large •GXp'i-tal-Ize, v. t. 1. To convert into capital. 2. To print in capital letters. [ner. <3Xp'I-tal-ly, adv. In a capital man- •eXp'I-TA'TION, n. [Lat. capitatio, fr. caput, head.] 1. A numbering of persons. 2. A tax upon each head ; a poll-tax. CXp'i-te, n. [Lat., ablative case of caput, head.] A tenure of land. •GXp'i-Tol, 7 i. [Lat. capilolium, fr. caput, head.] 1. Temple of Jupiter, in Rome. 2. A government house. ■Ga-pIt'U-lar, In. [Lat. cajritu- €a-pit'u-la-ry, ) lum, dim. of ca¬ put, head, chapter.] 1. An act passed in a chapter pf knights, canons, &c. 2. A collection of laws or statutes. 3. Member of a chapter. €a-pit'u-LA-ry (44), a. Relating to the chapter of a cathedral. €A-PIT'U-LATE, V. i. [-ED ; -ING.J To surrender on stipulated terms. €A-PIT'U-LA'T 1 oN, n. Act or instru¬ ment of capitulation. [pitulates. ■eA-PiT'u-LA'TOR, n. One who ca- €a-pi'vi (-pa've), n. [See Copaiba.] A balsam. ■0A-POCH' (ka-pcTotsh'), n. [L. Lat. ca- pucium, fr. capa, cappa, cape, cloak.] A monk’s hood. Ca'pon (ka'pn or ka'pun), n. [Gr. Nancov.] A cock gelded to improve his flesh for the table. €Xp'o-niere', 71 . [Fr. caponniere.] A work placed in a ditch for its de¬ fense by fire-arms. Ca-pote', n. [Fr. See Cap.] 1. A long cloak worn by women. 2. A coat with a hood, worn by soldiers, &c. _ [paper. •CXp'-pa'per, 71. A coarse wrapping €JXp're-0-LATE, a. [Lat. caprcolus, wild goat, tendril, fr. caper, he-goat.] Having tendrils, or spiral claspers. •Ga-pri( ( ie' (ka-prees'), n. [Fr., from Lat. caper, capra , goat: orig. a fan¬ tastical goat-leap.] Sudden or un- reashnable change of mind or humor. Syn.— Freak; whim; fancy; vagary. ■Ga-pri'ciotjs (-prish'us), a. Gov¬ erned by caprice. Syn. — Arbitrary ; freakish ; whimsi¬ cal; unsteady. ■Ga-pri'cious-ly (-prish'us-), adv. In a capricious manner. -CXp'Rl-eoRN (25), n. [Lat. capricor- nus, fr. caper , goat, and cornu, horn.] Tenth sign of the zodiac. -eXp'Rl-Fl-EA'TiON, n. [Lat. capri- jicatio , from caprificus, wild fig.] A process of accelerating the ripening of fruit. -eAP'RI-OLE, n. [Lat. caper, capra, goat.] A leap that a horse makes without advancing. ■GXp'-siie af, 71. Top sheaf of a stack of grain. €Xp'si-€UM, n. [N. Lat., from capsa, box, because it is contained in pods.] A plant producing red or Cayenne pepper. €ap-size', v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Prob. from cap, top, head, and seize.] To upset or overturn. ■GXp'stan, 71. [Lat. ca pi strum, hal¬ ter.] A machine for weighing anch 1 ors, or drawing up any great weight* €Xp'su-lar, I a. Hollow, like a cap- ■eXp'su-LA-RY, ] sule. -eXp'su-LATE, 1 a. Inclosed in 3 ■eXp'su-LA'TED, | capsule. -eXP'suLE, n. [Lat. capsvla , a little box, from capsa, chest, case.] 1. A seed-pod or pericarp. 2. A small, shallow saucer or dish. 3. A metal¬ lic. cover for closing a bottle. ■GXp'tain (42), n. [Lat. caput, the A, E, I, o,u, Y, long; X- E,i', 6, 0, Y, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT; £re, VEIL, term; PIQUE, FIRM; SON, CAPTAINCY 57 CARICATURE bead.] 1. Commander of a company or troop ; — also, the commander of a ship. 2. A military leader. CXp'taTn-^Y, n. Rank, post, orcom- mission of a cvptain. €Xp'taIn-RY, n. Chieftainship. ■CXp'TAIN-shTp, n. 1. Rank or au¬ thority of a captain. 2. Skill in mil¬ itary affairs. €Xp'TION, n. [Lat. captio, fr. capere, to take.] That part of a legal instru¬ ment which shows where, when, and by what authority it was taken, found, or executed. CXp'tioOs, a. [Lat. captiosus. See supra.] Apt to find fault. Syn. — Caviling; petulant; fretful.— One who is captious is ready to catch at the slightest faults; one who is caviling does it on trivial or imaginary grounds; one who is petulant is apt, from irritabil¬ ity, to make hastv but slight attacks ; fretfulness is complaining impatience. €Xp'tioDs-l.y, adv. In a captious manner. [find fault. €Xp'tio&s-NESS, n. Disposition to‘ €Xp'ti-vate, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. captivare , from captivus , cap¬ tive.] To overpower with excellence or beauty. Syn. — To enslave ; subdue ; charm; enchant ;_fuscinate. •GXp'ti-va'tion, n. Act of taking a prisoner. UXp'TIVE. n. [Lat. captivus , fr. ca¬ pere , to take.] J. A prisouer taken in war. 2. One charmed b 3 - beauty or affection. — a. 1. Made prisoner. 2. Serving to confine. •Gap-tiv'i-ty, 7 i. State of being a prisoner or under control. •CXp'tor, n. One who takes, as a prisoner or a prize. CIXPT'URE, n. 1. A seizing by force ; seizure. 2. Thing taken.— v. t. To take by force, surprise, or stratagem. CXp'U-^hin' n. [t'r. capucin , fr. ca- puce , capuchon , hood, cowl.] 1. A monk of the order of St. Francis. 2. A cloak with a hood. Car, n. [W. car, allied to Ger. karre , karren.] 1. A small vehicle on w heels. 2. A railway carriage. [ Amer .] 3. A chariot of war. CSr'a-€OLE, ii. 1. A half turn made by a horseman. 2. A spiral staircase. CXr'a-gheen, it. See Carrageen. ■GXr'a-mel, ii. [Lat. canna, reed, and inel, mellis, honey.] A black, porous substance, obtained by heat¬ ing sugar to about 400°. •GXr'A-pace, [ n. Upper shell of the <3Xr'a-pXx, j crab, or other crus- taceous animal. •CXr'AT. n. [Ar. qirrat, qtr&t , fr. Gr. tcepdiTLOv, a little horn, a weight, car¬ at.] 1. The weight of four grains, used for precious stones and pearls. 2. A twenty-fourth part; — used of the fineness of gold. €Xr'a-van. or €Xr'a-vXn', n. [Per. kanvan, qirwdn, traveling through many regions.] 1. A company travel¬ ing together for security. 2. A close carriage, or a train of such carriages, for conveying wild beasts, &c. CXr'a-vXn'sa-ry^ ) n. [Per. kar- ■fclAR'A-VAN'SE-RAI, j wan-sarct'i, fr. kanvan, caravan, and sarai, palace, inn.] A kind of inn, in the East. CXr'a-v£l, 11 . [Gr. xdpa/Sos, a kind of light ship.] A small boat used for the herring-fishery, on the coast of France. CXr'a-way, ». [Ar. karwiya , kara- wiija , fr. Gr. xdpov, xapos.] 1. An aro¬ matic plant, audits seed. 2. A sweet¬ meat containing caraway seeds. €ar'bine, n. [L. Lat. carabaga, cabu- lus, for cadabulus, engine of war, fr. Gr. KarafioKr), a throwing dowm.] A kind of fire-arm used by mounted troops. ■0A1CBI-NEER', n. A soldier armed with a carbine. Car'bo.v, n. [Lat. carbo, coal.] An elementary substance, forming the base of charcoal. [carbon. Car'bo-na'ceoPs, a. Pertaining to €ar'bon-ate, ji. A salt formed by union of carbonic acid with a base. •€Xr-bon'I€, a. Pertaining to carbon. CXh/BON-If'er-oOs, a. [Lat. carbo , coal, and ferre , to bear.] Producing carbon. •eAR'BON-l-ZA'TlON, ii. Act or pro¬ cess of carbonizing. €ar'bon-Ize, v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To convert into carbon. Uar'boy, it. [Cf. Gael, carb, basket.] A large, globular glass bottle, in¬ closed in basket-work. €ar'bun-€EE (-bunk-1, 82), n. [Lat. carbunculus, dim. of carbo , coal.] 1. A beautiful gem, of a deep red color. 2. A malignant boil of long contin¬ uance, having no central core. Car-BUNTU-LAB, a. Belonging to, or resembling, a carbuncle. •Gar'bu-ret, n. A combination of carbon with some other substance. Uar'bu-ret'ed, 1 a. Combined Far'bu-ret'ted, I with carbon in the manner of a carburet. €ar'€A-net,m. [AlliedtoO.il Ger. querca , throat.] A collar of jewels. €ar'€ASS, n. [Lat. caro , flesh, and capsa, chest, box.] 1. A dead body ; a corpse. 2. Decaying remains of a thing. 3. A kind of bomb. Card, n. [Gr. xapvrjs, a leaf of paper.] 1. A piece of pasteboard or thick pa¬ per. 2. A published note. 3. A paper on which the points of the compass are marked. 4. [Lat. carduus, cardus , thistle.] An instrument for combing wool, flax, or the hair of animals. — v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] To play at cards. — v.t. To comb with a card. CAR'DA-MOM, 11 . [Gr. Kapbapunpov, from aptnpov, an Indian spice-plant, and Kapb, for enc apS, fr. Skr. tshhard, to vomit; lit. enemy to vomiting.] An aromatic plant of the E. Indies. Card'er, n. One who cards wool. €ar'1)I-X€, I a. [Gr. xapSia/cd?, €ar-dI'A€-AL, I fr. (capSia, heart,.] 1. Pertaining to or resembling the heart. 2. Pertaining to the upper orifice of the stomach. €ar'DI-Xl/6y, n. [Gr. jcapbiaXyia, from KapSi a, heart, and dA-yos, pain.] Heartburn. €ar'di-nal, a. [Lat. rardinalis , fr cardo , hinge of a door, that on which a thing depends.] Of fundamental im portauce ; superior ; chief; principaL Cardinal numbers, the numbers one, two, three, &c., in distinction from first, second, third. Sec. — Cardinal points, north and south, east and west.— Car¬ dinal virtues, prudence, justice, temper¬ ance, and fortitude. — ». 1. One of the pope’s council. 2. A woman’s short cloak. €ar'di-nal-ate, 1 n. Office, rank, €ar'di-nal,-siiip, j or dignity of a cardinal. €ar'DI-OID, n. [Gr. KapSto-et.Srfi, heart-shaped.] An algebraic curve ■Car'DI-OL/O-Gy, n. [Gr. Kapbia t heart., and Aoyos, speech.] A dis 1 courge or treatise on the heart. ■0AR-DOON', n. [Lat. carduus, cardus, thistle.]_ A plant used as salad. Uard'-ta'ble, n. A table having a leaf which folds over upon the other, used for playing cards on. Pare (4), n. [A.-S. rant, Goth, kara, allied to Lat. cura, care.] 1. Charge or oversight. 2. Attention or heed ; watchfulness. 3. A burdensome sense of responsibility. 4. Object of watchful attention. Syn. — Anxiety; solicitude; concern; trouble.— Care belongs primarily to the intellect, and becomes painful from over¬ burdening thought; unxiel’t is a state of painful uneasiness from the dread of evil; solicitude and concern express the same feeling in diminished degrees. — v.i. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To be anx¬ ious. 2. To be inclined. €a-reen', r. (. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. carina, the keel.] To heave on one side, as a ship, for repairing, cleans¬ ing, &c.— v.i. To incline to one side, as a ship. -Ca-reer', ii. [Lat. carrus , wagon.] 1. A race-course. 2. Rapidity of motion. 3. General course of pro¬ ceeding.— v. i. [-ed; -ing.] To move or run rapidly. ■CXre'fijl. (4), a. 1. Giving good heed. ■ 2. Full of care or solicitude. Syn. — Anxious; solicitous; provi¬ dent ; thoughtful ; cautious ; cireunv spcct; heedful; w'atchful; vigilant. CXre'ful-ly, adv. With care. €Are'ful,-ness, n. Quality or state of being careful. ■GAre'less, a. 1. Having no care; inattentive. 2. Done or said with¬ out care. [manner. •GAre'less-LiY, adv. In a careless €’are'less-NESS, n. State of being careless. €A-RESS',f. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [L. Lat. caritia, caress, fr. Lat. cants, dear.} To treat with affection or kindness; to fondle. — n. Act of endearment. •Ca'ret, n. [Lat., there is wanting.] A mark [A] used in writing which shows that something is omitted. €ar'GO, n. ; pi. CAR'GOEg. [Pp. car- gar, to load, charge.] LAding or freight of a ship. ■eXR'l-CA-TURE' (53), n. [It. carica - 6r, D0,\VQLF, TOO, TOOK; Drn,rue, pyLL; E, I, o, silent; 9,6, soft; hard; A£; e^cist; n as ngj-thir CARICATURIST 58 CASE turn, fr. caricare , to charge, exagger¬ ate.] A figure or description in which the peculiarities of a person or thing are so exaggerated as to ap¬ pear ridiculous. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] To make a caricature of. GXr'i-ca-tur'ist, n. One who makes caricatures. £a' ll[-KK, n. [Lat., rottenness.] U1- ceratiou of bone. GXr'i-NATE, la. [Lat. carinatus , Oar'i-sa'ted, ) from carina , keel.] Shaped like the keel of a ship. GXr'i-OLE, n. [It. carriuola , dim. fr. Lat. carrus.\ A small, open carriage, somewhat resembling a calash. Ga'ri-os'i-ty, n. Ulceration of a bone. Ga'ri-ous, a. Affected with caries. €arl,ji. [A.-S. carl , I cel. karl , man.] A rude, rustic, rough man. Gar'MAN (150), n. A man who drives a cart. Gar-mIn'a-tive, a. [From Lat. car- minare, to card, hence to cleanse.] Expelling wind from the body. — n. A medicine to expel wind. Gar'mIne, ». [Contr. fr. L. Lat. car- mesinus, purple color, Eng. crimson.] A beautiful pigment, of a rich red or crimson color. Gar'nage (45), n. [Lat. caro, carnis, flesh.] 1. Flesh of slain animals. 2. Slaughter; massacre; havoc. Gar'nal, a. [Lat. carnalis, fr. caro, carnis, fiesh.] 1. Pertaining to flesh ; sensual. 2. Lustful; libidinous. Gar'nal-ist, n. One given to sen¬ suality. [nal; sensuality. Gar-nXl'i-ty, n. State of being car- Gar'nal-ize, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To make carnal. [flesh. Gar'nal-ly, adv. According to the Gar-na'tion, n. [Lat. carnatio, fleshiness, fr. earn , carnis, flesh.] 1. Flesh-color. 2. A kind of clove-pink. Gar-Nel'IAN (-yan), n. [N. Lat. car- neolus , fr. carneus , fleshy.] A variety of chalcedony, of a l’eddish-white color. Gar'NE-OUS, a. [Lat. carneus .] Con¬ sisting of, or like, flesh. [flesh. Gar'NI-FI_-CA'TION, n. A turning to Gar'ni-FY, v. i. [Lat. carnificare , fr. caro, carnis, flesh, and face.re , to make.] To form flesh. Gar'NI-val, n. [It. carnevalc, fare¬ well to meat.] A festival celebrated in Roman Catholic countries for a number of days before Lent. Gar-NIV'O-RO&S, a. [Lat. caro, car¬ nis, flesh, and vorare , to devour.] Feeding on fiesh. Gar-nos'i-ty, n. 1. A fleshy ex¬ crescence. 2. Fleshiness. [tree. GXr'ob, n. A leguminous evergreen GXr'OL, n. [L. Lat. carola, dim. of Lat. chorus, a choral dance.] A song of joy or of mirth; a lay. — v. t. [-ED, -ING; or -LED, -LING, 137.] To praise or celebrate in song. — o. i. To sing; to warble. Ga-ROT'ID, n . [Gr. pi. /capwriSev, Kapa, head.] A large artery convey¬ ing blood from the neck to the head. Ga-rot'id, ) a. Pertaining to the Ga-rot'id-al, ) two great arteries of the neck that carry blood to the head. [festival. Ga-rou§'al, n. A jovial feast or Syn. — Feast; banquet.— Feust is gen¬ eric; a banquet is a sumptuous feast; a carousal is unrestrained indulgence in frolic and wine. Ga-ROU£E', v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [Ger. garaus, end, entire emptying of the cup.] To drink freely and in a jovial manner. — n. A drinking match. Ga-rou§'er, n. One who carouses. Garp, v. i [Lat. carpere, to seize.] To censure, cavil, or find fault pet¬ ulantly. — n. [L. Lat. carpio, carpo, carpa, prob. from carpere, to seize.] A soft-finned, fresh-water fish. Gar'pal, a. [N. Lat. carpus , wrist.] Pertaining to the wrist. G'AR'PEL, n. [Gr. uap-nos, fruit.] A simple pistil, or one of the parts of a compound pistil. Gar'PEN-ter, n. [L. Lat. carpentari- us , from Lat. carpcntum, wagon, car¬ riage.] An artificer who works in timber. Gar'pen-TRY, n. Art of cutting, framing, and joining timber. [iler. Garp'er, n. One who carps; a cav- Gar'pet, n. [L. Lat. carpeta, woolly cloths, from Lat. carpere, to pluck.] A covering for a floor. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To cover with a carpet. Gar'pet-bXg, n. A traveling-bag. Gar'pet-ing, n. Cloth or materials for carpets. GXr'ra-geen', I n. A kind of sea- GXr'ri-geen', | weed, used for jel¬ lies, &c. ; — called also Irish moss. Gar'riage,?!. [See Carry.] 1. Act of carrying. 2. A vehicle, especia’'/ one for pleasure or for passengers. 3. Personal demeanor. Syn. — Conveyance ; behavior ; con¬ duct. GXr'ri er, n. One who, or that which, carries. Gar'ri-on, n. [L. Lat. caronia, from Lat. caro, flesh.] Dead and putre¬ fying flesh — a. Relating to carcass¬ es ; feeding on carrion. GXr'rom, n. Act of hitting two bil¬ liard balls at once with another. GXr'ron-ade', «. [From Carron, in Scotland.] A kind of short cannon. GXr'ROT, n. [Lat. carota.] A plant having an esculent root. GXr'rot-Y, a. Like a carrot in color ; reddish-yellow. Car'ry ,v.t. [-ed ; -ING, 142.] [Fr. charrier, to cart, from car, char, car.] 1. To convey ; to bear. 2. To urge ; to impel. 3. To exhibit; to imply. 4. To behave; to demean ;—reflex- ively. — v. i. To convey or propel. Gar'ry-ALL, n. [Corrupt.fr. cariole.] A four-wheeled one horse vehicle. Gart, n. [L. Lat. carreta, from Lat. carnis, car.] A two-wheeled carriage, for heavy commodities. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To carry in a cart. Gart'a&e, n. Act or cost of carting. Carte-blanche (kart'blonsh'), n. [Fr.] 1. A blank paper, signed at the bottom with a person’s name, to be filled up as another pleases. 2. Unconditional terms. Carte-be-visite (karUdQ-veA zeet'), n. [Fr.] A small photo¬ graphic picture fastened upon a card. Gar-tel', or Gar'tel, n. [Lat. charta, dim. chartula .] A writing or agreement, between states at war, as for the exchange of prisoners. Gart'er, n. A man who drives a cart. Gar-TE'£IAN, a. Pertaining to the French philosopher Des Cartes, or to his philosophy. Gar'TI-LAGE («45), n. [Lat. cartilago.] A smooth, whitish, elastic substance ; gristle. GaK/TI-LX tUl-Notis, a. Pertaining to, or like a cartilage ; gristly. Gar-tog'RA-phy, n. [Gr. xaprp, a leaf of paper, and ypaeiv, to write.] Art of forming charts or maps. Gar'ton, n. [See infra.] 1. Paste¬ board^ 2. A pasteboard box. Gar-toon', n. [Fr. carton, from Lat. charta, paper.] 1. A design on paper, to be painted in fresco. 2. A design colored for working in tapestry, &c. Gar-touch' (kar-to"btch'). n [Fr., fr. carte, paper.] 1. A modillion. 2. A case holding a charge for a fire-arm. Gar'tridge, n. [Formerly cartrage, as if fr. a N. Lat. chartaragium. from Lat. charta, paper ] A case of paper, pasteboard, &c.,containing a charge for a fire-arm. [tridges. GXr'tridge-box, n. A case for car- G ART'-WRIGHT (-rlt), n. A maker of carts. Gar'un-cle (82), v. [Lat. caruncula, dim. of caro , flesh.] A small, fleshy excrescence on the head of a bird. Garve, v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [A.-S. ceorfan.] 1. To cut, as wood, stone, &c., in an artistic manner. 2. To make or shape by cutting. 3. To cut into small pieces or slices. — v. i. 1. To exercise the trade of a carver. 2. To cut up meat. [small ship. Gar'VEL, n. [Contr. from caravel.] A Garv'er. n. One who carves. €a'RY-a'tes, _ )n.pl. [Gr.Ivapv- €a'RY-AT'I-DE£, ( cmSe?, priestess¬ es of Caryse serving in the temple of Diana.] Figures of women, serving to support entablatures. Ga'ry-Xt'id, n. A female figure sup¬ porting an entablature. GXs'CA-bel, n. [Lat. scabillnm, sca- bellum, an instrument resembling the castanet.] That part of a cannon in rear of the base-ring. Gas-cade', n. [Lat. casare, to be ready to fall, from endere, to fall.] A water-fall less than a cataract. GXs'ca-rYl'la, n. [Sp.,dim.of cas- cara, peel, bark.] A plant, the bark of which is used as a tonic. Gase,«. [Lat. capsa.] 1. A covering, box, or sheath. 2. Quantity con¬ tained in a box. 3. A frame contain¬ ing boxes for holding type. 4. [Lat. ca¬ sus, fr. cadere , to fall, to happen.] An event; a circumstance. 5. A par- A, E, I, O, U, 5, long; A.E,I, 6, D, %, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT; ERE, VIJIL, TfiRM; PIQUE, FIRM ; S6N, CASEHARDEN 59 CATALOGUE ticular instance. 6. A question for discussion or decision. 7. Form of a noun, showing its relation to other parts of the sentence. Syn. — Situation ; condition ; state i plight; predicament. — v.t. [-ed, -ing.] To cover with, or put in, a case. €AsE'llARD-.EN, t\ t. To harden by converting the surface into steel. Case'-knife (-nlf), n. A large table- knife. Case'MATE, n. [It. casamatta , from cam, house, and matto, matta, mad, weak, feeble.] A bomb-proof cham¬ ber, in which cannou may be placed, to be tired through embrasures. CASE'ME NT, /». [From case, frame.] A glazed frame or sash, opening on hinges. Ca'se-oOs, a. [Lat. caseus, cheese.] Pertaining to, or like, cheese. Ca'sern, n. [Lat. rasa, shed, house.] A lodging for soldiers in garrison towns ; barracks. Case'-SHOT, n. Small projectiles, in¬ closed in a case or envelope. CXsil, n. [Fr. caisse. See Case, a box.] Coin or specie; — sometimes, bank-notes, drafts, bonds, &c.— v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To turn into cash ; to exchange for money. Cash'-book (27), n. A book in which is kept an account of money received or paid. Ca-siie w' (ka-flhcJb / ), n. 4 [A corrupt, of acajou, the Fr. form of the native name, acajaiba.] A tropical tree of the same family with the sumac. Cash-ier', n. One who has charge of money in a bank, &c. — v. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [Lat. cassare , equiv. to cas- sum redrlere, to annul.] To dismiss from an office or place of trust, by annulling the commission of. CXsH'MERE, n. A rich and costly kind of shawl. Cas'ing, n. 1. Act of covering with a thin substance. 2. An outside covering. Cask, n. [Sp. casco, skull, Lelmet, cask, Fr. casque. J A close -vooden vessel for liquors. Cask'et, n. [Dim. of cask.] A small chest or box, for jewels. Casque, n. [See Cask, n.] A helmet. Cas'sa-da, n. Same as Cassava. Cas-sa'tion, «. [L. Lat. cassatio, fr. cassare, to annul. ] Act of annulling. Cas'sa-va, ii. [Ilaytian kasabi.] A plant from which tapioca is obtained. Cas'SE-p A/PER, n. [Fr., papier casse.] Broken paper; two outside quires of a ream. CXs'SIA (kXsh'a), n. [ leb. qes'ah , fr. qdsa'’, to cut or peel off.] The cheap¬ er kinds_of cinnamon. CXs'si-mere, it. [P-erh. of the same origin as cashmere.] j A thin, twilled, woolen cloth. Cas-si'NO, n. [It. casino, a small house.] A game at cards, generally played by four persons. Cas'sock, n. [YrA ( (isaque, from Lat. casa, cottage.] close fitting eccle- 4 siastical garment, worn under the surplice or gown. CXs'so-wa-ry, ii. [Ilindost. kassu- waris.] A large bird, resembling the ostrich. CAst ((j), v. t. [imp. & p. p. CAST.] [Icel. Arasta.] 1. To send or drive from, by force; to throw. 2. To di¬ rect, as the sight. 3. To throw on the ground, as in wrestling. 4. To shed. 5. To compute; to reckon. 6. To form from liquid metal; to found. — v. i. 1. To receive form or shape. 2. To warp. — n. 1. A throw. 2. A chance or venture. 3. Act of cast¬ ing in a mold. 4. Form into winch any thing is cast. 5. Assignment of parts in a play to the actors, (j. Look ; glance; squint. CXs'TA-nLt', ii. [Lat. castanea, a chestnut.] A small concave shell of ivory or hard wood, fastened with another to the thumb, and beat with the middle finger. Cast'a-way, n. An abandoned per¬ son ; a reprobate. Caste ((5), n. [From Lat. castus, pure, chaste.] A separate and fixed class of society, as in India. CXs'tei.-ean, it. [Lat. caslellanus , from castellum , castle.] A governor of a castle. [longing to a castle. CXs'tel-la-ny (44). n. Lordship be- €Xs'tel-i,a / ted, a. Adorned with turrets and battlements, like a castle. CAst'er, n. 1. One who casts. 2. A stand to contain phials with con¬ diments. 3. A small wheel on a s'.tivel, on which furniture is rolled. CXS'TI-GATE , t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. ca,digare,ic. castus, pure, chaste, and agere, to move, drive.] To punish by stripes; to chastise. c^Xs / TI-GA'TiON, n. Punishment by whipping. [gates or corrects. CXs'Ti-G A/TOR, n One who casti- CXs'ti-ga-to-ry (50), a. Tending to correction; punitive. CXs'TiEE Soap. [From Castile, whence it originally came.] A kind of fine, hard, white, or mottled soap. CAST'ING, n. 1. Act of one who casts. 2. That which is cast in a mold. CAst'ing-net, n. A net which is cast and drawn. CAst'ing-vote, ii. Tote of a presid¬ ing officer, wheu the votes of the as¬ sembly are equally divided. ■GXs'tle (kSs'l), n. [Lat. castellum, dim. of castrum, a fortified place.] A fortified residence ; a fortress. — v. t. In chess, to cover with a castle; — said of the king. Castle in the air, a visionary project. €Xs'tle-bu1ld'er (kiis'l-), n. One who builds castles in the air. -GXs'tor, n. [Gr. Kacrrmp, akin to Skr. kastfiri , musk.] 1. A genus of ani¬ mals, in which the beaver is included. 2. A hat, esp. one made of the fur of the beaver. 3. A heavy quality of broadcloth. 4. [See Caster.] A small wheel for supporting furniture. €JAs'TOR-OIL, n. [A corruption of Coslmv-oil, the plant producing it OR, DO, WOLF, T#; 3 , TOOK ; 0 RN, RU --,- ,- i--o -- -- 'E, pyLL ; E,I, O, silent; y, (i, sojl; €, G, hard • Ag; having formerly been called Agnut castus.] The mild cathartic oil of a plant fouud in the West Indies. €XS TRA-ME-TA"rION, U. [Lat. CUS- tra metari, to measure a camp.] Art of laying out a camp. <3Xs'trate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. castrare.] To deprive of the testicles; to geld. €Xg'u-AL (kSzh'y-al), a. [Lat. casu- alis, from casus, fall, accident, from cadere, to fall.] 1. Happening with¬ out design, and without being fore¬ seen. 2. Coming without regularity. Syn.— Accidental; fortuitous; inci¬ dental; occasional. — Casual and fortu¬ itous are substantially the same; a thing is accidental when not planned or sought, as a meeting; incidental when it falls in as secondary, or out of the regu¬ lar course of things, as a remark; occa¬ sional when it occurs only now and then. €Xs'u-AL-LY (kazh'u-), ado. By chance; accidentally. €Xg'u-AL-TY (kizli'jj-), n. 1. An ac¬ cident. 2. An accidental injury ; hence, death; misfortune. €Xs'u-IST (kazhhj-ist), n. [Lat. casus, fall, case.] One who studies and resolves cases of conscience. €Xg'U-IST'lE, j a. Relating to cases €LXs'u-ist'I€-al, J of conscience. ■6/Xg'u-lST-RY, n. Science of deter¬ mining the right or wrong of acts and opinions of doubtful propriety -CXt, n. [A.-S. cat, W. cath, Late Lat. catus, Av.qitt.] 1. A well-known do¬ mestic animal. 2. A kind of ship. 3. A double tripod. 4. A kind of whip. CXt'A-GIIRE'SIS, ii. [Gr. KaTaxpricra ;, misuse.] A harsh or far-fetched metaphor. €Xt'a-eiires'TI€, 1 a. Forced; fUXT'A-eiiRES'TlE-AL. ) far-fetched. CXT'A-OL^gM, n. [Gr. KaraKXvapos, from KaraK\v£eiv, to inundate.] A deluge ; a flood ; an inundation. €Xt'A-€OMB (-kom), n. [Gr. Kara, downward, and Kopfi-q, cavity.] A cave, or subterraneous place for the burial of the dead. CXt'A-EOUS'TIOS, ii. sing. [Gr. /card, against, and Eng. acoustics.] That part of acoustics which treats of re¬ flected sounds. €Xt / A-D1-6p'TRIE, ) a. [Gr. Kara, €Xt'A-di-op'tri€-al, j against, and Sionrpa, a geometrical instrument.] Pertaining to the reflection and re¬ fraction of light. •CXt'A-FALQUE', n. [0. Sp. catar, to see, to view, and It. falco, for palco, scaffold, stage. ] A tern porary struct¬ ure, use 1 in funeral solemnities. ■CXt'A-lIso'TIO, a. [Gr. KaraKqKTiKos, fr. Karakqyeiv. to leave off.] Want¬ ing a syllable at the end. dXT'A-LfcP'SY, n. [Gr. KaraXq\jji.<;, a grasping.] Sudden suspension of the action of the senses and of volition. ^JXt'A-lep'TIG, a. Pertaining to catalepsy. €Xt'A-LOGUE (-log), n. [Gr k ara- Aoyov, from Kara, down, completely, and Ae'yeiv, to say.] A list or enu¬ meration of names, titles, or articles. CATAMARAN 60 CAUCASIAN Catalogue raisonnd (ra/zo-naf) (Biblio¬ graphy), a catalogue of books classed ac¬ cording to their subjects. — v. t. To make a list of. Ot'A-MA-kan', n. [ Catha-m'dr'dn, floating trees, the native name in Ceylon.] A raft moved by a large sail. '€lT f A-ME' Nl-A ) n. [Gr.] The month¬ ly courses of females. GXt'A-ME'NI-AL , a. [Gr. KaTa/UTjvtos. monthly.] Pertaining to menstrual discharges. GXt'A-mount, n. [Cat of the moun¬ tain.] The North American tiger; the cougar, or puma. GXt'A-PIIRXcT, 11 . [Gr. KaTa(f>pa.KT7)S, fr. Kara, down, quite, and (ppao-creiu, to inclose.] Heavy, defensive armor, anciently used by horsemen. GXT'A-PLXgM, n. [Gr. Karanhaapa, fr. Kara, down, quite, and nXdo’aeiv, to form, mold.] A poultice. GXt'a-pult, n. [Lat. catapulta , Gr. Kara-neXT-gs ■] An ancient engine used for throwing stones, arrows, &c. GXt'A-RACT, ll. [Gr. KarapaKTijs , fr. Kara, down, and prjyuvuai, to break.] 1. A great cascade or waterfall. 2. Opacity of the crystalline lens, or of its capsule. Ga-tarrh' (-tar'), n. [Gr. uarappoos, from Kara, down, and pelv, to flow.] Inflammation of the air passages, at¬ tended with a discharge of a watery or glairy fluid. Ga-tarrh'al, 1 a. Pertaining to, or Ga-TARRH'OUS, ) attending, catarrh. GA-tXS'TRO-PIIE , n. [Gr. KaracrTpo- (firj, fr. Kara, down, and crTpeeLv, to turn.]' 1. A final event, usually ealamitous. 2. The unfolding and winding up of the plot of a play. GXt'-CALL, n. A squeaking instru¬ ment, used to condemn plays. C.XTCH,r. t. [imp. & p.p. caught.] [0. Eng. cacche, perh. akin to A.-S. ceac , fetter, or from Lat. captiare, fr. capere, to take.] 1. To seize, especi¬ ally with the hand. 2. To ensnare. 3. To take by sympathy, contagion, or infection. — v.i. 1. To be held or impeded. 2. To spread by in¬ fecting.— n. 1. Act of seizing; seizure. 2. That which is caught. 3. A humorous round, in which the singers catch up each other’s sen¬ tences. GXtcii'pen-ny, n. Something worth¬ less, intended to gain money. GXtch'poll, ii. [From catch and poll , the head.] A bailiff’s assistant. Gatch'up, 1 n. [Chin, kitjap.] Sauce GXt'sup, j made from mushrooms, tomatoes, &c. GXtch'-word (-wdrd), n. 1. Last word of an actor; cue. 2. First word of every page of a book put at the right-hand bottom corner of the preceding page to assist the reader. GXt'E-ChLt'IE, ) a. [Gr. Karg- GXt'e-ciiet'ic-al, J xV T V , t, an in¬ structor.] Consisting in asking ques¬ tions and^receiving answers. €Xt'e-€TII2E,v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] [Gr. Ka-njx^ie, from Ka-rd,down, against, and ifoeu', to sound.] 1. To instruct by questions and answers. 2. To question. [chises. GXT'E-cmg'ER, n . One who cate- GXt'e-eiiism, n. A system of in¬ struction by means of questions and answers. GXt'e-ciiist, «. One who catechises. GXt'e-chist'ic, ) a. Pertaining GXt'e-ehIst'ic-al, i to a catechist, or to catechism. GXt'e-chu, n. A brown, astringent, vegetable_extract, from India. GXt'E-CHU'MEN, n. [Gr. KaTT)x°v- pevos, instructed, fr. Kamgx^v, to in¬ struct.] One who is receiving in¬ struction in the elements of Christi¬ anity. GXt'e-gor'ic-AL, a. 1. Pertaining to a category. 2. Absolute; posi¬ tive ; express. GXt'e-gor'ic-al-ly, adv. Abso¬ lutely ; directly; expressly. GXt'e-go-ry (50), n. [Gr. Karg- yopia, from Kara, down, against, and ayopevecv, to harangue, assert.] 1. One of the highest classes to which the objects of knowledge or thought can be reduced, as quantity, quality, relation, &c. 2. State ; condition. Syx. — Predicament. — Category and predicament are both popularly used to express the idea of condition or situation, but with this difference, that predica¬ ment supposes it to be a bad or unfortu¬ nate one. Hence to say, “I am in the same category with you,” is not of ne¬ cessity to say, “ I am in the same pre¬ dicament." GXt'e-na'ri-an, ) a. [Lat. fate- GXt'e-na-ry (44), .1 narius; catena, chain.] Eclating to, or like, a chain. GXt'e-nate,u. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. catenare, fr. catena, chain.] To con¬ nect by links. [as in a chain.' GXt'E-NA'TION, n. Union of parts, Ca'ter, r. ?. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. captare , to strive, to lay hold of, in- tens. form of capere, to take.] To provide food ; to purvey, [provider. Ga'ter-er, ii. One who caters; a Ga'ter-ess, n. A woman who caters. GXt'er-PIL'LAR, ii. [0. Eng. cater- piller , prob. fr. cate , cates, food, and 0. Eng. jailer , plunderer, because it eats up leaves and fruits.] The larve or larval state of a butterfly or any lepidopterous insect. CXtGer-waul, v. i. [From cat and waul , to cry as a cat.] To cry as cats in rutting time. Gates, n. pi. [0. Fr. acat , buying, purchase.] Luxurious food ; delica¬ cies; dainties. GXt'-fish, n. 1. A large and vora¬ cious fish of the shark kind. 2. A fresh-water fish of different species. GXt'g&T, n. 1. A cord made from the intestines of animals. 2. A coarse sort of linen or canvas. GXth'a-rist, ii. [Gr. uadapos, clean, pure.] One who pretends to be purer than others. GXt'-harp-in, In. A rope to brace GXt'-iiarp-ing, ) in the shrouds of the lower masts. GA-THAR'TIC, 1 a. [Gr. KaOaprc- GA-THXr'TI€-AL, ) kos, fl'. Kadapos, pure.] Cleansing the bowels; pur¬ gative. [cine. Ga-tiiar'tic, n. A purgative medi- GXt'-iiead, n. A projecting timber through which the ropes pass by which a ship’s anchor is raised. CATH'E-DRA , or CA-THE' DRA, Ii. [Gr. KaOeSpa, seat.] A chair ; seat of a person in authority. Ga-tiie'dral, ii. The principal church in a diocese. — a. 1. Per¬ taining to the head church of a diocese. 2. Official; authoritative. GXth'E-TER, n. [Gr. Kadenjp, a thing put in, from Kara, down, and veVat, to send.] A tubular instru¬ ment to draw off the urine. GXt'-HOLE, n. A small hole astern, through which a hawser may be passed. GXtii'o-lic(123), a. [Gr. KaOoXiKos, fr. KadoAo?, whole.] 1. Universal or general. 2. Liberal. 3. Pertaining to the Roman Catholics. — n. A member of the Roman Catholic church. Ga-tholG-cism, ii. 1. The faith of the whole Christian church. 2. The Roman Catholic faith. 3. Liberality of sentiment. GXtii'o-lic'i-ty, n. 1. System of doctrine held by all parts of the or¬ thodox Christian church. 2. Doc¬ trines of the church of Rome. 3. Liberality of sentiments. <3a-TH6i/I-£IZE, v. i. To become ca¬ tholic or a Roman Catholic. Ga-tiiol'i-con, n. A remedy for all diseases ; a panacea. GXt'kin, n. [Dim. of cat, from its resem¬ blance to a cat’s tail.] \ A kind of inflorescence, consisting of overlap¬ ping scales. GXT'mint, I n. A well-known plant, GXt’nip, ) having a strong scent; — sX called because cats have a pecul¬ iar ft udness for it. [with nine lashes. GXt'-o’-nIne'-tails, n. A whip GA-TOPYrRIG, 1 a. [Gr. KaTonrpL- GA-t6p'TR1C-AL, ) kos, fl\ KaTOTTTpOV, mirror.] Relating to catoptrics. Ga-top'tries, n. sing. That part of optics which explains the properties and phenomena of reflected light. GXt’s'-paw, n. A dupe; the tool of another; — from the fable of the monkey who used the paws of the cat to draw roasting chestnuts out of the fire. [Ketchup. GXt'sup, ii. Same as Catchup, or GXt'TLE, ii. ) 4 . [Lat. capitails, chief, because in early ages beasts were the chief part of aj man’s property.] Do¬ mestic quadrnpeds collectively, esp. those of the boYine genus. GXt'tle-show^ n. An exhibition of domestic animals for prizes, &c. Gau ca'sian, n, k Any one belonging Catkin to the Indo-Eui race originating ^>pean race, or the ear Mt. Caucasus. X, E, I, o, u, Y, long ; X, £, I, 6, tf, y, short; CARE, far, ask, ALL, WHAT ; Lre, veil, t£rm ; Pit ue, fIrjvi; s6n, i CAUCUS 61 CELLULAR GaU'€US, n. [A corrupt, of calkers,&]- \ fueling to an association of calkers in Boston, Mass., in the time of the American Revolution.] A prepara¬ tory meeting for political purposes. Gau'dal, a. [Lat. cauda , tail.] Per¬ taining to a tail. €aU'date, la. Having a tail, or Cau'da-ted, ) tail-like appendage. Gau'DLE, n. [Lat. calidus , warm.] A kind of warm drink for sick persons. Gauf, n. A chest with holes for keep¬ ing fish alive in water. Gau'fle, n. A gang or drove of cap¬ tured negroes. [ Catch. Gaught (kasvt), imp. & p. p. of Gaul, ». [Prob. a modif. of cowl.] 1. A membrane covering the lower in¬ testines. 2. A part of the membrane enveloping the fetus. Gau-lEs'^ent, a. [Lat. caulis, stalk, stem.] Having a perfect stem. Gau-lTf'er-OUS, a. [Lat. caulis, stalk, andflerre, to bear.] Caulescent. Gau'li-flow/er, n. [Lat. cavlis , colis, stalk, stem, cabbage, and flower.] A variety of cabbage. GAU 2 'AL„a. Relating to a cause or causes. [cause. Gau-§Xl'I-TY, n. The agency of a Gau-§a'tion, n. Act of causing. GAUg'A-TlVE, a. 1. Expressing a cause or reason. 2. Effecting, as a cause or agent. G.AUgE (kawz), n. [Lat. causa.] 1. That which produces a result, or is the occasion of an action. 2. A legal process ; case. 3. One side of a ques¬ tion or controversy. Syn. — Agency; motive; inducement. — v.t. [-ED : -ING.] To effect by agency, power, or influence ; produce. GAUgE'LESS, a. 1. Uncaused or un¬ created. 2. Without just cause, reason, or motive. Gau§'er, «. One who causes. Gause'way, ) n. [L. Lat. calceat /, GAU'gEY, ) calciata, via calcicta, fr. Lat. calceare, calciare , to pave with limestone.] A raised way ovei wet or marshy ground. Gaus'TIO, I a. [Gr. /cavcrn«ds, fr. GAUS'TI€-AL, ) Kaieiv, to burn.] 1. Burning; corrosive. 2. Severe; satirical; sharp. GAUS'xie, n. Any substance which, applied to animal substani es, burns or destroys the texture. Gaus-tI^'I-ty, n. 1. Property which characterizes caustic bod ! es. 2. Se¬ verity of language; sarcasm. Gau'ter, n. A hot, searing iron. GAU'TER-fgivi, n. Application of caus¬ tics ; cautery. Gau'ter-i-zA'tion, n. A burning or searing some morbid part by the ap-- plication of fire. i Gau'ter-Ize, v. t. [-m>; -ing.] To burn or sear with fire |or a hot iron, as morbid flesh. Gau'ter-y, n. [See Cauter.] A burning, as of mor'oid flesh, by a hot iron, or by causcic medicines. Gau'TION, n. [Lat.. cautio, fr. cavere, to take care.] 1. Prudence in re¬ gard to danger ; wariness. 2. Ex¬ hortation to wariness. Syn.— Forethought; forecast; pru¬ dence; vigilance; circumspection. — v.t. [-F. D ; -ing.] To give no¬ tice of dauger to ; to warn. Gau'tion-a-ry (44), a. 1. Contain¬ ing caution. 2. Given as a pledge. Gau'tioDs, a. Prudent; watchful. Syn. — Wary; circumspect. — A man is cautious chiefly as the result of tim¬ idity ; one may be wary, i. e., watchful in a high degree against danger; and yet bold and active; a circumspect man looks around him to weigh and deliberate. Gau'tioRs-ly, adv. With caution. Gau'tioOs-ness, n. Watchfulness; provident care. GXv'AL-cade', n. [Lat. caballus, Gr. Kafia AAp?,an inferior horse.] A pro¬ cession of persons on horseback. GXv'a-lier', n. [See Cavalcade.] 1. A horseman; a knight. 2. One of the leaders of the court party in the time of King Charles I. — a. 1. Gay; sprightly. 2. Brave; warlike. 3. Haughty ; disdainful. GX v / A-LIER'LY, adv. In a haughty manner. [horseback. GXv'AL-RY, n. Troops that serve on €av'a-ti'na, n. [It.] ( Mus.) An air of one movement, with little repeti¬ tion of the words. Gave , n. [Lat. cavus, hollow, cavea , cavity.] A hollow place in the earth ; a den. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To make hollow.— v.i. 1. To dwell in a cave. 2. To fall and leave a hollow. Ca've-At, n. [Lat., let him beware.] 1. A notice to some officer not to do a eertain act until the party is heard in opposition. 2. A description of some invention, lodged in the patent- office before the patent right is taken out, operating as a bar to other ap¬ plications respecting the same inven¬ tion. 3. Warning. [and pressed. GXv'EN-Dfsil, n. Tobacco softened GXv'ern, n. [Lat. caverna , fr. cavus , hollow.] A large cave. [hollow. GXv'ern-ous, a. Full of caverns ; Ga-VIARE' (ka-veer'), I n. [Turk, ha- GXv'I-ar (fcXv'e-ar), )viar ] Roesof certain large fish, prepared and salted. GXv'IL, V. i. [-ED, -ing; or -LED, -LING, 137.] [Lat. cavillari , fr. ca- vilia , bantering jests.] To raise cap¬ tious and frivolous objections.— n. A frivolous objection. GXv'il-er, In. A captious dispu- GXv'il-ler, j tant. [Hollowness. GXv'I-TY, n. 1 A hollow place. 2. Gaw, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [From the sound.] To cry like a crow, or raven. — n. The noise made by the crow or raven. Gay-enne' P£p / per. [From Cay¬ enne, in South America.] A very pungent red pepper. Gay'man (150), n. An alligator. Ga-ZIQUE' (ka-zeek'), n. [From the language of Ilayti ] A chief among some tribes of Indians. ^IeasEj v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. ces- sare, intens. form of cedere , to with¬ draw.] 1. To come to an end. 2. To be wanting. Syn. — To desist; forbear; fail. — v. t. To put a stop to. [incessant. (^ease'less, a. Without cessation; (e'dar, n. [Gr iceSpos.] An ever¬ green tree of different species. (,’EDE, v.t. [-E D ; -ING.] [Lat. cedere.] To yield or surrender ; to give up. ^E-dil'LA, n. [It. zediglia , dim. of zeta, Gr. name of z, which letter was formerly written after c , and then below it, to give it the pronun¬ ciation of s.] A mark placed under the letter c [thus, c], to show that it is to be sounded like s. Cii'DRiNE, a. Belonging to cedar. VEIL, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [L. Lat. celare , to cover, arch, Lat. ccdum, heaven, vault, arch.] To overlay or cover the inner roof of. Veil'ing, n. Upper, interior surface of an apartment, opposite the floor. Vel'an-dine, n. A genus of plants belonging to the poppy family. VEl'e-brate, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. celebrare, celebratus; celeber, fa¬ mous.] 1. To meution with praise. 2. To honor by appropriate ceremo¬ nies ; to solemnize. Syn. — To praise ; extol; commemo¬ rate. — Extol is stronger than praise ; we commemorate events which we desire to cherish in affectionate remembrance by appropriate rites, as the death of our Sav¬ ior; we celebrate by demonstrations of public joy, processions, &c., as the birth¬ day of our independence. Vel'e-bra/ted, a. Having celebrity. Syn. — Distinguished ; famous ; re¬ nowned; illustrious. VfiL'E-BRA'TION, 7i. Act of cele¬ brating. [brates. CEl'e-bra'tor, n. One who cele- V'E-LEB'RI-TY, n. 1. Condition of being celebrated. 2. A person of distinction. Syn. — Renown; honor; repute; fame* Ve-ler'i-TY, n. [Lat. celeritas , from celer , swift.] Rapidity of motion. Syn. — Swiftness ; speed ; velocity j quickness. V£l'ER-Y, n. [Gr. (reAivoi/.] A plant of the parsley family. Ve-les'TIAL (-lgst'yal), a. [Lat. cce- lestis, ceelestis, from ccdum, csdum, heaven.] Heavenly.— n. An in¬ habitant of heaven. Ve'BI-AB, a. [Gr. /coiAioucos, fr. xoiAia, belly.] Pertaining to the belly. VE-LiB'A-<;:Y, or CEL'I-BA-£Y, 71. [Lat. csehbatus , from ctelebs , unmar¬ ried.] Bachelorship. [bachelor. Cel'i-BATE, 71 . 1. Celibacy. 2. A VEll, ti. [Lat. cella, akin to celare , to conceal.] 1. A very small and close apartment. 2. Any small, closed cavity ; a minute sac. VEl'lar, ti. [Lat. cellarium, a pan¬ try.] A room under a building. VEl'lar-a&e, n. 1. Excavation for a cellar; a cellar, or a series of cellars. 2. Charge for storage in a cellar. VEll'U-LAR, a. [Lat. cellula, a little cell.] Consisting of, or containing, cells. o, WQLF, TO O, TOOK : Orn, rue, pyLL; E, l, o, silent; y, soft: e. 5. hard. CELLULE 62 CERTAINTY OEll'ULE, n. A small cell. i (, Ell'u-loid, n. [Eng. cellulose, and! Gr. eifios, form.] A compound in i imitation of coral, ivory, tortoise¬ shell, etc. ; — made chiefly from gun-cotton and camphor. (pELl/u-LObE', n. One of the sub¬ stances constituting the cellular tis¬ sue of plants. <^Elt, n. [ VV. Celtiad , Celt, from celt, covert, shelter.] One of an ancient race of people, who inhabited Central and Western Europe, and from whom are descended the Irish, Welsh, &c. (pisET'i-e, a. Pertaining to the Celts, or to their language. — n. The lan¬ guage of the Celts. £Em'ent, or (^e-mEnt' (115), «. [Lat. cxmentum , chips of marble, from which mortar was made.] 1. Any adhesive substance used to unite bodies. 2. Bond of union. £e-ment', v. t. [-ed; -ING.] 1. To unite by the use of cement. 2. To unite firmly aud closely. — v. i. To uuite and cohere. <^EM / En-ta'tion, n. 1. Act of ce¬ menting. 2. The process by which iron is turned into steel, giass into porcelain, Ac <^EM'E-TER / v, n. [Gr. Koipr/rijpiov, fr. Kotjuac, to sleep.] A grave-yard. Qen'o-bite, n. [Gr. koivos, common, and /3 i'o 5, life.] One of a religious order, dwelling in a convent. CEn'o-bit'IC, la. Living in com- CEn'o-bIt'ic-AL, \ munity, as monks. £En'o-tXph, n. [Gr. /cevora^iov, fr. Kevo s, empty, and raff) os, tomb.] A monument erected to one who is buried elsewhere. (pENSE, v. t. [-ed ; -INCt.] [Abbrev. from incense. \ To perfume with odors from burning substances. (pENS'ER, n. A pan in which incense is burned. aAuc6s, from Ke(f)a\rj, head.] Pertaining to the head. — n. A medicine for a disorder in the head. (^Epii'a-lo-pQd', or (^e-phXl'o- POD, n. [Gr. Ke(f>akri, head, and 7tov'?, 7 ro5os, foot.] A molluscous an¬ imal, having a distinct head, sur¬ rounded by a circle of long arms. (^e-ra'ceoEs, a. [Lat. cera, wax.] Of the nature of wax. Qe-rXm'I€, a. [Gr. fcepa/uiKos, from Ke'pap.o?, earthenware.] Pertaining to pottery. [oil, &c. Ce'rate, n. An ointment of wax, yE'RA-TEDj a. Covered with wax. (/EKE, n. [Lat. cera, wax.] Naked wax-like skin covering the base of the bill in some birds. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] To wax, or cover with wax. (pE'RE-AL (89), a. [Pertaining to Ce¬ res, or to grain.] Pertaining to edi¬ ble grain. — n. Any edible grain. Cer' E-BEL'LUM, n. [L., dim. of cerebrum, brain.] Hinder and low¬ er division of the brain. QEr'e-bral, a. Pertaining to the cerebrum, or brain. Cer’ E-BRUM. n. [Lat.] Superior ’ and larger division of the brain. Cere'gloth, 1 n. [Lat. cera, wax.] (lERE'MENT, ) A cloth dipped in melted wax, used for embalming. 'C£r / E-MO'ni-AL, a. Relating to cer¬ emony ; ritual.— n. A system of rules e iu, to write.] Art of engraving on copper or brass. Chal-daGg, a. Pertaining to Chal¬ dea. — n. Language of the Chalde¬ ans. ChXl'dee, or €hal-dee', a. Per taining to Chaldea. —n. Language or dialect of the Chaldeans. ChXe'DRON, n. [Same as caldron.] A dry measure for coals, containing, at London, thirty-six bushels. ChXl'Ige (chaPis), n. [Lat. calix, Gr. KvAif.] A cup ; especially a com¬ munion-cup. Ciialk (chawk), n. [A.-S. cealc, from Lat. calx . limestone.] A soft, earthy substance, consisting of carbonate of lime. Red chalk-, an indurated clayey ocher. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To rub or mark with chalk. ClIALK'-STONE (chawk'-, 20), n. A concretion in the hands and feet. CHALK'Y (chawkfy), a. Consisting of, or resembling chalk. ChXi/LEN6e, ti. [Lat. calinnnia, false accusation.] 1. Invitation to a contest of any kind. 2. A claim or demand made of a right. 3. Excep¬ tion to a juror or voter.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To call to a contest of any kind; to defy. 2. To claim as due. 3. To make exception or objec¬ tion to. CiiXl'len6e-a-ble, a. Capable of being challenged. [lenges. CiiXl'len-ger, n. One who chal- QhXl'lis (shiiPly), 7i. [Fr. chaly.] A fine, twilled, woolen fabric. €ha-l\ b'E-ate, a. [N. Lat. chalyb- eatus, from Gr. still.] Im¬ pregnated with some salt of iron. — n. Any water or liquor into which iron enters. Chamade (sha'miid'). n. [Fr.,from Lat. clarnare , to call.] Beat of a drum, or sound of a trumpet, invit¬ ing to a parley. ChamPber, n. [Lat. camara, camera , vault, arched roof, Gr. /ca/adpa.] 1. An upper room for lodging, privacy, or study. 2. A hollow, closed space. 3. A place where an assembly meets, and the assembly itself.— v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To occupy as a chamber ; 2. To be wanton. — v. t. To shut up, as in a chamber. Cham'ber-goun'sel, In. A CHAM'BER-eouN'SEL-OR, ) coun¬ selor who gives his opinion in private. Cham'BER-la'in, 7i. [Ger. hammer (Lat. camera), and the term, ling.] 1. An officer having charge of the private chambers of a nobleman or monarch. 2. One of the high offi¬ cers of a court. 3. A receiver of public money. [chamberlain. Cham'ber-laIn-stiIp, n. Office of a Cham'ber-maid, n. A woman who has the care of chambers. Ciia-me'le-on, n. [Gr. x a h- (27), n. State of a child ; time in which persons are children. ChIld'ish, a. Of, or pertaiuing to, a child ; puerile. [a child. ChIld'ish-ly, adv. In themannerof CiiildMsh-ness, 7i. State or qualities of a child ; simplicity. ChIld'LESS, a. Destitute of children. Ciiild'-lTke, a. Like or becoming a child ;_submissive; docile. €hYl'I-AD, n. [Gr. x<-Aids, fr. \l\lov, thousand.) A thousand ; especially, a thousand years. CHIL'I-ARetl, 71. [Gr. yiAiapyi??, fr. \C\iou, thousand, and apyov, leader.] Commander of a thousand men. ChIll, a. [A.-S. cyle, cele, fr. celan , calan , to be cold ] 1. Moderately cold ; cool. 2. Affected by cold. 3. Formal; distant.— n. A disagree¬ able sensation of coolness; shiver¬ ing.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To make chilly ; to affect with cold. 2. To depress ; to discourage. CiiYll'i-ness, n. A sensation of coolness. CiiYll'ness, n. Coolness ; coldness. Chill'Y, 7 i. Moderately cold. Chimb (chlm), n. [D. kiTn.] Edge of a cask, &c. See Chine, 2. CiiTme, n. [It. catnparia, bell.] 1. Harmonious sound of bells. 2. A set of bells musically tuned to one another. 3. [See CHIMB.] Edge of a cask or tub. —v i. [-ED; -ing.] 1. To sound in harmonious accord, as bells. 2. To be in harmony ; to cor¬ respond. 3. To jingle, as in rhyming. ChY-ME'rA, n. [Lat. chimxra, Gr. \ipaCpa, orig. a she-goat.] 1. A fabulous fire-spouting monster. 2. A vain or foolish fancy. ChY-mer'I€-al, a. Merely imaginary; existing only in thought. ChY-mer'ig-al-ly, adv. Wildly; vainly ; fancifully. ChIm'ney (148), 71 . [Fr. cheminie, fr. Gr. Ko~p.iv 09 , furnace, oven.] Passage through which the smoke is carried off; a tiue. ChIm'NEY-SWEEP, 1 7t. One who Chim'ney—sweep'er, j sweepsaud scrapes chimneys. Chim-pAn'ZEE, n. A kind of African monkey resembling man. ChIn, n. [A.-S. cimie, cm, Goth, kin- 7ius, cheek, akin to Lat. gena , Gr. yew s, Skr. ganda.~\ The lower ex¬ tremity of the face, below the mouth. Chi'nA, ». A fine species of earthen ware; porcelain. ChInc'a-pIn, 7 i. The dwarf chestnut. Chin-ChIl'la, n. [Sp.] A small rodent animal, remarkable for its fine fur. [cough. CllYx'COUGH (-kof, 21), n. Ilooping- CHlNE,n. [0. II. Ger. skina, needle, prickle.] 1. Rack-bone of an animal. 2. The chimb or chime of a cask. Chink, n. [A.-S. cine, fissure, chink, from cinan , to gape.] 1. A gap or crack. 2. [See Jingle.] A short, sharp sound, as of metal. — v. i. To crack; to open; to jingle.— v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To jingle. ClilNTZ (chints, 108),». [Hind, chhint, spotted cotton cloth.] Cotton cloth, printed with flowers and colors. Chip, v. t. [-ped ; -ping, 136.] [II. Ger. kippen, to clip, pare.] To cut into small pieces. — v. i. To break in small pieces. — n. A piece cut or broken off. ■Gih'RO-GrXph, n. [Gr. x eL poypa(f>o<;, written with the hand; x et P> hand, and ■ypdt^eiv, to write.] A writing re¬ quiring a counterpart. It answered to what is now called a charter-party. €hT-roG'ra-piier,?i. One who prac¬ tices writing. ChPro-grapii'ig, ) a. Pertain- ChURO-GRXPII'IG-AL, j ing to chi- rography. [pher. Chi-rog'RA-PhYst, n. A chirogra- €hi-rog'RA-piiy, 7i. 1. Art of writ¬ ing. 2. A writing done with one’s own hand; handwriting. €hi-rol'o-(jY, n. [Gr. x et P> hand, and Aoyos, speech.] Art of com¬ municating thoughts by signs made by the hands and fingers. Ghi'RO-MAN^Y, n. [Gr. xeip, hand, and pain da, divination.] Divination by inspection of the hand; palm¬ istry. Chi-RON'O-MY (kl-), n. [Gr. xeipoeo- /aia, fr. \eip, hand, and vopos, law, rule.] Gesture. Chi-rop'o-dYst, n. [Gr. x«p, hand, and 7rov5,7ro6o?, foot.] One who re¬ moves corns, &c., from the feet. Chirp (18), v. i. [-ed;-ing.] [Ger. zirpen, tschirpen.] To make a short, sharp sound, as is done by fowls or crickets. — n. A short, sharp note. ChIr'rup, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [See Chirp.] To quicken or animate by chirping. — n. Act of chirping. ChI-rOr'geon (kx-rur / jun, 34), n. See Surgeon. Culg'EL,??. [0. Fr. cisel, Fr. ciseau, fr. Lat. sicilicula, dim. of sicilis, sickle.] An instrument for paring, hewing, or gouging.— v. t. [-ED, -ING; or -LED, -LING, 137.] Toeut, pare, gouge, or engrave with a chisel. CHIT, n. [A.-S. cidh, shoot, sprig, fr. the root cian, to germinate.] 1. A shoot; a sprout. 2. A child or babe. ChIt'chXt,». [From chat, by re¬ duplication.] Familiar or trifling talk. ChYt'ter-lYng§, pi [Of. a -3. ewidh and ewidha , belly, womb, stomach.] The smaller iutestines of swine, &c., fried for food. (^’IiYv'AL-rYg 1 (shiv'-), a. Pertain- (^iiYv'al-roOs j ing to chivalry ; gal¬ lant. (^Hlv'AL-RY (shiv'-, 67), n. [Fr. cheval- erie, fr. chevalier, knight.] 1. A body of cavaliers or knights serving on horseback; cavalry. 2. Dignity or system of knighthood. 3. Qualifica¬ tions or character of knights. Ciiives, «. pi. [See Cives.] 1. Slenuer filaments in the blossoms of plants. 2. A small species of onion. ChlS'rate, n. A salt formed by the union of chloric acid with a base. Chlo'rig, a. Pertaining to chlorine, or obtained from it. Chlo'rYde (49), 7i. A compound of chlorine with another element. Chlo'rYne, n. [Gr. xXwpos, pale- green;— from its color.] A heavy gas of greenish color, which forms a constituent of common salt. €iil5'ro-f6rm (25), n. [From chlo¬ rine and formyl, it being a terchloride of formyl.] An oily, volatile liquid, used to produce insensibility. Chock, v. t. To stop or fasten as with a wedge. — n. Something to confine a cask or other body, by fitting into the space around or beneath it. CiiSck'-full, a. Completely full. Clldc'o-LATE, n. [Mexican cacuatl, cacao.] A paste composed of the roasted and ground kernel of the ca¬ cao, or a beverage obtained from it. Choice (66), n. [Fr. choix. fr. choisir, to choose, fr. Goth, kausjan, to ex¬ amine.] 1. Act of choosing; elec¬ tion. 2. Power of choosing ; option. 3. The thing chosen. — a. [-ER,- -est.] 1. Worthy of being chosen. 2. Selected with care. Syn. — Precious; costly; uncommon. Choi^e'ly, adv. With care in choos¬ ing. [choice. Choice'ness, n. Quality of being "Choir (kwTr) (38), n. [Lat. chorus, Gr. xopo?.] 1. An organized com¬ pany of singers. 2. That part of a church appropriated to the singers. Choke (20), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [A. -3. ac.eor.ja71, to suffocate ; ceace, ceac , jaw, cheek.] 1. To stifle; to suffo¬ cate. 2. To obstruct by filling up or clogging. — v. i. To have the wind¬ pipe stopped. Choke'-daMP, n. Carbonic acid gas accumulated in wells, mines, &c. Ch5ke'-full, a. Full as possible; quite full. [chokes. Chok/er, n. He who, or that which, OR, do, wqlf, too, TO"bK ; Orn, rue, pull ; E. I , o, silent c.,G,soft; €, G, hard; Ag; EXIST; if as NG; THIS CHOKY CHUCK-FARTIIING 68 Chok'y, a. Tending to choke. €hol'ER (koFer), n. [Gr. x°Xe'pa, fr. XoAos, xoAij, bile.] 1. The bile ; — formerly supposed to be the seat of irascibility. 2. Anger ; wrath. ■€hol'ER-A, n. A disease character¬ ized by vomiting and purging, and also by griping and spasms in the legs and arms. Cholera morbus, a milder and more common form of the cholera. Chol'er-I€ (123), a. 1. Easily ir¬ ritated ; irascible. 2. Angry ; indi¬ cating anger. Choose (66), v. t. [imp. chose ; p. p. CHOSEN, chose.] [A.-S. ceosaii, Goth, kiusan.] To make choice of. Syn. — Prefer; elect. — Choose is ge¬ neric; to prefer is to choose one tiling ns more desirable than another; to elect is to choose or take for some purpose, of¬ fice, &c., usually by suffrage, as, to elect a president. — v. i. 1. To prefer. 2. To have the power of choice. Chooser, n. One who chooses; an elector. Chop (66), v. t. [-fed ; -ping.] [Gr. Ko\aCa , fr. xwpos, place, and ypa^eiv, to describe.] Art of making a map or Chord (3). AC, AB, chords. description of a particular region or country. Gho'rus, n. [Lat. chorus, Gr. xopos.] 1. ( Gr. Drama.) A company sup¬ posed to behold what passes iu the acts of a tragedy, and who sing their sentiments between the acts. 2. A company of singers singing in con¬ cert. 3. What is said or sung by the chorus iu a tragedy ; part of a song in which the company join. Cho%e (shoz), 7 i. [Fr., fr. Lat. causa, cause.] A thing ; personal property. Chose in action, a thing of which one has not possession or actual enjoyment, but only a right to it. Cii5§e , imp. & p. p. of Choose. Cnog'EN (ch5z / n), p. p. of Choose. Chough (chtif), n. [A.-S. ceo, Er. choucus.] A bird of the crow family. Chouse, v. t. [-ed;-ing.] [Turk. chiaous , a messenger of the Turkish emperor, one of whom, in 1609, com¬ mitted a gross fraud upon the Turk¬ ish merchants resident in England.] To cheat, trick, defraud. — n. 1. A simpleton ; a gull. 2. A trick ; im¬ position. Chow'ciiow, 71. [Chin.] A kind of mixed pickles. Chow'der, m. A dish of fresh fish, pork, onions, &c., stewed together. Chres-tom'a-thy, n. [Gr. xpper- TopdOeia, from XP' 1 ?cr—os, useful, and paOeiv, to learn.] A selection of passages, with notes, &c., to be used in acquiring a language. ■CHRISM, n. [Gr. xpi apa, fr. xpieiv, to anoint.] Oil consecrated by a bishop. Chris-ma'tion, 7 i. Act of applying consecrated oil. (the chrism. Chris'ma-to-ry (50), n. A vessel for Christ, n. [Gr. xpurros, anointed, fr. xptetv, to anoint.] The Anointed ; the Savior; the Messiah. €HRfs'T.EN(kriS / n),'l'. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [A.-S. cristnian , fr. cristen , cristena , a Christian.] 1. To baptize. 2. To give a name to. Ghris'ten-dom (kris'n-), n. [A.-S. cristendom , from cristen , a Christian, and the term, dom .] 1. That portion of the world in which Christianity prevails. 2. Whole body of Christians. Chris'tian (krist'yan, 68), n. [See Christ.] A believer in Christ. — a. 1. Pertaining to Christ or his re¬ ligion. 2. Professing Christianity. Christian name, filename given in bap¬ tism, as distinct from the family name, or surname. Chris-tian'i-ty (krist-vand-ty), n. The religion_taught by Christ. Chris'tian-ize, V.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To convert to Christianity. Ghris'tian-ly, adv. In a Christian manner. [Christ. Christ'less, a. Having no faith in Ghrist'mas (kriVmas, 146), n. 1. Festival of Christ’s nativity ; the 25th of December. 2. Christmas-day. ChrYst'mas-box (krisdnas-), n. A box in which presents are put at Christmas. Ghris-tol/o-6y, n. [Gr. xptords, Christ, and Aoyo?, discourse.] A dis¬ course or treatise concerning Christ. CllRO-MAT'IG, a. [Gr. XP 00 juarueds, suited for color, fr. xpwp“, color.] 1. Relating to color. 2. ( Mus .) Pro¬ ceeding by the smaller intervals (half-steps or semitones) of the scale. Chro-mat'1€S, n. Science of colors. Chrome, 1 n. [Gr. xp^/xa,color.] €hro'mi-um, ) A hard, brittle metal of a grayish-white color. Chro'mo, m. [Gr. xpw/u.a, color.] A chromo-lithograph. Ghro'mo-lith'o-graph, «. A lith¬ ograph printed in colors. Chron'ig, ) a. [Gr. xpovi/co?, fr. Ghron'ig-AL, ( xpdvos, time.] Con¬ tinuing for a long time. Ciiron'I-ole (kronG-kl), n. A reg¬ ister of events in the order of time.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To record in history ; to register. [chi’onicle. €hron>I-€LER, n. A writer of a Chron'o-gram, ) 7i. [Gr. xpdvos, Chron'o-graph, ) time, and ypdju- pa, writing, ypd^eiv, to write.] An inscription which includes in it the date of an event. [oger. Ciiro-nog'ra-pher, ti. A chronol- Chro-nol'o-ger, In. One skilled Chro-n5l'o-gist, J in chronology. Ghron'o-log'ig, 1 a. Relating €hron / o-lo&'io-al, ) to chronol¬ ogy ; according to the order of time. Giibon''o-b6g'I€-al-j,y, adv. In a chronological manner. CllRO-NOL/O-GY, 71. [Gr. XP 0V oAoyia, fr. xpovos, time, and Aoyos, discourse.] Science of computing time by regular divisions and which assigns to events their proper dates. Ciiro-nom'e-ter, n. [Gr. xpdvos, time, and perpov, measure.] A time¬ keeper ; esp. a portable time-keeper of superior construction aud accuracy. €hron'o-MET'RIG, 1 a. Pertain Ghron'o-met'ric-al, ) ing to, or measured by, a chronometer. €iirys'a-LIS (krls-), n.; pi. -eilRY- SAL/I-DE§. [Gr. xP V(Ta AAis, gold- colored sheath of butterflies, from Xpvcrds, gold.] A form into which the caterpillar of butterflies, moths, &c., passes, and from which the per¬ fect insect, after a while, emerges. ■Giirys'o-prase , 7i. [Gr. xP vcr ° Tr P a ~ cros, from xpneros, gold, and npacrov, leek.] A kind of massive quartz. CiiOb, n. [Cf. Fr. chabot, a chub, Lat. capito, a fish with a large head, caput, head.] A fresh-water fish of the carp family. CiiGb'bed, 1 a. Like achub ; plump, CliUB'BY, j short, and thick. Chuck, v. i. [Formed in imitation of the sound.] To make a noise like that of a hen calling her chickens.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To strike gently. 2. To throw ; to pitch. — n. 1. The call of a hen. 2. A slight blow under the chin. 3. A contriv¬ ance fixed to the mandrel of a turn¬ ing-lathe for holding the material to be operated upon. ChPck'-far'thing, n. A play in A, E, I, 5, U, Y ,long; A, E, I, O, A, short; CARE, FAR, ASK, ALL, WHAT ; ERE, VEIL, TERM; PIQUE, FIRM ; SON, CHUCKLE 69 CIRCUMFERENTOR which a farthing is pitched into a hole. CiiDgk'le, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [From chuck.] To call, as a hen her chick¬ ens. — v. i. To laugh in a suppressed or broken manner. — n. A short, suppressed laugh of exultation or de¬ rision. ChOff, «. [Perhaps a modif. of chub.] A coarse, dull, or surly fellow. ChDff'Y, a. Surly; clownish. ChO.M, n. [Prob. a coutr. from com¬ rade.] A room-mate, esp. in a college. Cllh\K, n. A short, thick piece of any thing. ChOrcii (06), n. [Gr. Kvpuxtcr ), uvpta- kov, Lord’s house, fr. /cupios, lord.] 1. A building for Christian worship. 2. An organized body of Christian believers. 3. The collective body of Christians.— v.t. [-eu; -ing.] To unite with in returning thanks in church, as after childbirth. CiiOrcii'man (150), 7i. 1. An eccle¬ siastic or clergyman. 2. An Episco¬ palian. [a churchman. CiiOrch'man-ship, a. State of beiug ChOrciP—WAR iyjEN, 7 i. An officer whose duties respect the temporal interests of a church or parish. ChOrcii'-y akd, n. A grave-yard ad¬ joining to a church ; a cemetery. ChOrl (66), n. [A.-S. ceorl.] 1. A rustic ; a countryman or laborer. 2. A rough, surly, ill-bred man. 3. A niggard. ChPri/ish, a. Like a churl; illiberal. ChOrl'ish-ness, ii. Rudeness of manners or temper ; indisposition to kindness or courtesy. ChOrn (66), 7i. A vessel for making butterin. — v.t. [-ed; -ing] [A.- S. cernan, Icel. kinia , from kiarni , marrow, cream.] To agitate, as cream, in order to make butter. CiiOrn'ing, 7i. Quantity of butter made at one operation. Chyle (kll), n. [Gr. x^Xos, juice, from xeecv, to pour.] A milky fluid, derived from chyme, and conveyed into the circulation. €h5x'I-FA€'TION, 71. [Gr. x v ^> and Lat. facere, to make.] Process by which chyle is formed. [chyle. Ch^l'i-fi-ca/tion, n. Formation of Chyl'oOs (kil-'us), a. Consisting of chyle, or partaking of it. Chyme (klm), n. [Gr. juice, from x eei|/ ) to pour.] Pulp formed by the food after it has been for some time in the stomach. Ciiy'm'is-try, &c. See Chemistry. CHYM'l-Fi-eA'TlON, 7i. [Lat. chymus, chyme, and facere, to make.] Act. or process of becoming or of forming chyme. [chyme. ClIYM'oOs (klnflus), a. Pertaining to i (^le'A-TRi^E, 71. A scar remaining after a wound is healed. C1-C_A'TRIX, 71. ; pi. pY^'A-TR V- p us. [Lat.] A scar; a cicatrice. f 1 g / a-tri-za , tion, n. Process of forming a cicatrice. QTe'A-TRIZE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To heal and induce the formation of a cicatrice in, as in wounded flesh.— v. i. To heal or be healed. Cicerone (che-che-ro'ne or sTs'e- ro'ue), n. tit. Picerone, Cicero, the Roman orator; fr. the talkativeness of such a guide.] One who shows strangers the curiosities of a place. (plcPE-RO'Nl-AN, a. Resembling Cice¬ ro in style or action. ClcluiiE o (ehtPchis-bsPo or se-sts 7 - be-o), n. [It.] The professed gal¬ lant of a married w oman. ^I'DER, «. [Fr. cidre, Gr. crucepa.; of Oriental origin.] A drink made from the juice of apples. Ci-devant (sGd'vong'), a. [Fr.] Former; previous. . 1. Ac¬ cording to circumstances. 2. In every r particular. ClR'CUM-STAN'TI-ATE (-shi-at), v. t. [-ED; -ing.] 1. To place in partic¬ ular circumstances. 2. To enter into details concerning. QlR'GUM-VAL'LATE, v. t. [Lat. cir- cumvallare, fr. circum, around, and vail are, to wall.] To surround with a rampart. CTr'cum-val-la'tion, n. 1. Act of surrounding with a wall or rampart. 2. A line of field works surrounding the camp of a besieging army. QlR^UM-VENT', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. circumvenire , from circum , around, and venire , to come.] To overreach; to deceive ; to delude. (^hi/euM-VEN'TlON, n. Deception; fraud; imposture. [artifices. CTldeu VI-V f: Nt'ive, a. Deceiving by I^Dr/CUM-VEST', v. t. [Lat. circum- vestire , fr. circum , around, and ves- tire, to clothe.] To cover round, as with a garment. Qir'cum-vo-lu'tion, n. 1. Act of rolling round. 2. A thing rolled round another. QlR'CUM-VOLVE', V. t. [-ED; -ING.] [Lat. circumvolvere , from circum, around, and volvere, to roll.] To cause to revolve. — v. i. To revolve. Qir'GUS, n.; pi. oir / €US-es. [Lat. circus, Gr. KipKos.] 1. An inclosed place for games or feats of horseman¬ ship. 2. Performers in a circus. ^IR'ROUS, a,. [Lat. cirrus, lock, curl.] Terminating in a curl or tendril. Qis-al'pine, a. [Lat. Cisalpinus; cis, on this side, and alpinus, Alpine.] On the hither or south side of the Alps. Qls'AT-LAN'TIC, a. Being on this side of the Atlantic Ocean, [mountains. Cis-mon'tane, a. On this side of the yiS'PA-DANE, a. [Lat. cis, on this side, and Padanus, fr. Padus , the Po.] On the hither or south side of the Po. Qis'soid, n. [*Gr. KurcroeiSr)?, like ivy, (plTE, v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] [Lat. citare , in tens, form of circ, ciere, to put in motion, to excite.] 1. To summon. 2. To quote, name, or repeat. 3. To call or name, in support, proof, or confirmation of. [or quotes. Cit'er, n. One who cites, summons, CitiPern, a. Same as Cittern. CTt'1-Z.EN, n. [From city.] 1. A freeman of a city. 2. An inhabitant in any city, town, or place. 3. Any native born or naturalized inhabi¬ tant of a country. [Amer.] [citizen. ClT'I-ZEN-sinp, n. State of being a ( Tt'rate , n. [Lat. citreum, citron, lemon.] A salt formed by the union of citric acid and a base. Qit'rig, a. Pertaining to an acid in the juice of the lemon, &c. Qit'RINE , a. Like a citron or lemon ; of a lemon color. QiT'RON, n. [Gr. /cirpov.] Fruit of the citron-tree, resembling a lemon. £It'Y, n. [Lat. civitas , fr. civis, citi¬ zen.] 1. A large town. 2. A corpo¬ rate town. 3. Inhabitants of a city. •£lVEg (slvz ),n.pl. [Lat . cepa, ccepa, crepe, onion.] A species of garlic. Qiv'et, n. [L. Gr. ganeTiov, from Per. zabad , civet.] 1. A strong, musky substance, used as a perfume. 2. The animal that produces civet; — a native of North Africa. C'lv'lG, a. [Lat. civicus , fr. civis. citi¬ zen.] Relating to, or derived from, a city or citizen. £iv'il, a. [Lat. civilis, fr. civis , citi¬ zen.] 1. Lawful or political, as op¬ posed to military. 2. Pertaining to an organized community ; civilized. 3. Courteous ; complaisant. Ql-VIL/IAN, n. 1. One skilled in the civil law. 2. One whose pursuits are those of civil life. (^I-YIL'I-TY, n. 1. Courtesy ; polite¬ ness. 2. pi. Acts of politeness. (^IvOl-i-za'tion, n. Act of civiliz¬ ing, or state of being civilized. Civ'il-Ize, V. t. [-ed ; -ING-] To re¬ claim from a savage state ; to edm cate ; to refine. Civet. A, E, l, o, u, y, long; A, E, I, o, 0, ¥, short; care, far, ask; all, what ; Ere, veil, t£rm; pique, fIrm; son, CIVILIZED 71 CLEAN (pIv'lL-i Reclaimed from sav¬ age life and manners ; cultivated. QIv'IL-Iz'ER, n. One who, or that which, civilizes. (,-Iv'il-ly, adv. 1. In a civil manner, in reference to civil society. 2. Po- litely. CIv'IgM, n. State of citizenship. GlXb'ber, n. [See Eonny-Clab- BER.] Milk turned thick. ClXck, v.i. [-ed; -ing.] 1. To make a sudden, sharp noise; to clink ; to click. 2. To talk rapidly. — n. [Fr. claque, a slap or smack, M. H. Gcr. klac , crack.] 1. A sharp, abrupt sound made by striking an object. 2. Any thing that causes a clacking noise. 3. Continual talk. Claim, v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] [Lat. cla- mare , to cry out, call.] To call for ; to challenge as a right.— n. 1. A demand of a right. 2. A right to demand; a title to any thing in pos¬ session of another. 3. The thing demanded. [claimed. Glaim'a-BLE, a. Capable of being Glaim'Ant, n. One who claims. Clair-voy'an^e, n. A power of dis¬ cerning objects not present to the senses. GlAir-VOY'ant, a. [Fr., from clair, clear, and voyant, p. pr. of voir, to see.] Discerning objects which are not present. — n. One who discerns objects not present to the senses. ClX>I, n. [Another form of clamp .] 1. A bivalve shell-fish. 2. pi. A kind of vise. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [A.-S. clxmian.] To clog, as with gluti¬ nous matter. GlXm'ber, v. i. [-ed; -ing.] [L. Ger. klempern , 0. II. Ger. chlimban, chlimpan.] To climb with difficulty, or with hands aud feet. ClXm'MI-NESS, n. State of being clammy. [ous. GlXm'MY, a. Soft and sticky ; glutin- GlXm'OR, n. [Lat.] Loud and con¬ tinued shouting or noise. Syn. — Outcry : exclamation ; noise uproar ; vociferation. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To salute or stun with noise. — v. i. To vociferate; to make importunate demands. Cl AM'OR-otrs, a. Noisy ; vociferous ; turbulent. . [noise or words. Cl.Xm'or-O&s-LY, adv. With loud ClXmp, n. [D. klamp, fr. Idampen, to fasten.] 1. A piece of timber or iron, used to fasten work together. 2. One of a pair of mova¬ ble pieces of soft materi- JLS al, to cover the jaws of a vise.— v.t. [-ed; -ing.] To fasten with a clamp. Clamp (*)• ClXn, n. [Of Celtic origin.] 1. A tribe under one chieftain, and bear¬ ing the same surname. 2. A clique. Clan-d£s'tine, a. [Lat. clandesti- nus, fr. clam, secretly.] Kept secret. Syn. — Hidden ; secret ; private ; con¬ cealed ; underhand ; sly; fraudulent. Clan-des'tTne-ly, adv. Secretly. Clang, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [Lat. clangere, Ger. klingen .] To strike to¬ gether with a ringing metallic sound. — v. i. To produce a sharp, shrill sound. — ?i. A sharp, ringing sound. CLXy'GOR (82), «. [Lat.] A sharp, shrill, harsh sound. ClXnk (82), n. [See Clang.] The loud, ringing sound made by a col¬ lision of sonorous bodies. — v. t. [-ED ; -ing.] To cause to make a sharp, ringing sound.— v. i. To make a sharp, ringing noise. GlXn'NISH, a. Closely united, like a clan ; disposed to unite. ClXn'nisii-ness, n. Close adher¬ ence or disposition to unite. GlXn'ship, n. A state of union as in a family or clan. ClXp ,v. t. [ fed; -ping.] [A.-S. clappan .] 1. To strike with a quick motion. 2. To thrust, drive, or put hastily. 3. To applaud, by striking the hands together.—n. 1. Aloud noise made by sudden collision. 2. A stroke; a thrust. 3. A sudden explosion. 4. A striking of hands to express approbation. GlXp'board (klab'burd), n. A strip of board for covering the outside of houses. GlXp'per, n. 1. A person who claps. 2. That which strikes, as the tongue of a bell. Clap'per-claw, v. t. [From clap and claw.] To fight and scratch. Clap'-trap, n. A trick to gain ap¬ plause. Glare'-OB-seure', n. [Lat. clarus, clear, and obscurus , obscure.] Light and shade in painting. Glar'ET, n. [Fr. clairet, prop. dim. of clair, clear.] A light French wine. GlXr'I-FI-EA'TION, n. Act of clear¬ ing or fining. ClXr'I-FI'ER, n. 1. That which clarifies. 2. A vessel, in which clari¬ fication is conducted. Clar'1-fv, t. [-ed; -ING.] [Lat. clarificare , from clarus, clear, and fa- cere, to make.] To make clear; to defecate; to fine. — v.i. 1. To be¬ come pure, as liquors. 2. To grow clear or bright. €lar'I-on, n. [Lat. clarus, clear.] A kind of trumpet, whose note is clear aud shrill. €lar / i-0-net , ! 1 n. A wind instru- Gl.Xr'i-net', j ment, of the reed kind. [obscure. €LA'RO-OB-S€V r RO, n. See (JLARE- GlXsh, v. i. [-ED ;• -ING.] [Ger. klat- scheii, klitschen.] 1. To dash noisily together. 2. To come in collision ; to interfere. — v. t. To strike noisi¬ ly against.— n. 1. A violent meet¬ ing of bodies. 2. Contradiction. Glasp (6), n. 1. A catch, for holding parts together. 2. A close embrace. — v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [0. Eng. elapse, Ger. klappsen, to tap, clack, slap.] 1. To fasten with a clasp. 2. To embrace. Glasp'er, n. One who, or that which, clasps, as a tendril. Glasp'-knIfe (-nlf), n. A large knife, the blade of which shuts into the handle. GlAss (6), n. [Lat. classis, from Gr. (cAacri?, (cA/joas, the people assembled or called together.] 1. A group of individuals ranked together. 2. A number of students pursuing the same studies. 3. An order or divis¬ ion.— v.t. [-ed; -ing.] Toform into a class ; to arrange in classes. GlXs'sig, ) a. 1. Of the first class GlXs'sie-AL, ) or rank, esp. in lit¬ erature or art. 2. Pertaining to the Greeks and Latins. GlXs'SIC, n. 1. A work of acknowl¬ edged excellence. 2. One learned in the classics. GlXs'SIE-al-LY, I. In a classical manner. 2. According to a regular order. Glas-sYf'IE, a. Constituting a class. GlXs'SI-FI-EA'TION, n. Act of form¬ ing into a class or classes. GlXs'SI-FY,v. t. [-ed; -ING, 142.] [Lat. classis, class, and facer e , to make.] To distribute into classes. Glass'MATE, n. One who is in the same class with another. GlXt'ter, V. i. [-ed; -ing.] [D. klaleren, A.-S. clatrung, drum, rat¬ tle.] To make rattling sounds. — v. t. To strike and make a rattling noise. — n. A repeated rattling noise. Glause, n. [Lat. claudere , to shut, to end.] 1. A separate portion of any Avriting. 2. A portion of a sen¬ tence containing a finite verb and its adjunct. Glaus'tral, a. [Lat. claustrum, lock, bar, inclosure.] Relating to a cloister. Gla'vate, ) a. [Lat. clava, club.] Gla'va-ted, ) Club-shaped. Glav'I-EHORD, n. [Lat. clavis, key, and chorda, string.] A musical in¬ strument with keys and strings, now disused. GlXv'i-ele (klav'I-kl), ». [Lat. cla- vicula, dim. of clavis, key.] The collar-bone. Gla'vi-er (kla'vi-er or kla've-il'), n. [Fr., fr. Lat. clavis, key.] The key¬ board of a musical instrument. Glaw, n. [A.-S. clavn, cla.] 1. A sharp, hooked nail, as of a beast. 2. Anj' thing resembling the claw of an animal. — v . t . [-ed; -ING.] To pull, tear, or scratch with claws. Glay, n. [A.-S. claeg.] 1. A soft earth, consisting of alumina and sili¬ ca, with water. 2. Earth in general; hence, the human body. [less. Glay'—gold, a. Cold as clay; life- Glay'ey, a. Consisting of clay; abounding with clay ; like clay. Glay'mSre, n. [Gael, claidheamh- mor , a broadsword, from Gael, c’aid- heamh , sword, and mor, great, large.] A large two-handed sword. Glean, a. [-er ; -est.] [A.-S. clamc.] 1. Free from dirt or filth. 2. With¬ out defects. 3. Adroit; dexterous. 4. Complete. 5. Sinless; pure. 6. ( Script.) Free from ceremonial defile¬ ment.— adv. 1. Quite; perfectly, OR, DO, WQLF, TOO, TO~OK ; CRN, RUE, PULL; E, I, O, silent; 9, tic, soft; e, C, hard; Ag; E^IST; Nai NG; THIS. CLEANLINESS 72 CLIP wholly; entirely. 2. Adroitly.— v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To free from dirt. Glean'li-ness (klen'li-nes), n. 1. Freedom from dirt. 2. Neatness of person or dress; purity. €lean‘ly (klen'ly), a. [-ER ; -EST, 142.] [From clean.] 1. Habitually clean. 2. Innocent; pure. 3. Cleansing. GlEan'LY (klend^), adv. In a clean manner. Glean'ness (109), n. State or qual¬ ity of being elean. [cleansed. Gl£an2'a-ble, a. Capable of being Gl£an£E, v. t. [-ed; -ING.] [A.-S. clxnsjan , fr. clxne, clean.] To ren¬ der clean. [which, cleanses. Gleansi'er, n. One who, or that •Clear, n. Full extent ; distance between extreme limits. Clear, a. [-er;-est.] [Lat. clarus, clear ; bright.] 1. Free from opaque¬ ness, uncertainty, passion, blemish, guilt, obstacle, &c. 2. Able to per¬ ceive clearly ; acute ; discriminating; unbiased. 3. Easily or distinctly heard; audible.— adv. 1. Plainly. 2. Wholly ; quite ; entirely. — v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To free from obscu¬ rity, perplexity, or impediment, &c. 2. To pass by, or over, without touch¬ ing or failure. 3. To remove so as to leave something unobstructed. To clear a ship, to procure a permis¬ sion to sail, and such papers as the law requires. — v.i. 1. To become free from clouds or fog. 2. To become disengaged. Clear'age, n. Act of removing any thing; clearance. Clear'an^e, n. 1. Act of clearing. 2. A certificate that a vessel has been cleared at the custom-house. Clear'ing, n. 1. Act of making clear. 2. A tract of land cleared of wood. GlEar'ing-iiouse, n. A place where the accounts of different banks are adjusted. [obstruction, &c. Glear'ly, adv. Without obscurity, Glear'ness, n. Freedom from what¬ ever obscures, obstructs, injures, or defiles, &c. ■6l£ar , -sigiit / ed (-sTt'ed), a. Hav¬ ing acuteness of sight. €lear'-starcii, v. t. [-ED; -ING.] To stiffen with starch, and then clear by clapping with the hands. €leat,«. [Prov. Eng. dead, to clothe.] A narrow strip of wood of different forms for strengthening, fastening, or other uses. Gle AV'AGE, n. Act or quality of cleaving. C/LEAVE, V. ?’. [-ed; -ING.] clifan, clifjan.] To adhere closely ; to stick.— v. t. [imp. cleft (clave, obs., clove, obsolescent); p. p. CLEFT or CLEAVED.] [A.-S. cleofan,cMifan.] 1. To part by force ; to split. 2. To open naturally ; to divide. Cleav'er, n. A butcher’s instru¬ ment for cutting up meat. Flef, n. [Lat. clavis, key.] (Mas.) A character to determine the position and pitch of the scale. Cleft, imp. & p. p. from Cleave. — n. 1. An opening made by split¬ ting. 2. A piece made by splitting. Syn. —Crack; crevice; fissure; chink. Glem'A-tIs, n. [Gr. /cAr^cm?, from uKrjixa, twig, shoot.] A genus of climbing plants. CLEM'EN-CY, n. [Lat. dementia, fr. clemens , mild, calm.] Disposition to treat with lenity. Syn. — Mildness; tenderness; indulg¬ ence; mercy; gentleness; compassion. Glem'ent, a. Mild in temper and disposition. [of temper. Glem’ent-ly, adv. With mildness GlLncii, v. t. See Clinch. Clep'sy-dra, or Glep-sy'dra , n. [Gr. /cAei//u8pa, fr. xAeVreiv, to steal, and u5wp, water.] An ancient kind of clock, in which water was dis¬ charged from small apertures, as if by stealth. GlEr'GY (14), n. [Gr. xAqpi/cos, priest; /cAr)pos,the clergy.] 1. The whole body of ecclesiastics. 2. The privi¬ lege or benefit of clergy. Benefit of clergy, the exemption of clergymen from criminal process before a secular judge —a privilege extended at one time to all who could read, but now abolished. Gl£r'gy-a-ble, a. Entitled to, or admitting, the benefit of clergy. GlEr'gy-man, n.; pi. clergy¬ men. One of the clergy. Cler'ic, n. A clerk, or clergyman. Gler'ig, ) a. 1. Pertaining to the Gler'I€-AL, ) clergy. 2. Pertain¬ ing to a clerk or copyist. Gl£rk (14), n. [Lat. clericus. See Clergy.] 1. An educated person. [06s.] 2. [Eng.] A parish officer, who assists in the church service. 3. An assistant in a shop or store. ©27“ Pronounced ldark in England. GlErk'LY, a. Scholar-like. GlErk'siiIp, n. Condition, office, or business of a clerk. Clev'er, a. [A.-S. gleaw, skillful, wise.] 1. Possessing skill, dexterity, talent, or adroitness. 2. Showing skill or adroitness in the doer or former. 3. Kind-hearted. [Amer.] Syn.— Expert; dexterous ; skillful; adroit; talented. Glev'er-ly, adv. In a clever man¬ ner ; skillfully. [ing clever. Glev'er-ness, n. Quality of be- Glev'is, 1 n. [Eng. cleave , r y, Glev'y, ) to fasten.] The draft-iron on the end of a cart-tongue. Glew (klu), n. [A.-S. deow ; Clevis, akin to Lat. globus and glomus.] 1. A ball of thread. 2. That which guides one in any thing doubtful or intricate. 3. Lower corner of a square sail, and aftmost corner of a fore-and-aft sail. — v.t. [-ed ; -ING.] To draw up to the yard, as a sail. Glick, v. i. [-ED ; -ING.] [An ono- matopoetic word.] To make a small, sharp noise; to tick. — n. 1. A small, sharp sound. 2. A small iron, fall¬ ing into a notched wheel. GLl'ENT,n. [Lat. cliens, from cluere , Gr. xAueu', to hear.] 1. A Roman citizen who put himself under the protection of a patron. 2. One who applies to a lawy er or counselor fof advice, direction, &c. Gli-ent'al. a. Pertainiug to a client. Gli'ent-ship, n. State or condition of a client. Gliff, n. [A.-S. elif, fr. cleofan, cli- fan, to cleave, split.] A high, steep rock ; a precipice. Gliff'y, a. Having cliffs ; craggy. Gli-mXg'ter-iu, or t lim'au-tEr'- I €,a. [Gr. xAip.a/cT7jpiKbs, fr. xAt/ixaf, a ladder.] Relating to a critical peri¬ od of human life. — n. 1. A critical period in human life. 2. Any criti¬ cal period. Grand or great climacteric, G 3 d year. GlI'MATE, ?i. [Gr. K\ipa, /cAquaro?, zone of the earth, fr. xAtVetv, to slope, incline.] Condition of a place in re¬ lation to temperature, moisture, &c. GlI-mXt'ie. | a. Pertaining to a Gli-mat'I€-al, | climate or cli¬ mates ; limited by a climate. GlI'MA-TIZE, V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To accustom to a climate. GLFMA-TOL'O-GY, n. [Gr. /cAipia, zone of the earth, and Aoyos, dis¬ course.] The science of climates. Gli'mXx, n. [Gr. /cAZpux£, ladder, fr. xAtVeu', to bend, to lean.] A figure in which a sentence rises as it were step by step in importance, force, or dignity. Gl'iMB (kllm), v. i. or t. [-ED ; -ING.] [A.-S. climban.] To ascend by means of the hands and feet. Glimb'A-ble (kllnC-), a. Capable of being climbed. [climbs. Glimb'er (klinPer). n. One who Glime, n. A climate ; a region. GlIncii (66), v. t. [-ed ; -ing.] 1. To make, or hold, fast; to grasp. 2. To confirm ; to establish. — n. 1. A holding first, or that which holds fast. 2. A kind of knot and seizings used to fasten a cable, &c., to ring¬ bolts. Glincii'er, m. One who, or that which, clinches. GLING, v. i. [imp. & p. p. CLUNG.] [A.-S. clingan.] To hold fast, es¬ pecially by winding round or em¬ bracing ; to adhere closely. Gling'y, a. Apt to cling; adhesive. Glin'IE, [ a. [Gr. xAtrixos, fr. xAt- Glin'ie-al, J v-r), couch, bed.] Per¬ taining to a bed; bed-ridden.—«. One confined to the bed by sickness. Glink, V. t. [-ed ; -ING.] [0. IL Ger. klinkan, chlingan.] To make a small, sharp, ringing sound. — n. A sharp, ringing sound. Glink'er, ?i. [From dink, because it makes a sharp and sonorous sound.] Refuse of a furnace : vitrified matter ejected from a volcano. GlIp, v. t. [-PED ; -PING.] [A.-S. dyppan.] 1. To cut off, as with a single stroke of scissors. 2. To cur- \, e, i, o, u, y, long ; X, e, i, 6, u, y, short ; cAre, far, ask, all, what; Ere, veil, term ; pique, fTrm ; s6n. CLIPPER 73 CLUMSINESS tail.—n. 1. A cutting ; a shearing. 2. Product of a siugle shearing. GlTp'per, n. 1. One who clips. 2. A kind of vessel built for fast sailing. GlIp'PING, n. 1. Act of cutting oil', or curtailiug. 2. That which is clipped olF. Clique (kleek), n. [Fr.] A narrow circle of persons ; a party. Cloak (2U), n. [L. Lat. cloca, 0. Fr. cloche.] 1. A loose outer garment. 2. A disguise or pretext.— v. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To cover with a cloak ; hence, to hide. •Clock, m. [A.-S. clucge , 0. II. Ger. glocca, cloccn l fr. clocc&n, to strike, beat.] An instrument for measur¬ ing time. Clock'-wohk (-wflrk), n. Machin¬ ery and movements like those of a clock. Clod, n. [A.-S. dud , rock, stone.] 1. A lump of earth, turf, or clay. 2. The ground ; the earth. 3. A dull, stupid fellow. — v. i. To collect into concretions; to clot. Clod'dy, a. 1. Full of clods. 2. Earthy ; mean ; gross. Glod'-hoP'per, n. A rude, rustic fellow ; a clown ; a dolt. Clod'pate, n. A stupid fellow. Clod'pat-ed, a. Stupid; dull. Clog, v. t. [-ged; -ging.] [Icel. kleggi , a compact mass.] 1. To en¬ cumber, or load, esp. with something that sticks fast. 2. To obstruct; to choke up. 3. To hinder ; to embar¬ rass.— n. 1. That which hinders motion. 2. A heavy shoe with a wooden sole ; hence, a wooden shoe. Syn.— Load; weight; hindrance; im¬ pediment. Clog'g i-ness, n. State of being clogged. [adhesive. Clog'gy, a. Having power to clog ; Glois'TER, n. [Lat. claustrum , from claudere ,. to close, to shut.] 1. A covered arcade. 2. A monastic es¬ tablishment. Syx. — Monastery; nunnery ; con¬ vent; abbey; priory. — Cloister is gener¬ ic, being a place of seclusion from the world; a monastery is usually for men called monks; a nunnery is for women; a Convent is a community of recluses ; an abbey and a priory are named from their heads, an abbot or prior. — v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] To confine in a cloister. Clois'tral, a. Pertaining to, or confined to, a cloister! Cloke, n. See Cloak. CLOgE, V. t. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To bring together the parts of; to stop ; to shut. 2. To bring to an end. 3. To inclose ; to encompass. — v. i. 1. To come together ; to unite. 2. To end; to terminate.— n. 1. Union of parts; junction. 2. Conclusion; termination ; end. 3. A grapple in wrestling. 4. An inclosed place. 5. Narrow passage fr. a street to a court. Close (kids, 20), a. [-er; -est.] [Lat. dausus , p. p. of claudere , to shut.] 1. Shut fast; closed. 2. Con¬ fined ; secret; retired. 3. Stagnant; oppressive. 4. Reticent; taciturn. 5. Parsimonious ; penurious. 0. Dense ; solid ; compact. 7. Near. 8. Evenly balanced ; doubtful. Close communion , with Baptists, com¬ munion restricted to those who have re¬ ceived baptism by immersion.— Close corporation, a corporation which tills its own vacancies, and is not open to the public. — adv. In a close manner or state. Glose'-fIst'ed, a. Covetous ; nig¬ gardly. Close'ly, adv. In a close manner. ClO'E'ness, n. State of being close. Glose'-stool, n. A stool, in which a chamber vessel is placed, for the sick. Closet, n. [0. Fr., dim. of clos, an inclosure.] 1. A small private room. 2. A small, close apartment, in the side of a room, for utensils, &c. — v.t. [-ED; -ING.] 1 To shut up in a closet. 2. To take into a private room for consultation. Gl5§'ure (klo'zhijr), n. 1. A closing. 2. That which closes. 3. That which incloses; an inclosure. Clot, a. [See Clou.] A concretion, especially of a soft, slimy character ; a coagulation.— v. i. [-ted ; -ting, 136.] 1. To concrete, as soft matter. 2. To be formed into clots. €lotii (21), n.; pi. Cloths. [A.-S. cladh.] 1. A stuff of some fibrous material, formed by weaving. 2. A profession, or the members of it. Clothe, v. t. [imp. & p. p. clothed or clad; p. pr. & vb.n. cloth¬ ing.] [A.-S. cladhjan.] 1. To put garments upon. 2. To furnish with raiment. 3. To cover or invest. Clothes (klothz, colloq. kloz), n. pi. [From cloth..] 1. Coveriug for the human body. 2. Covering of a bed. Syn. — Garments; dress; apparel; at¬ tire; vesture; raiment; garb. Glothes'-wring'er (-rmg'er), n. A machine for pressing water from clothes after they have been washed. Cloth'ier (klottCyer), n. 1. One who makes cloths. [Eng.] 2. One who sells cloth. 3. One who dresses or fulls cloth. [Amer.] Cloth'ing, n. Garments in general; clothes;» dress. Clot'ty, a. Full of clots. Cloud, n. [Prob. from A.-S. cl fid, a rock or hillock, as clouds often re¬ semble rocks or hillocks.] 1. Visible vapor suspended in the atmosphere. 2. A mass of smoke, filing dust, & c. 3. A dark spot, as in marble. 4. A dark, lowering, or threatening as¬ pect.— v.t. [-ED; -ING.] 1. To overspread with clouds. 2. To render dark. 3. To variegate with colors. Cloud'—capt, a. Capped with clouds. Cloud'I-ly, adv. Darkly; obscurely. Cloud'i-n£ss, n. State of being cloudy. [unclouded. Cloud'less, a. Without a cloud ; Cloud'y, a. [-er ; -est, 142.] 1. Obscured with clouds ; clouded. 2. Lacking clearness or brightness. 3. Not easily understood. 4. Having the appearance of gloom. 5. Marked with spots, as marble. CloDgh (kluf), 7i. [A.-S., fr. cleofan or clUfan. See CLEAVE, v. t.] A narrow valley between two hills. Clough (klof), n. An allowance of two pounds in every hundred weight, after deducting tare and tret. Clout, n. [A.-S. clbt.] 1. A patch. 2. Center of the butt at which ar¬ chers shoot. 3. Iron plate on an axle-tree. 4. [0. Fr. clouet, dim. of clou, nail.] A small nail.— v.t. [-ED ; -ING.] 1. To patch ; to mend. 2. To guard with an iron plate. Clove, n. [From Lat. clavus , nail, from its likeness to a nail.] 1. The aromatic unexpanded flower-bud of the clove-tree. 2. [A.-S. clufe, from cleofan, clfifan, to cleave, split.] One of the small bulbs in the axils of the scales of a large bulb. Glo'ven (klo'vn), p. p. from Cleave. Clo'ven-foot'ed I (27, 108), a. Clo'VjEN-iioofed ) Having the foot or hoof divided into two parts. Clo'ver, n. [A.-S. clafer.] A plant of different species. Clown, n. [Lat. colotivs, husband¬ man, from colere, to till.] 1. A hus¬ bandman; rustic. 2. An ill-bred man. 3. Buffoon in a play, circus, &c. Clown'isii, a. Of, or relating to, a clown ; like a clown ; rude ; ill-bred ; boorish ; rustic. [manner. Clown'isii-ly, adv. In a clownish Clown'isii-ness. n. Rusticity ; in¬ civility ; awkwardness. Cloy, v. t. [-ed; -ing.] [0. Fr. cloer, Fr. clouer, to nail up.] To glut, or satisfy ; to satiate ; to surfeit. ClTib,?!. 1. [0. II. Ger. chlofon, clilo- phOn, to knock.] A heavy staff or piece of wood. 2. One of the four suits of cards. 3. Of uncertain or¬ igin. 4. An association of persons for a particular purpose.— v.i. 1. To combine for some common ob¬ ject. 2. To pay an equal proportion of a common expense. — v. t. [-BE D ; -BING.] To unite for the accom¬ plishment of a common end. CL^B'-FOOT (27), n. A short, de¬ formed foot. ClOb'-foot'ed, a. Having deform¬ ed or crooked feet. [by a club. ClGb'-iiouse, n. A house occupied CLUB'-LAW, n. Government by clubs, or_violence. [a club meets. Cliib'-room, n. Apartment in which GlOck ,v. i. [-ED; -ING.] [A.-S. cloccan , W. clocian, clwcian.] To make the noise of a brooding hen. CLUE,n. [See CLEW.] 1. A ball of thread. 2. Any thing serving to guide or direct. 3. One of the two lower corners of a square-sail. ClOmp, n. [Icel. klumpr. fr. the root klimpa, preserved in M. II. Ger. kl imp fen, to press together.] 1. A shapeless mass. 2. A cluster of trees or shrubs. CLfTM'gl-LY, adv. Awkwardly. CLtJM'gl-NESS, n. Quality of being i clumsy. g, hard; as; ejust; NasNG; this- or, do, WOLF, TOO, took ; Orn, RUE, PULL ) E, I, O, silent; 9,4, soft; € CLUMSY 74 COCKLE €LtJM'2Y,a. t-ER; -est,142.] [From clump.] 1. Without grace ; unhandy. 2. Ill-made; badly constructed. €lCng, imp. & p. p. of Cling. GlOs'tek, n. [A.-ri.J 1. A number of things of the same kind together. 2. A crowd. — v.i. [-EJ); -ing.] To grow in clusters ; to gather or unite in a mass. Glus'ter-y, a. 1. Growing in clus¬ ters. 2. Full of clusters. Clutch, v. t. [-eh; -ing.] [Akin to Ger. kluppe, 0. II. Ger. chluppa , claw, tongs.] 1. To seize, or gripe with the hand. 2. To close tightly ; to clinch. — v. i. To catch; to snatch.— n. 1. A gripe ; grasp. 2. A projecting piece of machinery, for connecting shafts. 3. pi. The hands: hence, power; rapacity. Gl&T'TER, n. [Cf. 0. Sw. lduttra , to quarrel, W. cluster, heap, pile.] A confused collection : confusion ; dis¬ order.— V. t. [-ED ; -ING.] To crowd together in disorder. — v.i. To make a bustle, or fill with confu¬ sion. Gl¥p'e-ate, a. [Lat. clypeus , clipeus, shield.] Shaped like a round shield. GlYs'TER, n. [Gr. xkvcnpp and k\v